Skip to main content

Full text of "The paradise within the reach of all men, without labour, by powers of nature and machinery : an address to all intelligent men"

See other formats


I  •ti  /  e?"^*" '^    '-^^K. 


^'f '1 


' -.V- 


PUBLISHED  BY  JOHN  BROOKS, 

421,  OXFORD  STREET. 


^Iie  Iteforiiiersii*  liibrary. 

This  work,  to  meet  the  spirit  of  pure  and  liberal  in* 
<|uiry  which  distinguishes  the  present  age,  is  published  ia 
a  series  of  elegantly  printed  small  volumes,  price  Five 
i^hillings  ea<jh,  at  iniervals  of  two  or  Uiree  months.     The 
Series  will  eSctend/to  aj/out  Twelve^olumes,  each  inxle- 
pendent  of  the  onierj-oind-ro    he  Wild    si'pari^iy;v  oc^^all 
Booksellers.  -^  /     ' 

'1  he  object  of  the  Reformers'  Library  is  tg  collect  into 
a  focus,  at  a  cheap  rate  and  of  uniform  size,  all  those  pro- 
minent works  which   have  heretofore  contributed  to  the 
spread  of  Political  and  Moral  Truth,  with  a  view  to  the 
improvement  of  social  organization,  and  the  performance 
of  personal  moral  duties,  in  the  spirit  of  wisdom,  benevo- 
lence, andjjnutual  charity.     In  this  respect  the  Series 
will  claim  t%  special  attention  of  all  Independent  Think- 
ers, and  all  Rational  Friends  of  Truth  ;   and  from   them  a 
ssealous  support  of  the  design  is  reasonably  expected. 

VOL.  I.  Contains:  s.   d. 

"  The  Rights  of  Man,"  on  fine  paper,  and  bound  in 
cloth,  with  highly-Hnished  likenesses  of  Paiue 
-,  and  Lafayette,  engraved  on  steel     ......      50 

VOL.  II. 
'*  Bolingbroke's  Patriot  King,"  and  his  celebrated 
'•  Essay  on  Patriotism,"  with  a  Life  of  the  Au- 
thor, and  a  likeness  of  William  IV". 5     0 

VOL.  III. 
"  Paine's   Common    Sense,"    "  The    Crisis,"    and 
"  Agrarijm  Justice,''  with  a  highly-finished  like- 
ui^ss  of  Washington,  engraved  on  steel  ....      50 

VOL.  IV. 

"  The  Rights  of  Nations  ;  a  Treatise  on  Represen- 
tative Government,  Despotism,  and  Reform  ;" 
with  a  likeness  of  Jeremy  Bentham,  engraved  on 

steel 5     0 

VOL.  V. 

*'  Popery,  as  opposed  to  Knowledge,  the  Morals, 

the  Wealth,  and  the  Liberties  of  Mankind"  •    •      5     0 

Any  of  the  Likenesses  may  be  had  separate,  at  Is.  each  ; 
on  4to.  size,  2s. ;  proofs,  Ss. 


PubUshed  by  J.  Brooks. 

"  Quopn  !\Iiib.''  Bv  Percy  Bysshe  Shelley.    A  very  s.    d, 
handsomp  edition,  8ro.  with  notes,  and   an   en- 

ji^raved  title-page   ..,.••...•..•  9  0 

"  ilevoU  of  Islam."    By  the  snme  Authcvr    .    #   .  10  6 

*'  Cenci."     Same  Author 4  6 

"  Six  Weeks'  Tour."    Same  Author 5  0 

"  Paine'.s  Bights  of  Man."    Cheap  edition,  neatly 

done  up ....•  1  6 

"  Paine's  Common   Sense,''     "  The  Crisis,"  and 

"  At^rarian  Justice'*      ...» 1  6 

"  Iiolincrbroki''s     Patriot    King,''    and    his    cele- 

brateil  "  Kssav  on  Patriotism,"  with  his  Life  •  1  6 
"  Reformers'   ('atechism  ;"  in   which  the  Princi- 
ples of  "The  Bights  of  Nations"  are  reduced 

to  Question  and  Answer •«...  1  6 

"  The  People's  Charter,"  a  condensed  View  of 
the  Great  Principles  of  Representative  Govern- 
ment and  Reform  •••• 0  3 

''  Kcce  Homo"  (very  scarce)      .•...••.  80 
"  Confessions  of  Faith."     By  a  Philosopher    .    •  0  3 
"  A  \'oice  of  One  Crying  in  the  Desert.''  Black- 
well 10  0 

"  Light  on  the  Employment  of  the  Poor  in  Ireland"  6  0 

"  Voice  of  Truth" 0  3 

«'  JNIoral  Physiology,"  10th  edition.     By  H.    D. 

Owen 10 

"  Owen's  Lectures,''  each 0  3 

"  Lecture  on  Community."     By  J.  E.Smith   •    •  0  3 

"  Code  of  Nature,  being  a  Guide  to  Happiness"  0  1 

*'  Religion  of  Jesus  Heconcileil  with  Philosophy"  0  3 
'*  Urania's  Key  to  Revelation."     By  A.  Mackey, 

of  Norwich 0  6 

"  Taylor's  Trial'' 1  0 

"  Ditto  Liturgy,"  bound  in   cloth 16 

"  Ditto  0th  Oration" 0  6 

"  Ditto  Diegesis,'' boards    ....%....•  8  6 

"  Ditto  Syntagma'' 2  6 

"  Ditto  Portrait" 0  6 

"  Paradise  within  the  Reach  of  All  Men''     •    .    •  2  6 
*'  The    Yakoo,"   a    Satirical    Rhapsody,   the   best 
piece  of  Satire  againstKings,  Lords,  and  Priests, 

that  has  ever  been  issued  from  the  Press   •    •    •  4  0 

Printed  by  and  for  J.  Brooks,  421,  Oxford-street. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Arcliive 
in  2010  witli  funding  from 
Dul<e  University  Libraries  ■ 


littp://www.arcli  ive.org/details/paradisewitliinreOOetzl 


THE 

PARADISE 

WITHIN  THE  REACH  OF  ALL  MEN, 

WITHOUT  LABOUR, 

BY  POWERS  OF  NATURE  4ND  MACIIINERV 

AN  ADDRESS 

TO  ALL  INTELLIGENT  MEN. 

IN  TWO  PARTS. 


By  J.  A.  ETZIiEK, 


FIRST  PART. 


Toil  and  poverty  will  he  no  inorc  among:  men ; 
>>atarc  aHoriis  iii(inite  powers  and  wealth  ; 
Let  us  but  observe  an«l  reason. 

The  wi-e  examines  before  he  judges; 
The  fool  judges  before  he  examines. 


LONDON: 

JOHN   BROOKS,  421,  OXFORD  STREET. 
MDCCCXXXVI. 


PREFACE. 

Look  here,  ye  pliilosopliers,  ye  speculators,  ye  epi- 
cureans, ye  philanthropists,  ye  who  seek  the  philoso- 
pher's stone,  ye  who  undergo  all  hardships  and  dan- 
gers, and  traverse  the  ocean  from  one  extremity  to  the 
other  in  search  of  money ; — a  new,  easy,  straight  and 
short  road  to  the  summit  of  your  wishes  is  shown. — 
Ye  who  are  tired  of  life's  toil  and  vexations,  drop  your 
tool,  pause  a  little,  and  look  here  at  the  means  for  a 
new  life,  free  of  labour,  full  of  enjoyments  and  pleasures ; 
collect  your  thoughts,  and  reflect  with  the  greatest 
solicitude  that  you  are  capable  of,  upon  the  means  and 
■ways  presented  to  you  here,  for  the  greatest  human 
happiness  imaginable,  for  yourselves,  for  the  objects  of 
your  endearments,  and  for  your  posterity  for  evej. 

Here  is  no  idle  fancy,  no  vain  system  presented  to 
amuse  you  merely ;  no  scheme  for  deceiving  you,  or 
for  cheating  you  out  of  your  money  ; — but  only  sub- 
stantial means  for  your  greatest  happiness  are  here 
displayed  before  your  eyes,  in  a  fair,  open,  and  honest 
way  ;  no  sacrifice,  no  trust,  no  risk  is  asked  of  you ; 
nothing  but  the  trouble  to  examine.  If  the  author  be 
in  error — why,  you  will  then  soon  discover  it;  but  if 
he  is  right,  then  no  endeavours,  even  of  the  greatest 
prater,  will  be  able  to  disprove  the  exhibited  truths. 

"  Why  gives  the  author  so  great  invaluable  discove  • 


IV 

riesto  the  public — discoveries,  wliicli,  if  true,  he  mijjht 
sell  for  millions  ? — Or  is  he  so  simple  us  not  to  know 
how  to  avail  himself  of  his  discoveries  for  his  best 
profit?"  ' 

These  are  questions  you  probably  will  ask.  I  vili 
answer  them  directly.  It  is  because  I  want  to  sell 
these  my  productions  at  the  hiu;hest  price  1  can  get  for 
them, just  as  you  do  with  youisin  the  market.  Now, 
mere  millions  are  too  low  a  price  for  my  discoveries. 
I  want  to  sell  them  at  a  much  higher  rate;  at  the 
rate  of  seeing  aU  my  fcllow-mcn,  and  myself  with 
thent,  together,  in  the  enjoyment  of  the  greatest  hap- 
piness that  Iiuman  life  be  capable  of;  because  1  sec 
there  is  no  danger  in  it,  the  world  being  large  enough, 
and  having  means  enough,  for  afi'ording  the  greatest 
(uippiness  that  can  be  thought  of,  not  only  for  myself 
and  a  few  friends,  but  for  all  men  on  earth. 

Well,  if  r  cannot  get  this  high  price  for  these  pro- 
ductions of  mine,  1  shall  then  do,  as  you  do  with  yours, 
when  you  cannot  get  your  demand,  sell  them  at  a  lower 
rate,  that  is,  for  mere  money,  perhaps  to  some  other 
people  or  government,  to  whomsoever  that  will  buy 
them  ;  or  even,  if  I  cannot  help  it,  if  the  puldic  should 
turn  (leaf  ears  to  me,  perhaps  to  some  cunning  wealthy 
speculators,  and  let  them  do  with  them  what  they 
please. 

To  understand  this,  without  troubling  yourselves 
with  reading  first  the  whole  book,  I  will  give  you  a 
brief  explanation  on  the  subject. 

1  show  hero,  that  there  are  powers  in  nature  suffi- 
cient to  effect  in  one  year  more  than  hitherto  all  men 
on  earth  could  do  in  many  thousands  of  years;  that 


these  powers  may  be  applied  to  do  all  human  labour; 
I  show  you  the  system  of  establishments  fur  it ;  and 
finally,  that  the  most  profitable,  shortest,  and  easiest 
way  to  put  them  into  operation  for  sueli  great  purposes, 
is,- to  form  associations  in  the  manner  pointed  out,  so 
as  to  enable  the  rich  and  the  poor  to  participate  fully 
in  all  the  possible  greatest  benefits  of  these  discoveries, 
by  paying  a  share  not  greater  than  the  price  of  a  lottery- 
ticket;  not  before, however, he  isperfectly  convincedof 
the  truth  of  my  assertions,  and  only  into  the  hands  of 
his  own  choice,  not  in  mine  ;  for  I  want  to  have  no 
concern  in  the  money  a  flairs  for  the  execution  of  the 
proposals ;  I  engage  myself  only  for  communicating 
the  contrivances  as  far  as  required. 

THE  AUTHOR. 


Tl 


PREFACE  TO  THE  BRITISH  EDITION. 

The  work,  now  for  tlic  first  time  presented  to  the 
British  public,  was  originally  published  at  Pittsburgh, 
in  the  United  States,  about  three  years  ago,  which  will 
account  for  the  calculations  that  occur  in  it  being 
made  in  dollars,  the  common  currency  of  that  exten- 
sive country.  What  has  been  the  effect  of  its  publi- 
cation in  the  United  States,  the  publisher  of  the  pre- 
sent edition  has  no  means  of  accurately  ascertaining; 
but  a  copy  of  the  work  having  fallen  into  his  hands, 
he  judged  it  by  far  too  important  to  remain  unknown 
to  the  people  of  this  country. 

It  has  been  calculated,  that  the  present  mechanical 
and  chemical  power  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  are 
equal  to  the  productive  power  of  six  hundred  millions 
of  human  beings;  but  hitherto  this  power  has  been 
directed  so  as  to  enrich  the  few,  at  the  expense  of  the 
many.  Great  as  this  power  is,  however,  the  author  of 
the  following  work  shows  most  clearly,  that  it  is  no- 
thing in  comparison  witli  those  stupendouspowers  which 
yet  exist  in  nature,  and  which  man  has  nothing  to  do 
but  immediately  to  render  tributary  to  his  wants  and 
wishes,  to  secure  to  the  whole  human  race  the  richest 
abundance  of  everything  that  is  desirable ;  and  that 
this  result  may  be  speedily  attained,  is  the  ardent 
wish  of  the 

BRITISH  PUBLISHER. 


Vll 


INDEX. 

First  Part.  page 

Introduction 1 

The  power  of  wind () 

The  power  of  the  tide 19 

The  power  of  the  waves 26 

Burning  mirrors 33 

The  power  of  steam 36 

General  remarks  on  all  these  powers 45 

Perpetual   motions 48 

Prospect  and  retrospect  of  the  human  condition  in 

general 53 

System  of  machineries  and  establishments  for  the 

application  of  these  powers CO 

Agriculture  61 

Architecture 62 

Flexible  stuff  64 

Objects  attainable  in  general 6^ 

Plan  for  the  buildings  of  a  community GO 

New  state  of  human  life 78 

Occupations  in  the  new  state  of  things 82 

The  earth  can  nourish  1000  times  more    men  than 

now  exist 96 

Pecuniary  profit  of  the  new  means 97 

Constitution  of  an  association  proposed  103 

General  views  on  the  subject 109 

Address  to  the  Americans  in  particular 115 


Vlll 

Second  Part.  Page 

Pioposalt:,  liow  to  render  the  new  means  the  most 

beneficial  for  the  United  States    121 

Formation  of  a  new  state  141 

First  period 141 

.Second  period    142 

Third  period  146 

Fourtli  period 15() 

Appeal  to  the  Americans  H>1 

Comparative  vicv\  on  the  condition  of  man  at  pre- 
sent, and  that  attainable  by  [he  new  means  ...   1(35 

In  physical  respects  166 

In  moral  respects 184 

In  intellectual  respects  192 

Conclusion  of  the  Second  Part   206 

Petition  to  Congress  on  the  subject 20/ 

Letter  to  the  President  of  the  United  States  215 

Proposal  of  a  pamphlet,  the  New  \^'orld   215 


fellow-men: 

I  promise  to  show  the  means  for  creating  a  paradise 
within  ten  years,  where  every  thing  desirahle  for  hnman 
life  may  be  had  for  every  man  in  superabundance,  with- 
out hibour,  without  pay ;  where  the  whole  face  of  na- 
ture is  changed  into  the  most  beautiful  form  of  which 
it  be  capable ;  where  man  may  live  in  the  most  mag- 
nificent palaces,  in  all  imaginable  refinements  of 
luxury,  in  the  most  delightful  gardens;  where  he  may 
accomplish,  without  his  labour,  in  one  year  more  than 
hitherto  could  be  done  in  thousands  of  years ;  he  may 
level  mountains,  sink  valleys,  create  lakes,  drain  lakes 
and  swamps,  intersect  every  where  the  land  with  beau- 
tiful canals,  with  roads  for  transporting  heavy  loads  of 
many  thousand  tons,  and  for  travelling  1000  miles  in 
twenty-four  hours;  he  may  covier  the  ocean  with  floating 
islands  moveable  in  any  desired  direction  with  immense 
power  and  celerity,  in  perfect  security  and  in  all  comforts 
and  luxury,  bearing  gardens,  palaces,  with  thousands 
of  families,  provided  with  rivulets  of  sweet  water;  he 
may  explore  the  interior  of  the  globe,  travel  from 
pole  to  pole  in  a  fortnight;  he  may  provide  himself 
with  means  unheard  of  yet,  for  increasing  his  know- 
ledge of  the  world,  and  so  his  intelligence;  he  may 
lead  a  life  of  continual  happiness,  of  enjoyments  un- 
known yet ;  he  may  free  himself  from  almost  all  the 

B 


evils  that  afflict  mankind,  except  death,  and  even  put 
death  far  beyond  the  common  period  of  human  life, 
and.  finally,  render  it  less  afflicting  :  mankind  may 
thus  live  in,  and  enjoy  a  new  world  far  superior  to  our 
present,  and  raise  themselves  to  a  far  higher  scale  of 
beings. 

It  may  appear  very  wonderful  that  none  of  these 
things,  though  they  comprehend  all  the  objects  man 
may  possibly  desire  in  this  woild,  ever  existed  yet, 
since  thousands  of  years,  and  that  they  all  should  have 
originated  from  one  single  individual.  But  this  won- 
der will  greatly  diminish,  if  not  entirely  cease,  when  it 
will  be  seen  that  these  great  promises  are  founded  on 
facts  well  known,  that  any  man  of  common  sense,  if 
he  ever  had  bestowed  full  attention  upon  them,  would 
have  come,  ultimately,  to  the  same  or  similar  results 
as  I  am  about  to  show  ;  and  when  it  is  considered  that 
many  contrivances  of  modern  times  have  led  to  great 
comforts  and  advantages  unknown  to  the  ancients, 
though  they  had  the  same  mental  faculties  of  making 
them :  they  passed  thousands  of  years  in  ignorance 
and  errors,  thinking  alwajs  themselves  to  have  reached 
the  summit  of  human  perfection.  History  teaches 
but  too  plainly,  that  the  progress  of  human  knowledges 
and  intelligence  was  every  where  most  tediously  slow. 
Individuals  who  attempted  sometimes  to  disperse  new 
valuable  truths,  were  not  listened  to,  and  considered 
insane  in  proportion  their  truths  deviated  from  the 
common  track  of  the  unthinking  or  unreasoning  mul- 
titude. Our  present  age  is  yet  liable  to  the  same  great 
evil ; — instances  in  proof  of  this  are  to  be  found  in 
plenty ;  yet  as  it  is  superior  to  the  preceding  ages,  it 


is  liable  to  this  spiritual  sloth  in  a  less  degree.  After 
an  attentive  perusal  of  this  work,  after  some  calm  re- 
flection upon  the  subject,  it  will  be  found  that  the 
promised  great  ends  are  attainable  to  the  full  extent 
and  meaning  of  the  words,  without  any  wonder,  with- 
out any  hidden  power  or  secret  of  nature,  but  by  a  few 
most  simple  contrivances. 

The  basis  of  my  proposals  is,  that  there  arc  powers 
in  nature  at  the  disposal  of  man,  million  times  greater 
than  all  men  on  earth  could  effect,  with  their  united 
exertions,  by  their  nerves  and  sinews,  if  I  can  show 
that  such  a  superabundance  of  power  is  at  our  dis- 
posal, what  should  be  the  objections  against  applying 
them  to  our  benefit  in  the  best  manner  we  can  tliink 
of  i* — If  we  have  the  requisite  power  for  mechanical 
purposes,  it  is  then  but  a  matter  of  human  contrivance 
to  invent  adapted  tools  or  machines  for  application. 
Powers  must  pre-exist;  they  cannot  be  invented; 
they  may  be  discovered ;  no  mechanism  can  produce 
power ;  it  would  be  as  absurd  to  invent  tools  that  work 
without  any  applied  power  to  put  them  in  operation  ; 
machineries,  of  whatever  contrivance  they  be,  are  no- 
thing but  tools  more  or  less  combined.  I  think  this 
remark  not  to  be  superfluous,  because  many  men,  even 
of  talents  in  mechanics,  have  erroneously  cherished 
the  idea  of  inventing  mechanisms  >\orking  of  them- 
selves without  given  power,  and  have  uselessly  be- 
stowed time  and  expenses  on  the  invention  of  a  per- 
petual motion. — I  wish  my  proposals  not  to  be  preci- 
pitautly  confounded  with  such  vain  schemes. 

The  chief  objects  of  my  statements  are,  therefore, 
the  powers  to  be  applied :  the  application  of  them  is 


but  of  secondarv  importance:  this  may  be  of  an  infi- 
nite variety :  that  of  the  greatest  advantage  is  the 
most  preferable.  Wlien  you  are  once  convinced  that 
there  is  power  enough  at  our  disposal  for  the  great 
purposes  in  view,  then  you  have  the  proof  tliat  the 
attainment  of  the  purposed  ends  is  possible  :  the  ques- 
tion is  then  not  more  :  whether  the  promised  things  arc 
attainable,  but  how  ? — 

The  powers  are  chiefly  to  be  derived,  1,  from  wind  ; 

2,  from  the  tide,  or  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  ocean  caused 
by  the  gravity  between  the  moon  and  the  ocean  ;  and 

3,  from  the  sunshine,  or  the  heat  of  the  sun,  by 
which  water  may  be  transformed  into  steam,  whose 
expansive  power  is  to  operate  upon  machineries, 
though  by  a  contrivance  different  from  that  actually 
in  use. 

The  waves  of  the  ocean  are  also  powers  to  be  applied, 
but  as  they  are  caused  by  wind,  they  are  included  in 
the  power  of  wind.  Each  of  these  powers  requires  no 
consumption  of  materials,  but  nothing  but  the  mate- 
rials for  the  construction  of  the  machineries. 

I  shall  at  first  endeavour  to  show  the  magnitude  of 
each  of  these  powers  in  its  full  extent  over  the  whole 
world,  beginning  with  well-known  facts;  this  will 
show  the  average  power  for  any  required  extent  of 
the  surface  of  the  globe.  But  as  these  powers  are 
very  irregular  and  subject  to  interruptions,  the  next 
object  is  to  show  how  ihey  may  be  converted  into 
powers  that  operate  continually  and  uniformly  forever 
imtil  the  machinery  be  worn  out  at  length,  or,  in  other 
words,  into  jjerpctuiil  motions.  After  this  it  will  be 
the  probleni,  how  to  ;ipply  these  perpetual  motions  of 


nature  to  the  attainment  of  tlie  purposes  in  view  ? 
I  shall  give  a  general  outline  of  the  system  of  ma- 
chineries for  effecting  all  promised  purposes.  Next 
to  this  I  shall  state  the  ohjects  attainable  by  these 
means,  and  the  condition  of  men  that  must  result 
from  the  accomplishment  of  such  purposes.  It  will 
then  appear  from  the  nature  of  the  subject,  that  the 
execution  of  the  proposals  is  not  qualified  for  single 
individuals ;  for  as  one  machine  is  sufficient,  under 
the  superintendence  of  a  few  men,  to  supply  many- 
thousand  families  with  all  their  wants,  both  natural 
and  artificial  ones,  the  consequence  would  be  but 
hurtful  to  the  labouring  class,  as  the  price  of  their 
labours  would  sink  almost  to  nothing,  dangers  and 
violences  would  ensue,  and  the  effects  would  be  more 
destructive  than  beneficial,  even  to  the  undertakers 
themselves,  until  after  a  series  of  convulsions  a  dif- 
ferent order  of  things  should  be  established.  It  would 
be  certainly  a  proper  object  for  the  Government  to 
make  the  arrangement  for  the  execution  of  these 
proposals;  but  as  the  Government  of  our  nation  is 
the  organ  of  the  people's  will,  the  subject  must  first  be 
popular  ;  but  it  cannot  become  popular  before  it  is 
generally  known  and  understood.  Therefore  the  exe- 
cution of  the  proposals  is  only  qualified  for  a  large 
body  of  intelligent  men,  who  associate  themselves 
without  limiting  the  number,  time,  and  place,  or  coun- 
try. I  shall,  therefore,  finally  propose  a  constitution 
for  association.  The  larger  this  society,  and  the 
larger  the  means,  the  greater  the  advantages  will  be 
for  every  participating  individual. 
I  shall  now  state  : 

b2 


1.    THE    POWn;    OF  wrND. 

That  there  is  power  in  wind,  requires  no  proof  of 
me.  The  uses  of  it  in  navigation  and  windmills  are 
too  well  known.  My  object  is  to  state  Jiow  much 
power  there  is  in  wind :  I  shall  state  it  in  the  full 
extent,  as  far  as  it  can  he  brought  within  the  disposal 
of  men  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  globe. 

To  find  a  measure  for  a  power,  it  is  usual  and  pro- 
per to  compare  its  effect  with  that  a  number  of  men  or 
beasts  are  able  to  produce;  viz.  in  observing  how  many 
men,  horses,  oxen,  &c.  are  requisite  for  producing, 
within  the  same  time,  the  same  effect  which  a  certain 
power  produces.  Thus  it  is  said,  e.  g. :  a  steam-engine 
has  twenty  or  fifty  horses'  power,  when  twenty  or  fifty 
horses  would  be  requisite  to  produce  tlie  same  effect. 

When  we  compare  a  steam-boat  running  by  the 
power  of  its  engine,  of  which  the  (juantity  in  horses' 
power  is  determinated,  and  a  vessel  sailing  by  the 
])ower  of  wind  operating  upon  its  sails,  we  may  find 
a  measure  of  the  latter  power.  Suppose  a  steam-boat 
and  a  sailing  vessel,  both  exactly  of  the  same  size, 
form,  and  burden,  or  draught  of  water,  and  running 
under  equal  circumstances  with  equal  velocity.  It  is 
then  evident  that  the  power  of  wind  operating  upon 
the  sails  is  equal  to  that  of  the  steam-engine  in  the 
steam-boat.  A  vessel  sailing  before  the  wind  will,  by 
a  good  breeze,  run  at  the  rate  of  six  to  ten  knots  or  sea 
miles  per  hour,i.  e.  seven  to  twelve  land  miles.  A  steam- 
boat running  at  the  same  rate  in  still  water,  with  a  load 
of  4  to  fiOO  tons,  will  require  an  engine  of  about  fifty 
horses'  power.  The  supposed  sailing  vessel  will,  conse- 
quently, receive  a  power  of  wind  of  fifty  horses.     The 


surface  of  its  sails,  tojietlier  villi  its  Lull  ahovc  waiov 
exposed  to  the  wind,  intevsectiug  its  course  in  a  right 
angle  hy  an  imaginary  profile  through  the  greatest 
dimensions  of  vessel  and  sails,  be  about  5000  square 
feet ;  every  100  square  feet  will  then  receive  one  horse's 
power. 

Long  and  many  experiences  with  windmills  prove 
this  pow  er  to  be,  in  an  average  through  the  whole  year, 
a  great  deal  stronger. 

The  Dutch  have  paid,  since  centuries,  the  greatest 
attention  to  the  application  of  wind  on  windmills  for 
various  purposes.  Holland  being  a  flat,  level  country, 
affords  no  falls  of  water;  and  this  nation  was,  there- 
fore, compelled  to  have  recourse  to  the  application  of 
wind  on  mills.  Induced  by  a  most  extensive  com- 
merce in  all  parts  of  the  globe,  the  Dutch  nation 
applied  this  power  for  many  economical  and  commer- 
cial purposes  ;  and  they  have  now  in  their  little  coun- 
try many  thousand  windmills.  Hence  it  is  that  Dutch 
windmills  are  taken  for  superior  patterns  by  other 
nations. 

The  experiences  with  Dutch  windmills  show,  that  a 
mill  with  four  wings,  each  thirty  feet  long  and  eight  feet 
wide,  operates,  in  an  average,  with  a  power  of  eight 
horses.  The  surface  of  each  wing  being,  consequently, 
240  square  feet,  all  four  wings  expose  to  the  wind  a 
surAice  of  960  square  feet,  but  in  an  oblique  angle  with 
the  direction  of  the  wind,  which  will  hardly  equal  to 
the  half  of  the  same  surface,  or  480  square  feet,  when 
intersecting  the  wind's  direction  in  a  right  angle  :  480 
square  feet,  receiving  an  average  pow  er  of  eight  horses, 
and  sixty  being  one-eighth  of  480,  the  power  of  wind 


8 

on  sixty  square  feet  will,  therefore,  equal  to  one  horse's 
power  in  an  average.  I  shall,  therefore,  think  myself 
free  from  exaggeration  in  taking,  instead  of  sixty, 
one  hundred  square  feet  of  surface,  operated  upon  hy 
wind  in  a  right  angle,  as  the  average  measure  of  this 
power  for  one  horse.  Moreover,  it  is  to  he  home  in 
mind  that  heavy  winds  can  either  not  fully  or  not  at 
all  be  used  both  in  sailing  and  on  windmills  ;  because 
they  have  to  diminish  the  surfaces  exposed  to  wind,  or 
to  take  them  away  altogether  for  fear  of  breaking  all 
to  pieces  ;  while  I  purpose  to  make  use  of  the  whole 
l^ower  of  any  wind.  Wind  is,  .however,  not  every 
where  of  the  same  average  power.  I  do  not  mean 
with  respect  to  altitude,  for  differences  arising  there- 
from may  be  remedied  as  will  be  seen  hereafter,  but  I 
mean  in  geographical  respects.  There  are  parts  of 
the  globe  where  calms  and  hardly  perceptible  breezes 
for  the  greatest  part  of  the  time  are  prevailing,  while 
in  others  gales  and  strong  winds  are  almost  continually 
blowing.  Within  the  tropical  zone,  and  nearly  thirty 
degrees  of  north  and  south  latitude,  as  far  as  conti- 
nents do  not  interfere,  blows  perpetually  the  trade 
wind.  Thirty  degrees  north  and  south  form  a  belt  of 
sixty  degrees  around  the  globe,  which  is  exactly  the 
half  of  the  vvhole  surface  of  the  globe,  of  which  not 
one-fourth  are  continents.  On  the  continents  within 
the  same  zone  are  generally  gales  in  one  season  and 
daily  regular  breezes  in  the  other,  succeeding  each 
other.  In  mountainous  regions  and  their  vicinity  is, 
from  variation  of  temperature,  almost  continually  a 
strong  wind.  In  the  other  parts  of  the  globe  out  of 
this  belt  there  is  generally  a  greater  irregularity  of 


winds,  but  in  the  whole  no  less  wind.  We  may  ob- 
serve it  every  day  by  the  moving  of  the  clouds,  though 
we  should  not  feel  it  on  the  ground  on  account  of  the 
obstructions  there.  The  motions  of  the  clouds  are,  as 
easily  will  be  conceived,  a  great  deal  swifter,  as  the 
appearance  shows :  their  distance  or  height  is  gene- 
rally from  a  half  to  two  miles.  Imagine  now  you 
would  see  some  object  moving  on  the  ground  at  such 
a  known  distance,  with  the  same  apparent  celerity  as 
the  clouds,  and  you  will  have  a  conception  of  the 
swiftness  of  these  motions.  The  obstructions  on  the 
ground  that  may  hinder  the  usual  applications  of  wind 
in  many  places,  are  no  objects  in  my  intended  mode 
of  applying  this  power. 

As  my  object  is  to  give  an  estimation  of  the  power 
of  wind  as  near  to  the  truth  as  can  be,  it  may  not  be 
superfluous  to  state  my  reasons  in  full  for  it,  which 
requires  a  general  view  of  the  state  of  the  atmosphere, 
as  far  as  the  knowledge  of  it,  or  aerology,  teaches. 

The  atmosphere  is  an  ocean  of  a  thin,  elastic,  pon- 
derable fluid,  that  surrounds  the  globe  to  the  height  of 
about  fifty  miles.  It  extends  itself  by  increase  of  heat, 
and  contracts  itself  by  decrease  of  heat,  more  than  any 
other  body.  Hence  it  is  chiefly  that  every  variation 
of  temperature  destroys  the  equilibrium  of  the  atmo- 
sphere, by  extending  or  contracting  the  same  some- 
where. The  weight  of  this  fluid  tends  immediately 
to  restore  the  equilibrium,  like  we  see  on  water,  and 
causes  thereby  a  current  of  air  or  wind.  The  varia- 
tion of  temperature  depending  from  locality,  from  the 
time  of  day,  from  the  time  of  seasons,  from  physical 
operations  in  nature,  such  as  vapours,  rains,  &c.,  and 


10 

from  many  other  known  and  unknown  causes,  the  state 
or  degree  of  heat  is  never  and  no- where  always  the 
same,  and  changes,  more  or  less,  continually.    Besides 
the  density  or  mass  of  the  air  of  the  atmosphere  in- 
creases and  decreases,  and  the  weight  of  it,  in  con- 
sequence,  varies,   as  we  see   by  the  barometer  and 
other  means.     Unknown  causes  of  a  more  universal 
nature  may  cause   an  impression   or  some  influence 
upon  some  place  or  other  in  the  atmosphere.     When 
it  happens  that  in  some  place  an  expansion  of  the  at- 
mosphere takes  place,  while  in  some  other  a  contrac- 
tion of  the  same  exists,  the  current  of  air  will  run  from 
tJie  former  to  the  latter  place,  if  even  many  hundred 
miles  distant  from  each  other.     When  once  the  equi- 
librium is  destroyed,  it  cannot  establish  itself  immedi- 
ately, but  \^ill  effect  first  the  surrounding  vicinity,  next 
gradually  the  more  distant  parts,  and  so  on  until  some 
cause  or  counteraction  stops  or  changes  the  notions, 
nearly  in  the  same  manner  as  when  we  see  a  stone  or 
something  else  thrown  into  the  water,  where  an  un- 
dulation around  the  place  will  ensue,  extending  gra- 
dually  further  in    larger  and  larger   circles.     Some 
diff'erence,  however,  is  to  be  noticed  in  the  motions 
of  air.  It  being  perfectly  elastic,  it  yields  to  the  slight- 
est impression,  and  extends,  the  next  moment,  towards 
that  side  where  it  finds  the  least  resistance,  to  its  full 
room  which  it  occupied  before.     Hence  the  reaction 
of  any  moiion  in  the  atmosphere  is  of  longer  duration 
than  in  the  water.     Thus  we  see  the  atmosphere  con- 
tinually in  a  motion  of  the  most  irregular  variation. 
Not  only  horizontally,  but  still  more  frequently  up  and 
down  in  oblique  directions  is  the  wind  operating.  Not 


11 

just  parallel  with  the  surface  of  the  ground,  but  rather 
in  undulations,  though  very  irregular,  moves  the  wind, 
as  we  may  see  easily  by  the  direction  of  light  bodies 
floating  in  the  atmosphere,  such  as  snow,  smoke,  fea- 
thers, &c. 

In  order  to  form  an  idea  near  the  reality  of  nature, 
how  much  power  of  wind  there  may  be  at  our  disposal, 
we  have  to  ascertain,  by  a  deduction  from  experiences 
and  observations,  how  large  we  may  construct  and 
expose  surfaces  to  the  effects  of  wind,  and  how  close 
they  may  be  brought  together  without  intercepting  the 
wind  and  diminishing  its  power  materially.  We  knovv 
by  experiences,  that  ships  of  the  first  rank  carry  sails 
200  feet  high.  We  may,  therefore,  equally  on  land 
oppose  to  the  wind  surfaces  200  feet  high.  Imagine 
a  line  of  such  surfaces  200  feet  high,  and  a  mile  (or 
about  5000  feet)  long  ;  the  same  v^ould  then  contain 
1,000,000  square  feet.  Suppose  this  surface  intersects 
the  direction  of  the  wind  in  a  right  angle,  by  some 
contrivances,  and  receives  consequently  the  full  power 
of  the  wind  at  all  times.  The  average  power  of  wind 
being  equal  to  one  horse's  upon  every  100  square  feet, 
the  total  power  this  surface  would  receive,  would  then 
be  equal  to  1,000,000  divided  by  100,  or  1 0,000'horses' 
power.  Allowing  the  power  of  one  horse  to  be  equal 
to  that  of  ten  men,  the  power  of  10,000  horses  is  equal  to 
100,000  men's.  But  as  men  cannot  uninterruptedly 
work,  and  want  about  half  of  the  time  for  sleep  and  re- 
pose, the  same  power  would  be  equal  to  200,000  men's. 
Imagine  such  another  surface  just  behind  or  before  the 
former  at  one  mile's  distance,  parallel  to  the  first  and  in 
the  same  circumstances.    This  second  surface  would 


12 

tluMi  receive  the  same  power  of  wind  again  aslhe  first; 
for  the  distance  being  twenty-five  times  greater  than  their 
height,  tlie  one  line  could  not  intercept  the  wind  from 
the  other  in  any  considerable  degree,  both  lines  would 
receive  the  full  power  of  wind,  as  soon  as  the  direc-' 
tion  of  it  would  deviate  from  the  horizontal  more  than 
about  two  degree*.  Jt  may  be  easily  observed,  that  the 
wind  will  generally  strike  the  ground  in  a  steeper  di- 
rection, and  therefore  admit  a  closer  approach  of  such 
parallel  surfaces.  That  the  wind  strikes  the  ground 
obliquely  is  evident  on  the  high  sea.  Else  whence 
the  disturbance  and  rise  of  the  waves  on  it? — Jf  the 
wind  moved  parallel  to  the  ground,  the  surface 
of  the  sea  could  not  be  affected  by  it,  and  would 
remain  smooth  for  ever.  But  such  is  never  the  case. 
The  least  breeze  ruffles  the  surface  of  the  water.  And 
it  is  too  well  known,  to  what  size  and  powerful  effects 
the  waves  may  be  raised  by  wind.  Moreover,  experi- 
ences in  navigation  teach  that  vessels  of  the  first  rank 
sailing  along  a  shore  of  about  200  feet  high,  trees,  Sec. 
included,  at  their  wind-side,  at  a  distance  of  one  mile, 
will  not  suffer  any  considerable  diminution  of  wind. 
If  the  supposed  two  surfaces  will  receive  such  a  power 
of  wind  as  stated,  that  is,  each  equal  to  200,000  men's 
power,  a  third  surface  of  the  same  height  at  the  same 
distance,  and  parallel  to  the  former  under  equal  circum- 
stances, will  receive  the  same  quantity  of  power;  so  a 
fourth,  fifth,  and  so  on,  as  far  as  may  be  chosen.  The 
length  of  each  such  surface  may,  under  the  supposed 
circumstances,  be  prolonged  as  far  as  we  please,  the 
power  of  wind  will  be  every  where  the  same.  Now, 
if  we  find  the  power  of  wind  to  be  at  the  end  of  every 


J3 

mile  eqiial  to  200,000  men's  po^ver,  and  so  for  every 
mile,  in  breadlh,  it  follows,  tlmt  every  one  square  mile 
affords  such  a  power. — What  an  immense  power? — 
The  most  populous  countries  in  the  world  contain  in 
an  average  from  100  to  200  individuals  on  every  square 
mile,  of  which  hardly  one-half  is  able  to  work,  or  to 
he  counted  for  full  hands  to  work.  But  suppose  even 
100  full  hands  to  work  on  one  square  mile,  the  power  of 
wind  within  their  places  of  habitation  will  be  2000 
(imes  greater.  Yet  this  will  not  be  the  whole  power 
of  wind  at  their  disposal.  We  are  not  limited  to  the 
height  of  200  feet.  We  might  extend,  if  required, 
the  application  of  this  power  to  the  height  of  the 
clouds,  by  means  of  kites.  If  we  extend  it,  for  instance, 
to  but  2000  feet  high,  we  might  increase  the  power 
ten  times  as  much,  that  is,  20,000  times  greater  than 
the  inhabitants  of  ibe  most  populous  countries  could 
effect  with  their  nerves  and  sinews.  Yet  we  will  get 
a  more  proper  conception  of  this  power,  in  extending 
this  comparison  over  the  whole  globe.  The  surface  of 
the  globe  is  about  200,000,000  square  miles.  Accord- 
ing to  the  foregoing  statement  of  200,000  men's 
power  for  every  one  square  mile,  the  whole  extent  of 
the  wind's  power  over  the  globe  amounts  to  about 
200,000,000  times  200,000,  i.  r.  to  40,000,000,000,000 
men's  power.  Tlic  number  of  all  human  individuals 
on  earth  will  not  exceed  1000,000,000,of  which  hardly 
the  half  may  be  counted  for  full  hands  to  work,  that  is, 
500,000,000  ;  consequently,  the  stated  power  of  wind 
is  80,000  limes  greater  than  all  men  on  earth  could 
effect  with  their  nerves,  when  the  wind  is  used  but 
to  the  height  of  200  feet. 


14 

It  may  now  be  objected,  that  this  computation  in- 
cludes the  surface  of  the  ocean  and  uninhabitable  re- 
gions of  the  earth,  where  this  power  could  not  be  ap- 
plied for  our  purposes.  But  you  will  recollect,  that  I 
have  promised  to  show  the  means  for  rendering  the 
ocean  as  inhabitable  as  the  most  fruitful  dry  land ;  and 
1  do  not  even  exclude  the  polar  regions. 

It  may  be  questioned,  how  surfaces  200  feet  high 
may  be  exposed  perpendicularly  to  wind  for  opera- 
tion ? — It  may  be  done  in  the  usual  manner  of  wind- 
mills, but  with  great  advantage  in  a  different  way 
contrived  by  me,  so  that  every  square  mile  may  be 
surrounded  by  a  continued  line  of  surfaces  or  sails  to 
the  height  of  200  feet,  moveable  around  an  axis,  and 
occupying  not  one-tenth  of  the  ground  with  all  their 
machineries. 

What  a  gigantic,  awful  power  is  this !  80,000  times 
greater  than  all  men  on  earth  could  effect  by  the 
united  exertions  of  their  nerves  ! — at  the  least  calcu- 
lation. Suppose  even  one-half  should  be  lost  by  fric- 
tion of  the  machineries,  or  more,  we  need  not  econo- 
mise with  such  an  immensity  of  power,  let  but  one- 
eighth  of  it  be  used,  it  would  amount  still  to  10,000 
times  the  power  of  all  men  on  earth. .  If  men  were  all 
and  continually  employed  to  work  for  useful  purposes, 
they  would  effect  a  great  deal  morv^  than  we  actually 
see,  and  might  give  to  the  world  a  far  better  appear- 
ance and  a  greater  plenty  of  necessaries  and  comforts 
of  human  life.  But  if  1 0,000  times  more  can  be  done, 
if  in  one  year,  consequently,  can  be  affected  as  much 
as  hitherto  in  10,000  years! — to  what  awful  grandeur 
may  not  the  human  race  exalt  themselves  ? !    The 


15 

greatest  monuments  and  wonders  known  or  left  us  to 
admire  from  our  progenitors,    which  required  many 
millions  of  hands,  and  many  centuries  to  be  finished, 
are  nothing-  but  childish,  insignificant  trifles,  in  com- 
parison to  the  stupendous  works  that  may  be  affected 
by  these  powers.     Yet  it  is  not  the  only  power  we 
have  at  our  disposal.  You  may  startle  at  this  idea ;  you 
may  ask  again  and  again,  can  it  be  possible,  that  there 
is  such  a  power  for  our  use  ? — like  I  have  done.     Am 
I  perhaps  grossly  mistaken  in  my  statement.?     Js  it 
perhaps  nothing  but  a   fancy  ? — a  deception   of  my 
imagination  .•'     I  have  taken  the  most  common  experi- 
ences of  sails  and  \\indmills  for  the  basis  of  the  state- 
ment.    It  is  now  for  you  to  judge,  whether  the  state- 
ment of  these  experiences  are  true  or  materially  false. 
It  will  be  an  easy  matter  to  decide  this  question.    Ask 
the  navigator,  ask  the  wind-miller;  or  observe  the  power 
of  wind   yourself  in  any  way  you  please.     The  re- 
sults of  your  inquiries  or  observations  may  vary,  they 
may  show  more  or  less  power  than  I  have  stated  ;  but 
suppose  even  the  result  to  be  but  a  small  portion  of 
what  I  have  stated,  we  should  still  have  an  enormity 
of  power.    However  I  am  confident  a  close  investiga- 
tion will  show  a  far  greater  power  than  I  have  stated. 
If  my  statement  of  experiences  is  materially  true,  is 
there  perhaps  some  gross  mistake  in  my  conclusions 
and  computation  ? — This  may  easily  be  ascertained.  If 
you  find  no  material  mistake  in  my  present  statement, 
is  it  possible  for  rational  men  to  behold  this  power  with 
indifference? — Does  the  subject  not  deserve  our  great- 
est attention  and  reflection  ? — You  may  ask,  how  is  it 
that  no  application  of  great  extent  was  ever  made  yet  ? 


16 

— In  navigation  we  do  make  a  considerable  use  of  this 
power,  and  on  land  in  some  places  by  windmills.  But 
it  will  occur  now  to  your  mind,  that  this  power,  on  ac- 
count of  its  irregularity,  cannot  always,  nor  any  where, 
be  applied.  Hcie  I  have  to  repeat,  it  can.  There  is 
a  material  difference  between  the  manner  of  application 
used  hitherto  and  that  which  f  propose.  Hitherto  the 
power  of  wind  has  been  applied  immediately  upon  the 
machinery  for  use,  and  they  had  to  wait  the  chances 
of  the  wind's  blowing;  where  the  operation  is  stopped, 
as  soon  as  the  wind  ceases  to  blow.  But  the  manner, 
which  I  shall  state  hereafter,  to  apply  this  power,  is  to 
make  it  operate  only  for  collecting  or  storing  up  the 
power  in  a  manner,  and  then  to  take  out  of  this  store 
of  power,  at  any  time,  as  much  power  for  final  operation 
upon  the  machineries  as  may  be  wanted  for  the  intended 
purposes.  The  power  stored  up  is  to  react,  just  as  it 
may  suit  the  purposes,  and  may  do  so  long  after  the  ori- 
ginal power  of  wind  has  ceased.  And,  though  the  wind 
should  cease  at  intervals  of  many  months,  we  may  have 
by  the  same  power  an  uniform  perpetual  motion  in  a 
very  simple  way. 

If  you  ask,  perhaps,  why  is  this  power  not  more  used, 
if  the  statement  be  true  ? — I  have  to  ask  in  return  : 
whyisthepowerofsteam  so  lately  come  to  application? 
So  many  millions  of  men  boiled  water  every  day  since 
many  thousands  of  years;  they  must  have  frequently 
seen,  that  boiling  water  in  tightly  closed  pots  or  ket- 
tles will  lift  the  cover  or  burst  the  vessel  with  great 
vehemence.  The  power  of  steam  was,  therefore,  as 
commonly  known,  down  to  the  least  kitchen  or  wash- 
woman, as  the  power  of  wind.     But  close  observation 


17 

and  reflection  was  bestowed  neither  on  the  one  nor  the 
other.  It  is  by  calm  reflection,  by  linking  the  elements, 
or  first  and  simple  observations  and  ideas  derived  there- 
from, together  by  little  and  little,  that  man  is  only  ca- 
pable to  discover  truths,  which  escape  to  immediate 
observations.  It  is  thus  often  the  case,  that  we  arrive 
at  truths  which  we  never  fancied  or  expected,  begin- 
ning with  the  most  simple  truths  known  to  every  one, 
comprehensible  even  to  little  children,  and  which 
truths,  therefore,  would  seem  to  be  below  the  attention 
of  mature  men  :  man  reasons  from  these  first  elements 
of  his  comprehension,  he  links  them  together  into  a 
chain,  extends  them  further  and  further,  applies  them, 
and  startles  at  last  at  the  result :  he  mistrusts  his 
judgment,  suspects  errors,  goes  back  again  to  the  most 
simple  elements  of  conceptions,  pursues  again  and 
again  the  course  of  his  reasoning  with  the  minutest  at- 
tention, to  discover  errors,  compares  his  theory  with 
experiments,  and  sees  finally  compelled  his  reason  to 
admit  the  discovered  truth.  Encouraged  by  the  sur- 
prising result,  he  proceeds  further  with  heightened 
curiosity.  Thus  mathematics  took  their  origin,  and 
in  their  consequences  all  sciences  of  certainty.  Be- 
ginning with  the  most  simple  conceptions,  which 
seem  to  the  beginner  to  be  the  most  insipid  trifles  un- 
worthy his  attention,  he  cannot  seethe  reason  why  this 
minuteness  of  inquiry  into  these  most  simple  things; 
he  is  led  gradually  into  more  complicated  truths,  and 
finally  to  astonishing  results.  He  sees  himself  at  last 
enabled  to  survey  the  universe  without  leaving  his 
room ;  he  discovers  the  size,  form,  and  motion  of  the 
whole  earth,  the  distance  of  the  sun,  moon,  and  stars, 

c2 


their  size,  form,  motions,  and  relations  to  each  other;  lie 
ascertains   that  th.cy  are  worlds,  larger  even  than  our 
parth,  distant  many  millions  of  miles  from  us  and  from 
each  other;  he  sees  an  universe  of  many  millions  of 
large  worlds,  whole  systems  of  worlds  ;  new  ideas  start 
in  his  mind,  he  sees  no  end  in  his  discoveries.    But  tell 
to  the  man  of  equal  faculties,  but  who  is  unacquainted 
with  the  train  of  close  reasoning  that  led  to  those 
results, — tell  him  all  these  discoveries!  talk  to  him 
about  size  and  distances  of  the  sun,  moon,  <S:c.,  where 
never  any  human  being  was,  nor  can  go ;  tell  these  ma- 
thematical truths  to  him,  whose  mind  is'perhaps  filled 
with   erroneous  notions  and  prejudices,  of  which  he 
cannot  give    any  rational   account,  which  he  never 
thought  to  examine.      What  will  he  answer  ?— He 
will  deride  the  man  of  these  knowledges,  he  will  take 
him   for  a  fool. — But  when  lie  sees    that  the  same 
man  predicts  with  precision  eclipses  of  the  sun  and 
moon,  &c.,  when  he   sees   this  supposed  fool  makes 
books  and  astronomical  tables,  to  show,  out  of  his  room, 
to  the  navigator  the  means  of  finding  his  w?.y  through 
the  vast  ocean  around  the   world,  and  many  other 
strange  things,  of  which  he  has  not  the  most  distant 
idea, — the  poor  man  does  not  know  what  to  think  of 
it. — Truths  like  these  are  in  our  days  generally  ac- 
knowledged; but  it  is  not  long  ago  when  they  were  not. 
And  even  now  the  reasons  of  tliese  discoveries  are  by 
far  not  generally  understood  ;  the  results  are  but  by  a 
part  of  the  multitude   believed    on  authority  of  the 
learned  men.     Many  cases  might  be  alleged,  how  the 
multitude  have  lived  always  in  the  grossest  errors,  pre- 
judices, and  ignorance,  despising  and  deriding  all  at- 


19 

tempts  of  single  individuals  for  discovering  and  apply- 
ing usefully  new  trutlis. 

I  have  announced  to  show  the  means  for  creating  a 
paradise,  a  new  snperior  world,  to  eflcct  in  one  year 
more  than  hitherto  could  be  done  in  thousands  of  years. 
People  may  ridicule  the  idea,  or  think  the  realization 
of  such  miraculous.  But  where  is  the  wonder  to  effect 
these  purposes,  if  we  have  powers  enough  and  supera- 
bundant for  it?  If,  e.  g.  you  have  to  move  a  weight  of 
one  ton,  and  you  know  ten  horses  will  effect  it,  but  you 
have,  instead  often  horses,  100; — where  would  be  the 
wonder  or  the  doubtfulness  of  being  able  to  do  it?  Just 
so  it  is  with  my  proposals.  The  removal  of  one  ton  by 
100  horses,  would  certainly  be  less  easy  than  to  effect 
what  I  have  promised  by  a  power  exceeding  all  imagi- 
nable wants.  But  you  may  ask  now  by  what  machi- 
neries can  all  the  various  purposes  in  view  be  affected 
in  applying  this  power  ?  Machineries  are  but  tools. 
The  possibility  of  contriving  tools  for  any  certain  pur- 
pose cannot  be  questioned.  They  may  be  of  various 
constructions  for  the  same  purposes.  If  we  have  suffi- 
cient power  and  materials  for  the  tools  to  be  applied, 
we  may  easily  contrive  and  shape  the  tools  as  we  please, 
and  as  they  suit  our  purpose.  There  is  no  reason  to 
deem  the  making  of  adapted  tools  for  certain  purposes 
impossible.  I,  for  one,  shall  resolve  this  problem  in  a 
very  simple  manner  for  all  announced  purposes.  I 
shall  speak  of  that  hereafter. 

I  come  now  to  the  statement  of  the  second  power :  viz, 

THE    POWER    OF    THE    TIDE. 

The  tide  is  a  continual  change  of  ebb  and  flow,  or 


20 

rise  and  fall  at  every  six  and  a  quarter  hours  nearly, 
throughout  the  ocean,  though  not  equal  in  all  parts  of 
it,  nor  at  all  times  in  the  same  parts.  It  varies  from  two 
feet  near  the  equator,  to  sixty  feet  towards  the  poles. 

To  form  a  conception  of  the  power  which  the  tide 
affords,  let  us  imagine  a  surface  of  100  miles  square,  or 
10,000  square  miles  somewhere  in  the  ocean,  where 
the  tide  rises  and  sinks,  in  an  average,  ten  feet. — How 
many  men  would  it  require  for  emptying  a  basin  of 
10,000  square  miles  of  area,  and  ten  feet  deep,  filled 
with  sea  water  nsix  and  a  quarter  hours,  and  filling  the 
same  again  in  six  and  a  quarter  hours? — Whether 
this  be  caused  by  the  gravity  of  the  moon,  or  by  labour 
of  men,  the  effect  and  requisite  power  is  the  same. 

Experience  teaches,  that  a  common  labouring  man 
may  raise  twenty  pounds  two  feet  at  every  second  by 
continual  labour.  To  empty  a  basin  ten  feet  deep,  the 
labourer  would  in  the  beginning  have  but  little  to  raise, 
but  he  would  have  to  raise  the  water  higher  and  higher 
in  proportion  he  would  get  nearer  to  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel,  till  at  the  end  of  ten  feet  high.  His  labour 
would,  therefore,  be  equal,  by  the  best  contrivance,  to 
the  raising  of  the  content  of  the  basin  five  feet  high. 
K  one  man  raises  twenty  pounds  two  feet  at  every 
second,  he  can  raise  the  same  five  feet  at  every  two 
seconds  and  a  half,  and  one  cubic  foot  of  sea  water 
in  about  eight  or  nine  seconds,  five  feet ;  but  for  the 
sake  of  round  numbers,  say  at  every  seven  and  a 
half  seconds,  or  eight  cubic  feet  at  every  minute, 
which  would  amount  to  3000  cubic  feet  at  every  six 
and  a  quarter  hours.  Suppose  a  geographical  mile  to 
be  about  6000  feet  long,  one  square  mile  consequently 


21 

equal  to  thirty-six  millions  of  square  feet ;  and  this 
area  would,  hy  a  depth  of  ten  feet,  eontain  a  mass  of 
water  of  360,000,000  cuhic  feet.  Allowing  3000 
cubic  feet  for  every  man,  the  raising  of  such  a  mass 
would  require  then  120,000  men. 

To  fill  the  same  basin  to  the  same  height  again  in 
the  next  ensuing  six  and  a  quarter  hours,  would  re- 
quire again  tlie  same  power;  and  so  on  continually. 
But  as  men  cannot  work  continually  during  the  whole 
twenty-four  hours,  but  hardly  one-half  of  the  time, 
this  work  would  require  the  double  of  that  number  for 
releasing  each  other.  Hence  a  power  to  that  effect  of 
240,000  men  for  one  square  mile.  10,000  square 
miles  of  the  ocean  would,  therefore,  require,  for  pro- 
ducing the  eflect  of  a  tide  of  ten  feet,  at  least 
2400,000,000  men,  which  is  nearly  five  times  as 
many  as  there  exists  on  earth.  Suppose  the  United 
States  to  have  a  coast  of  3000  miles,  and  this  power 
to  be  applicable  for  but  100  miles  distance  from  the 
coast  in  an  average,  which  would  be  an  area  of 
300,000  square  miles,  and,  consequently,  afford  a  power 
of  thirty  times  2400,000,000,  or  72,000,000,000  men. 

You  wiW  ask  now  :  how  is  this  power  to  be  rendered 
applicable  ? 

There  have  been  made  applications  of  this  power, 
though  very  rarely  and  only  by  mere  accident.  When 
vessels  run  upon  ground  at  the  time  of  low  water,  they 
wait  for  high  water,  which  will  lift  them  up  and  make 
them  afloat  again  ;  what  else  could  not  be  done,  except 
by  unloading  the  vessel  or  raising  it  by  a  power  equal 
to  tlie  weight  of  the  vessel  and  cargo,  with  which  it 
lies  upon  the  ground.     Thus,  what  sometimes  would 


22 

require  a  power  of  several  hundred  ton?,  is  effected  by 
the  tide.  Suppose,  for  instance,  a  vessel,  or  ark,  of 
100  feet  square,  and  sunk  ten  feet  deep  into  water,  just 
touching-  the  ground  at  high  water ;  the  ensuing  ebb  to 
be  ten  feet.  The  vessel  will  then  be  entirely  out  of  the 
water.  Having  been  loaded  with  a  weight  so  as  to 
sink  it  ten  feet  deep  into  the  water,  its  weight  must 
equal  to  that  of  a  mass  of  water  100  feet  square,  and  ten 
feet  high,  which  will  be  100,000  cubic  feet :  suppose  one 
cubic  foot  of  water  to  weigh  seventy  pounds,  the  weight 
would  be  7,000,000  pounds,  which  would  be  required 
to  lift  the  vessel,  and  which  the  tide  will  effect  of 
itself. 

To  give  a  clear  idea  how  this  power  may  be  rendered 
applicable  in  a  general  way,  I  will  state  a  simple 
contrivance  for  example.  Imagine  a  chest  or  box  one 
foot  square  and  ten  feet  high,  consequently  ten  cubic 
feet,  fastened  at  one  end  of  a  balance,  whose  centre  be 
supported  or  fastened  by  a  chain,  or  in  some  other 
manner,  either  on  shore,  or  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea, 
and  whose  other  end  may  bear  a  weight,  or  be  con- 
nected with  some  machinery  to  be  operated  upon. 
The  box  be  loaded  with  a  weight  j  ust  sufficient  to  sink 
it  entirely  into  the  water.  Suppose  further  the  other 
end  of  the  balance  be  now  fastened  ;  the  low  water 
begin  and  sink  gradually  ten  feet, immediately  with  this 
sinking  the  weight  of  the  box  begins  to  draw  at  the 
balance  ;  but  being  made  fast,  it  cannot  yield,  and  the 
weight  of  the  box  increases  in  proportion  the  water 
sinks  around  it.  At  the  end  of  the  period,  when  the 
whole  box  is  out  of  the  water,  the  whole  weight  of  it, 
i.  e.  often  cubic  feet  of  water,  will  draw  at  the  balance. 


23 

When  tlie  balance  is  loosened,  tlie  box  will  thus  lift  at 
the  other  end  a  weight  nearly  equal  to  that  often  cubic 
feet  of  water.  But  as  the  box,  by  its  sinking,  will 
touch  again  the  water,  it  will  lose  of  its  weight  in  pro- 
portion it  sinks  deeper  into  the  water,  till  the  whole 
weight  at  the  balance  will  finally  be  annihilated  when 
ten  feet  deep,  and  hence  the  effect  will  be  but  the  half 
of  the  power  raising  uniformly  ten  cubic  feet  of  water 
ten  feet  high.  Now,  at  the  period  of  the  flow,  the 
box  will  in  the  same  manner  be  raised  as  was  the 
weight  at  the  other  end  of  the  balance  before,  and 
the  latter  end  will  be  pressed  down  with  a  weight 
nearly  equal  to  tliat  of  the  box.  Thus  the  balance 
may  be  kept  moving  up  and  down,  like  that  of  a  steam- 
engine,  only  with  that  difference,  that  this  motion 
would  be  slow,  and  at  every  six  and  a  quarter  hours 
but  once,  with  a  weight  equal  to  that  often  cubic  feet 
of  water  lifted  five  feet  high,  for  one  square  foot  of 
surface.  But  if  we  take,  instead  of  a  box  of  one  square 
foot,  a  vessel  of  100  feet  square,  i.  e.  10,000  times  as 
large,  the  power  will  be  10,000  times  as  great  as  the 
former.  We  may  then  easily  remedy  the  slowness  of 
the  power,  and  give  it  any  celerity  by  some  contri- 
vance or  other,  by  a  few  wheels,  or  hydraulic  press, 
by  causing  a  stream  through  a  narrow  passage,  &c. 
If  required,  we  might  either  employ  larger  vessels  or 
a  number  of  smaller  ones,  operating  one  after  another 
upon  the  same  machinery.  This  power  is  applicable 
on  sea,  near  to  or  at  any  distance  from  the  shore, 
even  in  midst  of  the  ocean,  provided  some  part  of  the 
contrivance  can  be  connected,  either  by  support  or  by 
chains  &c.  anchored  on  the  ground.    As  we  do  not 


24 

know  yet  the  greatest  depth  of  the  ocean,  it  is  not  for 
me  now  to  tell,  how  far  the  application  of  this  power 
may  be  extended,  tljough  it  may  possibly  be  made  co- 
extensive with  the  whole  ocean,  by  means  which  the 
immense  powers  of  nature  aflbrd.  However,  the  ap- 
plication of  the  tide  being  by  establishments  fixed  on 
the  ground,  it  is  natural  to  begin  with  them  near  the 
shores  in  shallow  water,  and  upon  sands  which  may 
be  extended  gradually  farther  into  the  sea.  'fbe  shores 
of  the  continent,  and  of  islands  and  the  sands  being 
generally  surrounded  by  shallow  water,  not  exceeding 
50  to  100  fathoms  in  depth,  for  twenty  to  fifty  till  100 
miles  and  upwards,  the  coasts  of  North  America,  with 
its  extensive  sand-banks,  islands,  and  rocks,  may  easily 
afford,  for  this  purpose,  a  ground  of  about  3000  miles 
long,  and  in  an  average  100  miles  broad,  or  300,000 
square  miles,  v.  ith  a  power  of  240,000  men  per  square 
mile,  as  stated  at  ten  feet's  tide,  of  72,000  millions  of 
men,  or  fur  every  mile  of  length  of  the  coast  a  power 
of  twenty-four  millions  of  men.  What  an  enormous 
power  !  And  this  power  may  be  rendered  higlily  be- 
neficial for  men,  without  occupying  even  any  room  on 
dry  land.  In  what  manner?  it  will  be  asked.  To 
answer  this  question  now,  it  will  have  the  appearance 
of  fairy  tales ;  and  reserving  the  answer,  the  state- 
ment of  this  gigantic  power  will  appear  useless.  I 
will,  therefore,  give  here  some  slight  notice  of  its 
applications  ;  though  perhaps  not  one-thousandth  part 
of  it  may  be  wanted  at  our  time,  yet  it  will  serve  to 
remove  the  narrow  conceptions,  prejudices,  and  all 
apprehension  of  having  not  enough  means  for  any  pur- 
pose that  will  come  into  question  hereafter.     We  have 


25 

to  accustom  ourselves  to  conceive  a  state  of  things, 
that  must  and  will  be  the  consequence  of  the  applica- 
tion of  these  means,  quite  different  from  what  we  are 
wont  to  see. 

Rafts  of  any  extent,  fastened  on  the  ground  of  the 
sea  along  the  shore,  stretching  far  into  the  sea,  covered 
witli  fertile  soil,  bearing  vegetables  and  trees  of  any 
description,  the  linest  gardens  equal  to  those  the  dry 
land  may  admit  of,  covered  with  buildings  and  ma- 
chineries, which  )nay  operate  not  only  on  the  sea,  where 
they  are,  but  which  also,  by  means  of  mechanical  con- 
nexions, extend  their  operations  for  many  miles  into 
the  continent.  Thus  this  power  may  cultivate  the 
artilicial  soil  for  many  miles  upon  the  surface  of  the 
sea  near  the  shores,  and  for  several  miles  on  the  dry 
land  along  the  shore,  in  the  most  superior  manner 
imaginable:  it  may  build  cities  along  the  shore,  con- 
sisting of  the  most  magnificent  palaces,  every  one 
being  surrounded  by  gardens  and  the  most  delightful 
sceneries;  it  may  level  the  hills  or  unevennesses,  or 
raise  eminences  along  the  shore,  for  enjoying  open 
prospects  into  the  country  and  upon  the  sea;  it  may 
cover  the  barren  shore  with  fertile  soil,  and  beautify  the 
same  in  various  manners ;  it  may  clear  the  sea  from 
the  shallows,  and  make  easy  the  approach,  not  merely 
of  vessels,  but  of  large  floating  islands,  which  may 
come  from  and  go  to  distant  parts  of  the  world, 
islands  that  have  every  commodity  and  security  for 
their  inhabitants  as  may  afford  the  dry  land.  All  such 
things,  and  many  others,  which  may  seem  now  to  be 
but  extravagant  fancies,  require  nothing  but  the  raw 

D 


26 

materials  for  their  construction,  and  these  are  to  be 
found  in  plenty. 

Thus  may  a  power,  derived  from  the  gravity  of  the 
moon  and  the  ocean,  hitherto  but  the  object  of  idle 
curiosity  of  the  studious  man,  be  made  eminently 
subservient  for  creating  the  most  delightful  abodes 
along  the  coast,  where  men  may  enjoy  in  the  same 
time  all  advantages  of  sea  and  dry  land.  The  coasts 
may  be  hereafter  continual  paradisaical  skirts  between 
land  and  sea,  every  where  crowded  with  the  densest 
population.  The  shores,  and  the  sea  along  them,  will 
be  no  more  as  raw  nature  presents  them  now,  but  they 
will  be  every  where  of  easy  and  charming  access,  not 
even  molested  by  the  roars  of  waves,  shaped  as  it  may 
suit  the  purposes  of  their  inhabitants  ;  the  sea  will  be 
cleared  of  every  obstruction  of  free  passage  every 
where;  its  productions  in  fishes,  &c.  will  be  gathered 
in  large  appropriated  receptacles,  to  present  them  to 
the  inhabitants  of  the  shores  and  of  the  sea. 

There  is  yet  another  power  on  sea  of  equal,  if  not 
of  greater  importance :  it  is  the  power  of  the  waves, 
caused  by  the  impression  of  the  wind  upon  the  surface 
of  the  water.  Though  this  power  is  included  in  that 
of  wind,  and  is  therefore  comprehended  in  the  estima- 
tion of  this  power  as  stated  ;  and  though,  generally,  it 
cannot  exceed  the  power  of  wind,  being  but  a  reaction 
of  it,  yet  it  may  be  rendered  very  useful  in  cases  where 
no  wind  or  much  less  power  of  the  same  exists.  The 
sea,  when  once  disturbed  in  its  equilibrium,  continues 
for  several  days  in  its  motion  after  the  wind  has  sub- 
sided, like  a  pendulum  or  a  flying  wheel  when  put  in 


27 

motion.  This  motion  of  the  sea  is  not  confined  to  the 
place  where  the  wind  just  blows,  but  it  extends  itself 
over  the  whole  surface  of  the  ocean  until  it  meets  with 
some  resistance.  We  have  an  image,  on  a  small  scale, 
of  this  motion,  when  we  drop  a  stone  into  a  pond.  We 
see  then  a  circular  ring  arising  round  the  spot  where 
the  stone  dropped  into  it.  This  ring  is  again  succeeded 
by  another  around  it,  this  second  by  a  third,  and  so  on 
with  larger  and  larger  rings  extending  finally  over  the 
whole  pond.  The  nature  of  this  motion  is  thus  ex- 
plained : — The  stone  forces  a  mass  of  water  out  of  its 
place,  which  is  equal  to  the  body  of  the  stone  ;  but  the 
water  all  around  it  pressing  with  its  weight  against  it, 
the  removed  water  recedes  in  that  direction  where  the 
resistance  is  the  least,  that  is,  right  upwards,  or  per- 
pendicularly to  the  surface.  But  here  the  water  presses 
now  with  a  greater  weight,  being  risen  higher  than 
the  next  surrounding  water.  This  again  cannot  yield 
immediately  on  account  of  the  pressure  of  its  sur- 
rounding water  ;  so  it  must  move  in  that  direction 
where  the  resistance  is  the  least,  this  is,  perpendicu- 
larly up  to  the  surface ;  forming,  consequently,  a  ring. 
I  n  the  same  manner,  and  for  the  same  reason,  this  ring 
forms  a  second  ring  around  it,  and  so  every  succeeding 
one.  The  formation  of  these  rings  affects  the  water 
nut  deeper  than  the  rings  themselves  are  high  ;  for  if 
it  did,  it  would  raise  the  water  higher  than  it  was  it- 
self, which  is  impossible.  For  the  same  reason  the 
interval  of  any  two  rings  next  to  each  other  cannot 
be  larger  than  the  rings  themselves,  and  the  basis  of 
these  must  join  each  other;  for  if  the  intervals  were 
larger,  the  rings  would  move  water  to  the  sides,  where 


28 

it  cannot  recede  on  account  of  the  greater  resistance. 
Therefore,  if,  for  instance,  the  rings  he  one  inch  high, 
they  cannot  affect  the  water  deeper  than  one  inch ; 
and  if  their  basis  be  two  inches  broad,  the  distar>ce  of 
the  top  of  any  two  rings  next  to  each  other  cannot  be. 
more  than  two  inches.  The  sura  of  the  room  of  tlie 
intervals  must  be  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  room  of  the 
rings,  if  a  body,  a  ball,  for  instance,  of  ten  feet  in 
diameter,  be  sunk  with  sufficient  quickness  into  the 
water,  it  will  raise  a  ring  ten  feet  high,'  this  a  concen- 
trical  ring  of  the  same  height,  then  a  third,  (Sec,  leav- 
ing always  an  interval  of  equal  breadth,  and  affecting 
thus  the  water  not  deeper  than  ten  feet.  What  here 
is  done  by  the  weight  of  the  body,  is  effected  in  the* 
same  manner  by  the  pressure  of  the  wind  in  the  forma- 
tion  of  the  waves;  if  the  wind  would  give  but  one 
single  blow  upon  still  water,  the  effect  would  be  ex- 
actly the  same  ;  but  as  it  is  blowing  in  a  very  irregu- 
lar manner,  dashing  in  many  places  at  once  and  in 
succession  upctn  the  water,  the  waves  caused  by  wind 
must  move  and  rise  very  irregularly,  following,  how- 
ever, the  direction  of  the  wind.  But  whatever  the 
irregularity  of  these  motions  be,  the  laws  of  nature  are 
always  the  same,  that  is,  the  waves  cannot  affect  the 
water  deeper  than  they  are  high,  and  the  intervals 
carmot  be  larger  than  the  waves  themselves.  Thus 
waves  of  from  ten  to  twenty  feet  high  will  affect  the 
water  generally  not  deeper  than  from  ten  to  twenty 
feet.  This  is  confirmed  too  by  the  experiences  of 
divers. 

This  motion  being  but  near  the  surface,  the  applica- 
tion of  this   power  requires  no  connexion  with  the 


'     29 

ground,  but  can  be  made  operative  by  a  certain  con- 
trivance of  connecting  the  macliinery  with  the  lower 
depth  of  still  water. 

The  motions  of  the  water  are  swinging  like  a  pen- 
dulum, and  subject  to  the  same'law  as  the  swinging 
of  a  pendulum,  but  counteracted  in  part  by  the  pres- 
sure of  the  wind  and  of  eacli  other.  Allowing  in  an 
average-  for  each  swinging  of  waves  of  ten  feet  four 
seconds,  or.  fifteen  in  every  minute,  which  will  be 
slower  than  reality  shows,  we  may  form  an  idea  of 
this  power,  in  the  same  manner  as  for  the  tide's  power 
is  stated. 

The  computation  shows,  that  a  tide  of  ten  feet  affords 
lor  every  square  mile,  or  6000  feet  square,  a  power  of 
240,000  men  at  every  six  and  a  quarter  hours'  rise  or  fall. 
The  waves  caused  by  wind,  supposed  to  rise  or  fall  at  every 
minute  fifteen  times,  or  at  every  six  and  a  quarter  hours, 
5775  times,  that  is,  about  6000  times  as  quick  as  the 
tide,  the  power  would,  consequently,  be  a,s  many  times 
great.  But  the  waves  of  the  wind  leaving  always 
intervals  equal  to  the  waves,  the  quantity  of  the  waves 
is  but  the  half  of  what  the  tide  raises,  and  the  power, 
therefore,amountsto3000times240,000,  or  720,000,000 
of  men's  power.  But  covering  the  surface  of  the  sea 
with  any  large  square,  it  would  obstruct  the  motions  of 
the  water,  and  be  affected  only  along  the  wind-sides. 
Tlie  resistance  which  is  to  be  opposed  to  the  motions 
of  the  waves  is,  therefore,  to  be  but  linear,  that  is,  by 
long  and  narrow  bodies  receiving  the  motions  of  the 
waves  from  one  side.  For  instance,  a  vessel  200  feet 
long  and  50  feet  broad  would  be  fully  affected  by  such 
waves,  as  experiences  show  by  ships  of  the  first  rank. 
d2 


30 

But  be  it  only  twenty-five  feet  broad,  its  area  would  be 
5000  square  ftct.     This  is  l-7200tli  part  of  one  square 
mile,  calculated  at  36,000,000  square  feet.  7-^0,000,000 
of  men's  power,  as  the  power  for  one   square  mile, 
divided  by  7200,  gives  100,000  men's  power  for  the 
area  of  the  supposed  vessel,  being  a  square  200  feet 
long  and  50  feet  broad.     The  size  of  such  a  vessel 
would  not  equal  to   that  of  a  ship  of  the  first  rank. 
Vessels  may  sail  at  the  rate  of  fifteen  miles  per  hour. 
A  ship  of  the  first  rank  propelled  solely  by  the  power  of 
steam,  might  require  an  engine  of  about  200  horses, 
for  to  run  at  the  rate  of  seven  miles  and  a  half  in  the 
high  sea,  a  usual  rate.     To  run  fifteen  miles,  would 
require  then  800  horses'  power;  for  theory  and  prac- 
tice teach  that  the  power  is  to  be  increased  in  the 
ratio  of  the  square  of  the  respective  velocity.     So  a 
double   velocity  requires  a  quadruple  power,  and  a 
treble  velocity  a  power  nine  times  as  great.     If  we  can 
apply  a  power  of  100,000  men,  or  10,000  horses,  for 
propelling  such  a  vessel,  we  may  move  it  with  a  pro- 
digious  celerity.     If  we   suppose   but  64,000   men's 
power,  or  an  engine  of  3200  horses'  power,   as  the 
half  of  the  former,  with  continual  eff'ect,  that  is,  four 
times  as  much  as  the  power  for  the  velocity  at  the 
rate  of  fifteen  miles  per  hour,  it  would   then   have 
power   for  the   rate  of  thirty   miles  per  hour ;  this 
would  amount  in  twenty-four  hours  to  720,  and  in 
four  days  to  nearly  3000  miles,  the  distance  of  Europe 
from  America. 

We  need  not  be  surprised  at  the  stated  power,  when 
we  observe  how  ships  from  1  to  2000  tons  are  borne 
up  and  down  by  waves,  and  tossed  powerfully  in  every 


31 

direction  witliin  a  few  seconds.  What  power  of  men 
would  it  require  to  raise  witli  tlie  same  swiftness  such 
heavy  weights?  This  \\ill  give  us,  at  least,  an  im- 
pression of  this  power. 

Though  the  waves  are  not  always  ten  feet  high,  they 
are  often  twenty  to  thirty  feet  high,  yet  the  sea  is  never 
quiet :  huge  masses  of  water  are  almost  continually 
rising  and  falling,  though  there  be  no  wind  for  many 
days.  We  observe  an  almost  continual  violent  break- 
ing of  waves  or  surf  along  steep  rocks. 

Suppose  the  average  height  of  waves  to  be  half,  or 
even  one-third,  of  what  is  stated,  there  would  still  be 
power  enough  to  cross  the  Atlantic  Ocean  in  four  to  six 
days  by  this  sole  power,  without  any  addition  of  that 
of  wind  or  steam.  What  is  true  of  one  vessel  is 
equally  applicable  to  many  hundreds  when  joined 
together,  with  this  great  advantage,  however,  that  the 
foremost  vessels,  if  closely  joined  in  long  rows  fol- 
lowing each  other,  or  all  in  one  piece,  will  only  have 
to  cut  the  water,  while  those  behind  have  only  to  over- 
come a  comparatively  very  small  friction  of  the  water 
along  their  sides.  Thus  ten  vessels  following  each 
other  closely  joined  as  in  one  piece,  may  require  but 
the  double  of  the  power  of  one,  while  they  afford  the 
means  of  ten  times  as  great  a  power.  Several  rows 
may  be  joined  together  in  front,  and  form  thus  a  float- 
ing island.  But  such  an  island  need  not  be  composed 
of  vessels ;  it  may  be  constructed  of  solid  logs  of  wood, 
which  is  specifically  lighter  than  water,  and  which, 
therefore,  can  never  sink,  though  they  should  be 
wrecked.     Such  an  island,  having  the  proper  form, 


32 

laiij  move  at  the  rate  of  1000  miles  per  day,  and 
cross  the  ocean,  to  a  certainty,  in  three  or  four  days. 
The  island  may  be  covered  with  fertile  soil  in  the 
highest  cultivation,  buildings,  and  every  thing  that 
men  may  want  for  their  enjoyment  and  commodity. 
There  will  be  no  motion  felt  like  on  ships. 

The  same  power  will  enable  any  single  vessel  or 
floating  island  to  stand  still  at  will  under  all  circum- 
stances, against  wind  and  waves,  without  anchoring. 
This  affords,  thereby,  means  for  telegraphical  lines 
across  the  ocean  from  one  continent  to  another,  and  to 
send  intelligence  over  the  same  in  less  than  one  hour. 

These  are  but  hints,  how  many  may  rule  over  the 
ocean  without  any  danger  or  any  incommodity  to  him- 
self, how  he  may  convert  the  tremendous  powers  and 
motions  of  the  sea  to  the  most  salutary  effects  and 
to  the  greatest  gratifications  of  his  desires  and  curio- 
sity ;  how  he  may  live  and  roam,  in  all  imaginable 
enjoyments  of  life,  in  the  most  salubrious  climates  of 
the  world ;  for  it  is  known  that  the  atmosphere  upon 
the  ocean  is  temperate  and  the  most  salubrious,  even 
within  the  tropical  zone  ;  and  how  he  may  make  thus, 
not  some  certain  fixed  spot  of  the  earth,  but  the  whole 
world,  his  delightful  home. 

May  this  idea  be  considered  as  a  mere  fancy  or  as 
something,  that  only  a  remote  posterity  may  live  to 
see?  No,  it  is  within  our  reach  within  less  than 
ten  years.  The  accomplishment  of  such  purposes  re- 
quires nothing  but  the  raw  materials  for  them,  that  is 
to  say,  iron,  copper,  wood,  earth  chiefly,  and  a  union 
of  men,  whose  eyes  and  understanding  are  not  shut 


33 

up  by  preconception?.  It  is,  however,  not  meant 
liere  to  begin  with  such  projects,  but  to  precede  them 
with  enterprises  .of  closer  interest. 

I  have  now  to  state  a  third  power,  to  be  derived 
from  sunshine. 

When  a  common  flat  looking-glass  is  held  towards 
the  sun,  so  as  to  reflect  its  shine  into  an  opposite 
sliady  place,  it  will  be  felt,  or  observed  by  the  ther- 
mometer, that  this  reflected  shine  is  warmer  than 
the  shade,  and  nearly  as  warm  as  the  sunshine  itself. 
When  upon  the  same  reflected  sunshine  another  re- 
flection from  a  second  looking-glass  is  cast  iii  the  same 
manner,  the  spot  of  reflection  will  be  still  warmer ; 
for  the  second  looking-glass  has  the  same  cff'ect  as  the 
first,  and  must,  consequently,  increase  the  heat  on  the 
spot  where  both  reflections  meet.  When,  then,  a  third 
looking-glass  is  directed  again  so  as  to  cast  its  reflection 
of  sunshine  upon  the  same  spot  at  the  same  time,  the 
heat  will  increase  still  more.  Thus,  by  a  fourth,  fifth, 
sixth,  &c.  looking-glass,  the  heat  may  be  increased  to 
any  required  or  known  degree;  nothing  else  is  required 
but  asuflicient  number  of  looking-glasses,  or  reflectors 
of  any  material,  to  produce  any  heat. 

It  is  on  this  principle  that  artificial  burning  mirrors 
are  constructed  on  a  small  scale.  And  it  is  on  the 
same  principle,  that  Archimedes,  about  2000  years  ago, 
contrived  his  burning  mirrors,  as  history  tells  us. 

The  idea  is  very  simple.  There  is  no  peculiar  art 
or  contrivance  required.  We  need  not  just  looking- 
glasses  for  these  purposes:  any  thing  with  a  polished 
surface  answers  the  same  purpose,  be  it  of  glass, 
metal,  \vood,  stone,  even  straw,  paper,  linen,  &c,,  pro- 


34 

vided  it  be  polished  or  shining.    There  are  many 
various  means  for  rendering  a  surface  sliining,  if  it  is 
not  so  by  nature ;  varnishing,  rubbing,  pressing,  (Sec. 
may  effect   it  on  various  stuffs ;  in  fact,  any  thing 
that  makes  a  surface  quite  smooth,  such  as  oil,  water, 
any  liquid  material,  that  hardens  or  congeals,  poured 
upon  a  surface ;  any  hard  material,  stone,  metal,  wood, 
maybe  polished,  and  rendered  fit  for ihis  purpose,  by  a 
proper  friction.     It  is  immaterial,  too,  of  what  size, 
form,  or  colour  the  pieces  of  such  a  mirror  be  ;  they 
are  all  to  be  of  a  flat  surface.    There  is  no  curbature 
of  their  surface  required  like  in  the  usual  burning 
mirrors.     All  what  is  required  for  producing  a  focus, 
or  burning  spot,  where  all  the  reflections  are  concen- 
trated, is  to  give  to  each  flat  piece  of  such  mirrors  its 
proper  place  and  inclination  towards  the  sun.     This 
requires  no  laborious  computation  or  preparation  ;  but 
nothing  more  than  an  adapted  contrivance  for  fixing 
every  piece,  and  turning  it  until  its  reflection  meets 
the  destined  spot.     When  once  fixed,  the  whole  con- 
trivance is  fixed  for  ever,  and  requires  nothing  more 
than  its  proper  stand  opposite  the  sun,  which  may  be 
kept  either  by  a  machine,  or  by  a  man,  in  moving  the 
mirror  to  the  sun's  motion  for  casting  its  concentrated 
reflection  or  focus  always  upon  the  same  spot.     The 
size  of  the  burning  mirror  depends,  from  the  degree 
of  heat  that  is  required,  from  the  size  of  the  focus, 
or  burning  spot,  which  again  is  depending  from  the 
size  of  the  machinery  upon   which  it  is  to  operate, 
and,  finally   from  the  distance  of  the  focus  from  the 
mirror.     If,  for  instance,  a  focus  of  two  feet  square, 
that  is,  four  square  feet,  were  required,  the  burning 


35 

mirror  might  be  constructed  of  pieces  of  flat  mirrors 
of  less  than  two  feet  square,  considering  that  its 
reflection  will  increase  in  size  by  the  distance  of  it. 
Suppose  such  a  mirror  consisting  of  100  pieces  one 
above  another  in  a  row,  and  100  such  rows  alongside 
of  each  other,  every  single  piece  in  its  proper  situa- 
tion, the  whole  mirror  would  be  less  than  200  feet 
in  diameter  and  have  100  times  100,  or  10,000  flat 
mirrors.  The  heat  in  the  focus  would,  consequently, 
be  nearly  10,000  times  as  great  as  the  reflection  of  one 
single  piece,  which  would  be  a  prodigious  heat,  and 
probably  greater  than  any  ever  known.  It  is  a  fact  of 
experiments,  that  small  artificial  burning  mirrors  may 
produce  a  greater  heat  than  any  fire  in  the  hottest 
foundery.  We  shall  not  need  such  a  heat  for  the  pur- 
poses in  view.  A  heat  sufiicient  to  boil  water  would 
do  already ;  and  for  such  a  heat  we  need  not  one-hun- 
dredth part  of  what  is  stated ;  and  a  burning  mirror 
of  one-hundredth  of  the  mentioned  size,  that  is,  from 
ten  to  twenty  feet  in  diameter,  might  answer.  How- 
ever, we  are  under  no  limit  for  producing  any  quantity 
and  degree  of  heat  by  this  means. 

The  application  of  burning  mirrors  is,  as  will  be 
already  anticipated,  for  boiling  water  and  producing 
thereby  steam. 

The  advantages  of  this  application  are  chiefly  these; 
no  material  is  consumed,  consequently,  no  expenses 
and  no  labours  for  preparing  and  carrying  the  same 
to  the  spot  of  use  are  required ;  moreover,  no  labour 
for  keeping  the  fire  is  requisite.  The  machinery  may 
be  contrived  so,  that  it  operates  of  itself,  whenever  the 
sun  shines,  without  even  as  much  as  a  supcriutendence 


36 

of  men.  All  material  that  is  required  is  water,  and  of 
that  there  is  no  want  any  where.  I  am  alluding  not 
only  to  the  springs,  rivers,  and  seas,  hut  also  to  the 
water  which  is  every  where  to  be  found  under  the 
ground,  if  wells  are  sunk  sulhciently  deep.  So  there 
is  no  exception  in  the  application  of  burning  mirrors 
for  producing  steam.  But  it  will  now  be  objected,  that 
there  is  not  always  sunshine,  that  the  nights  and 
cloudy  or  foggy  weather  interrupt  the  effect. 

To  obviate  such  interruptions,  there  are  two  ways. 

1.  By  enveloping  the  boilers  with  stuffs  that  keep 
the  heat  the  longest  in  themselves;  for  instance,  a 
thick  coat  of  red-hot  iron,  or  other  hot  metal,  enve- 
loped in  a  thick  coat  of  clay,  loam,  sand,  or  other 
earthen  material.  We  might  thus  continue  a  heat 
sufhcient  to  boil  water  for  many  hours  after  the  sun 
has  ceased  to  shine,  without  consuming  any  material. 

2.  By  contriving  a  reacting  power,  caused  by  the 
power  of  the  steam,  of  which  hereafter  will  be  given 
the  description,  and  by  which  many  days,  and  even 
many  months,  the  power  of  steam,  caused  by  sun- 
shine, may  react  at  will,  and  thus  be  rendered  perpe- 
tual, no  matter  how  often  or  how  long  the  sunshine 
may  be  interrupted 

The  interruption  of  sunshine,  in  this  application, 
is  therefore  immaterial. 

To  form  an  estimation  of  this  power,  in  its  utmost 
possible  extent,  would  exceed  all  bounds  of  our  ima- 
gination ;  for  the  requisite  stuffs  for  rendering  this 
posver  operative  are  but  water  and  sunshine,  which 
are  co-extensive  with  the  whole  world.  The  appli- 
cation of  this  power  requires  but  the   confining   of 


37 

steam  in  cohesive  solid  material,  wliicli  must  not  just 
be  iron  or  other  metals,  though  they  are  the  most  con- 
venient ;  hut  stone,  cast  or  moulded  in  a  manner  here- 
after to  he  described,  may  answer  the  same  purpose. 
We  are,  therefore,  under  no  limit  as  to  the  materials 
for  engines  neither. 

To  conceive  how,  instead  of  iron  or  other  metals, 
stone  may  be  used,  I  will  state  here  one  of  the  most 
simple  construction  of  a  steam-engine  on  a  larger  scale 
than  hitherto  used. 

Suppose  a  shaft,  cylindrical  or  square  (quadrilate- 
ral), of  stone  in  one  solid  piece  of  sufficient  thickness, 
sunk  vertically  into  the  earth  ;  at  the  upper  end  closed 
by  a  strong  cover  of  iron,  or  other  metal,  or  stone,  for- 
tified by  cross  bars,  a  stone  tightly  fitted  in  the  shaft, 
so  as  to  be  smoothly  moveable  up  and  down,  con- 
nected by  a  piston  or  bar  with  the  cud  of  a  l)a- 
lance ;  when  this  stone  is  near  the  u])per  end  of  the 
shaft,  water  pours  into  the  interval  between  the  stone 
and  the  cover  of  the  shaft,  which  cover  is  to  be  heated 
immediately  by  being  in  the  focus  of  the  burning  mir- 
ror; and  converted  into  steam,  the  stone  at  the  piston 
is  now  forced  down  the  shaft  by  the  expansion  of  the 
steam  above  it,  and  the  air  or  steam  underneath  passes 
through  a  valve  at  the  lower  end  of  the  shaft.  When 
after  this  the  stone  moves  up  in  the  shaft,  the  steam 
above  takes  its  vent  through  another  valve  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  shaft.  A  second  shaft  of  the  same 
contrivance,  whose  piston  is  connected  with  the  other 
end  of  the  balance,  alternates  with  the  first  in  the 
same  manner.  Thus  the  water  is  alternately  streaming 
in  the  one  or  the  other  interval  between  the  moveable 

£ 


38 

stone  at  the  piston  in  the  shaft  and  its  cover,  at  every 
motion  of  the  balance. 

There  is  this  difference,  in  heating  the  water,  from 
the  common  way,  that  here  the  focus  of  the  burn- 
ing mirror  operates  more  powerfully  than  fire,  and 
more  uniformly,  and  by  giving  to  the  interval  between 
the  stone  and  cover,  serving  instead  of  a  boiler,  a  pro- 
per shape,  the  water  in  it  is  to  be  heated  momenta- 
neously;  this  is  effected  by  presenting  a  flat,  extensive 
surface  to  the  heat  of  the  focus,  and  so  much  the  smaller 
a  depth  of  water.  The  details  of  such  an  engine 
need  not  here  be  described.  By  such  a  contrivance 
the  full  power  of  the  hottest  steam  can  be  brought  to 
application,  by  the  least  quantity  of  materials  for  the 
engine. 

The  power  of  steam  may  thus  be  rendered  far 
greater  than  in  the  usual  application. 

There  is  no  power  ever  so  great  for  any  mechanical 
purpose,  that  cannot  be  produced  by  steam.  A  short 
sketch  of  what  experiments  have  proved,  will  show 
this. 

The  power  of  steam  is  generally  compared  to  the 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  and  this  is  taken  for  a  mea- 
sure. To  understand  the  meaning  of  this  expression, 
it  is  necessary  to  be  acquainted  with  the  elements  of 
aerology.  Some  readers  may  not  have  directed  their 
attention  to  this  subject,  and  it  may,  therefore,  not  be 
superfluous  here,  to  give  briefly  an  idea  of  it,  inas- 
much as  it  relates  to  the  statement  I  have  in  view. 

The  air  that  surrounds  the  earth,  or  atmosphere,  is 
an  ocean  of  a  ponderable  fluid,  which,  although  very 
thin  or  light,  yet,  by  its   extensive  height  of  many 


39 

miles,  presses  with  its  weight  upon  the  surface  of  the 
earth,  like  water  in  a  vessel,  river,  or  sea,  will  do  upon 
its  bottom.  We  do  not  immediately  feel  or  perceive 
this  weight  or  pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  because  it 
presses  equally  in  the  inside  and  on  the  outside  of  our 
own  body,  and  so  on  every  other  body  or  matter.  But 
as  soon  as  we  destroy  the  equilibrium  of  this  pressure  by 
any  artificial  means,  we  discover  the  effect  of  this  pres- 
sure, or  weight,  and  may  measure  it  perfectly.  When 
we,  for  instance,  take  a  pipe  thirty  feet  and  upwards 
long,  in  a  vertical  position,  closed  at  the  lower  end, 
and  open  at  the  upper  end,  lill  it  w  ith  water,  and  turn 
it,  in  a  proper  manner,  upside  down,  that  is,  tlie  closed 
end  uppermost,  the  water  in  it  will  not  fall  out  alto- 
gether through  the  lower  end,  but  remain  about  thirty 
feet  high  in  the  pipe  suspended,  though  the  lower  end 
is  open,  and  whatever  be  the  diameter  or  width  of  the 
pipe.  The  reason  of  this  phenomenon  is,  that  the 
atmosphere  presses  with  an  equal  weight  against  the 
lower  end  of  the  pipe,  while  at  the  upper  one  the  same 
is  intercepted  by  the  closure  of  the  pipe;  which  ap- 
pears to  be  true  as  soon  as  the  upper  end  is  opened 
when  the  water  immediately  rushes  out  of  the  pipe,  the 
e(|uilibrium  being  then  restored  at  both  ends  of  the 
pipe. 

This  experiment  shows,  in  the  same  time,  that  the 
atmosphere  presses  upon  the  surface  of  the  earth,  and 
any  thing  that  is  thereupon,  with  a  weight  equal  to 
that  of  an  ocean  of  water  about  thirty  feet  high. 

The  air,  being  elastic,  may  be  compressed  into  a 
smaller  room,  and  will  then  always  resist  with  an  ex- 
pansive power  equal  to  thatapplied  for  its  compression. 


40 

Thus,  when  air  is  compressed  into  a  room  lialf  as  large 
as  it  was  before,  its  rc.sistar.ee  will  be  twice  r.s  i^reat  as 
it  was  before;  but  being  before  counterbalanced  by 
the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  and  therefore  rot  per- 
cepti1)le,  it  will  now  in  its  compressed  state  show  a 
resistance  equal  to  that  of  the  pressure  of  the  atmo- 
sphere. When  air  is  compressed  into  one-third,  one- 
fourth,  &c.  of  its  former  room,  it  will  resist  with  a 
power  of  expansion  three,  four.  Sic.  times  that  of  the 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere  ;and  the  expansive  power 
would  be  called  three,  four.  Sec.  atmospheres. 

Steam  is  also  elastic,  and  its  expansive  power,  when 
confined,  is  thus  measured  and  expressed  by  the  num- 
ber of  atmospheres  that  would  counterbalance  it.  To 
find,  the  weight  in  pounds,  which  would  counterba- 
lance a  certain  power  of  steam,  the  weight  of  a  water 
column  about  thirty  feet  high,  with  a  basis  equal  to 
that  on  which  the  steam  is  to  operate,  is  to  be  found, 
and  this  to  be  multiplied  by  the  number  of  atmo- 
spheres, that  equal  to  the  power  of  steam.  If,  for 
instance,  a  steam  power  of  100  atmospheres  is  to 
operate  upon  a  piston  of  one  square  foot  of  surface 
exposed  to  the  steam,  the  pressure  or  power  of  the 
steam  will  equal  to  the  weight  of  a  water  column 
having  for  its  basis  one  square  foot,  and  being  thirty 
times  100,  or  3000  feet  high.  Now,  for  the  sake  of 
round  numbers,  suppose  a  water  column  of  thirty  feet 
in  height  and  one  square  foot  for  its  basis,  that  is, 
thirty  cubic  feet  of  w  ater  to  be  equal  to  20,000  pounds, 
the  pressure  of  100  atmosph'^rcs  upon  one  square 
foot  would  be  equal  to  2000  times  100,  or  200,000 
pounds. 


41 

The  expansive  power  of  steam  is  not  always  the 
same,  but  increases  uniformly  with  the  increase  of 
heat,  when  the  quantity  of  applied  water  and  the  room 
of  confinement  remain  the  same. 

Experiments  have  shown,  that  the  pressure  of  steam 
is,  by  eighty  degrees  Reaumur,  or  the  heat  of  boiling 
water,  equal  to  one  jvtmosphere,  or  about  2000  pounds 
on  one  square  foot. 

By  .97  degr.  11.  2  atmospheres. 

'  108  3 

116,5  4 

124  5                          ; 

130  6 

135  7 

140  8 

148  10 

270  100 

300  150 

370  309 

400  400 

440  547 

460  631 

600  820 

680  2004 

800  30S0 

1000  5316 

The  pressure  on  one  square  foot  being  about  2000 
pounds  for  one  atmosphere,  the  pressure  ai  1  000  de- 
grees K.  of  5316  atmospheres,  is  equal  to  10,630,000 
pounds  on  one  square  foot. 

If  there  is  no  substance  more,  the  expansive  power 
e2 


42 

increases  unirovmly,  at  every  degree  R.  of  increased 
heat,  with  0,0047  pressure  of  one  atmosphere. 

With  burning  mirrors  we  may  produce  any  Icnown 
degree  of  heat,  without  consuming  any  material. 
1000  degrees  R.  is  yet  a  moderate  heal  ;  there  is,  heat 
used  in  founderies  and  laboratories  of  16,000  degrees 
R.  and  upwards.  If  1000  degrees  R.  may  produce 
a  steam  with  a  pressure  of  more  than  5000  atmospheres, 
or  upwards  of  10,000,000  of  pounds  upon  one  square 
foot;  and  if  we  suppose  the  surface  exposed  to  the 
immediate  effect  of  steam  of  ten  feet  square,  or  100 
square  feet,  and  the  motion  of  the  piston  at  the  rate 
of  but  two  feet  at  every  second  ;  we  woukl  liave  a 
power  equal  to  a  weight  of  100  times  10,000,000  of 
pounds,  or  1000  millions  of  pounds,  moving  or  rising 
at  the  rateof  two  feet  per  second.  Experience  teaches 
that  a  common  labourer  is  able,  by  steady  work,  to  raise 
twenty  pounds  two  feet  per  second ;  consequently, 
a  power  of  1000  millicms  of  pounds,  with  the  same 
rate  of  motion,  is  equal  to  1,000,000,000  divided  by 
20,  or  50,000,000  of  men's  power.  If  we  allow  but 
six  hours'  sunshine  every  day  in  an  average,  and  twelve 
hours'  time  for  work  for  men,  that  power  would 
still  equal  to  25,000,000  of  men's  power.  But  this  in- 
stance shows,  that  we  are  under  no  limit  of  power  for 
any  purpose  we  may  conceive,  and  that  this  power  re- 
quires comparatively  but  little  room  in  its  application. 

You  may  perhaps  startle  at  the  idea  of  immense  ex- 
penses and  materials  for  such  a  powerful  engine.  But 
here  I  have  to  recall  to  your  mind  what  I  have  stated 
already  concerning  the  construction  of  steam-engines; 
namely,  we  need  no   metals  and   no  other  expensive 


43 

materials  for  ihc  engine?,  tlioiigh  iron  and  otlicr  cohe- 
sive metals  are  most  convenient.  The  pipes,  or  rooms 
of  confinement  for  the  steam,  may  be  made  of  one 
solid  stone,  cast  or  moulded,  and  baked  to  a  hardness 
and  consistency  equal  to  the  best  stone  to  be  found,  of 
any  thickness  that  may  be  required,  and  sunk  into  the 
ground.  The  head  of  the  piston  may  consist  of  the 
same  material.  The  piston  itself  and  the  cover  may 
preferably  be  of  iron.  The  baking  of  such  stones  is 
an  olijcct  of  the  sequel  of  my  proposals. 

However,  there  is  iron  in  plenty  over  the  whole 
world ;  nothing  is  more  universally  spread  in  nature 
than  iron  :  almost  all  stuffs  are  more  or  less  impreg- 
nated with  iron.  Places  of  several  square  miles  are  full 
of  iron  ore.  And  though  we  have  not  explored  one- 
hundredth  part  of  the  surface  of  the  earth  in  that  re- 
spect, yet  wc  have  it  at  a  cheapness  little  exceeding 
the  expenses  for  labour  in  digging,  preparing,  and 
transporting  it;  and  this  price  would  be  reduced  soon 
to  a  trifle,  could  we  save  the  human  labour  for  procur- 
ing it,  raid  substitute  labour  by  powers  that  cost  us 
nothing,  as  the  case  really  is  to  be  proved.  We  have 
as  yet  used  but  a  very  small  poriion  of  the  immense 
store  of  iron  that  is  discovered  already  in  nature;  and 
most  probably,  there  is  an  nncomparatively  greaterstore 
yet  to  be  discovered.  So  there  is  no  matter  of  doubt, 
that  we  are  fully  provided  with  tliis  metal  for  all  our 
possible  mechanical  purposes.  lint  say,  we  be  not  for 
future  times ;  then  we  may  substitute  this  mrlal  by 
other  materials,  as  mentioned. 

The  power  of  steam  is  therefore  suitjcct  to  no  limits, 
its  requisites  being  sunshine,  water,  and  solid  stuffs  for 


44 

confining  and  applying  the  steam,  of  which  there  is 
no  limit,  no  materials  heing  consumed. 

The  generating  of  steam-power  is  not  the  only  use 
to  be  made  of  burning  mirrors ;  they  may  be  applied 
also  to  various  other  purposes  of  great  importance,  as 
I  shall  show  hereafter. 

Havel  asserted  too  much,  when  promising  to  show 
that  there  are  powers  in  nature  million  times  greater 
than  the  whole  human  race  is  able  to  effect  by  their 
united  efforts  of  nerves  and  sinew  s  ? 

The  power  of  steam  and  the  power  of  wind  may  be 
applied  over  the  whole  globe,  land  and  seas,  either  si- 
multaneously or  alternately,  as  found  convenient.  The 
three  gigantic  powers  of  steam,  wind,  and  waves  may 
be  applied  on  the  high  sea,  simultaneously,  or  one  or 
two  of  them  in  the  failure  of  others.  The  four  powers 
of  steam,  wind,  waves,  and  tide,  are  at  once  at  our 
disposal  along  the  coasts  and  upon  shallows  of  the 
ocean ;  there  will  never  be  an  entire  stop  of  all  at 
once.  There  are  parts  of  the  ocean  where  clouds 
and  fogs  with  wind  are,  and  other  parts  where  a  clear 
sky  wiih  calms  are  prevailing:  in  the  former,  we  have 
wind  and  waves  ;  in  the  latter,  sunshine  for  burning 
mirrors  at  our  disposal.  Jn  making  use  of  one  or  the 
other  power,  just  as  chance  affords,  we  are  enabled  to 
cross  the  ocean  in  any  direction  with  floating  islands, 
at  the  rate  of  1000  miles  per  day,  in  all  commodities 
and  enjoyments,  that  may  be  found  on  land,  w  ithout 
any  danger.  How  to  create  rivulets  of  sweet  and 
wholesome  water  on  floating  islands  in  the  midst  of 
the  ocean,  will  be  no  riddle  now.  Sea-water  changed 
into  steam  will  distil  into  sweet  water,  leaving  the 


45 

salt  on  the  bottom.  Thus  the  steam-engines  on  float- 
ing" ishmds  for  their  propulsion,  and  other  mechanical 
])urposes,  will  serve  in  the  same  time  for  distillery  of 
sweet  water,  whicli,  collected  in  basins,  may  be  led 
tljrough  channels  over  the  island,  while,  where  re- 
quired, it  may  be  refrigerated  by  artificial  means  into 
cool  water,  surpassing  in  salubrity  the  best  spring 
water,  because  nature  hardly  ever  distils  so  purely 
water  of  itself,  without  some  admixture  of  stuffs  of  less 
wholesome  influence  on  the  human  body,  as  it  may 
be  done  here  artificially. 

I  have  as  yet  stated  but  the  chief  and  most  univer- 
sal pow  ers  in  nature,  that  are  playing  before  our  eyes 
without  any  benefit  for  men  hitherto;  which  are  to  be 
applied  without  consuming  any  material ;  ihey  are  de" 
rived,  as  has  been  seen,  from  the  motions  of  the  atmo- 
sphere, from  sunshine,  and  from  the  motions  of  the 
sea,  caused  by  the  gravity  of  the  moon  or  by  wind. 
But  these  arc  not  the  only  powers  of  nature  that  may 
be  brought  to  our  disposal ;  there  are  many  others, 
though  less  universal  and  less  important,  whicli  I  shall 
at  present  not  notice,  as  my  object  of  showing  that 
there  is  power  enough,  and  superabundant  fcr  all  pur- 
poses in  view,  is  gained. 

The  statement  can  be  made  but  in  a  general  way, 
and  no  minutely-defined  results  can  be  expected  in 
this  new  and  universal  matter,  nor  would  it  be  of  any 
utility.  The  question  is  not,  whether  the  stated  powers 
may  be  somewhat  less  or  more  than  stated,  but 
wlicthcr  they  arc  of  such  a  gigantic  magnitude  as  to 
afford  a  sulHciency  for  all  our  wants.  If  the  statement 
of  the  powers  had  rc>ulted  in  a  Isirc  sufficiency  for  the 


46 

grand  purposes  in  view,  it  would  be  material  to  ascer- 
tain, if  possible,  whether  there  might  not  be  some 
small  error,  some  inaccuracy,  or  some  exaggeration  in 
the  statement  of  experiments  ;  but  when  it  proves,  by 
generally  known  facts,  or  well  authenticated  experi- 
ments, that  there  are,  at  the  least  estimation,  thousand, 
and  probably  ten  thousand  times  greater  powers  than 
we  ever  may  possibly  want,  all  doubts  or  apprehen- 
sions about  insufficiency  of  powers  must  vanish  for  ever, 
and  the  mind  be  at  ease  on  that  account.  It  is  for 
this  purpose  that  I  have  endeavoured  to  state  the 
whole  extent  of  the  powers  to  be  applied  for  the  great 
purposes  in  view.  It  is  but  owing  to  the  narrow  con- 
ceptions, to  the  inattention  in  respect  to  the  things  in 
nature,  that  may  really  be  applied  to  the  improvement 
of  the  human  condition,  to  most  deplorable  prejudices 
in  which  we  are  generally  trained  up,  and  in  which 
even  the  learned  pass^  their  lives,  that  proposals  like 
mine  may  appear  fabulous. 

The  studious,  the  reflecting  mind  will  soon  discover 
the  connexions  between  the  means  and  the  effects  to 
be  produced  thereby.  But  there  will  be  also  men,  who 
are  so  ill  favoured  by  nature,  that  they  slovenly  adhere 
to  their  accustomed  narrow  notions,  without  inquiring 
into  the  truth  of  new  ideas,  and  will  rather,  in  apology 
for  their  mental  sloth,  pride  themselves  in  despising, 
disputing,  and  ridiculing  whatever  appears  novel  to 
them. 

We  have  superabundance  of  power, powers  without 
limits,  million  times  greater  than  all  men  on  earth 
could  effect  hitherto:  this  is  proved  :  does  it  become  to 
a  rational  man  to  continue  looking  with  apathy  and 


47 

dulness  at  tliem  ? — Has  he  not  seen  and  learned  enougli 
of  experiments  in  machineries  in  our  days,  to  rouse 
his  mind  to  be  alive  at  the  great  advantages  they  may 
afford  more  and  more? — Will,  at  the  contemplation  of 
those  gigantic  powers  that  cost  nothing  to  men,  no 
new  light  dawn  in  the  mind  ? 

Nature  plays  with  these  mighty  powers  before  our 
eyes  in  the  most  irregular  way.  To  apply  them  im- 
mediately upon  machineries  for  certain  final  purposes, 
-would  subject  the  latter  to  great  irregularities  and  in- 
terruptions. It  is  probably  owing  to  this  circumstance, 
that  men  have  made  so  little  application  of  them  as 
yet.  Thiese  inconveniences  will  be  remedied  in  put- 
ting a  medium  between  the  powers  and  their  final  ap- 
plication, in  order  to  convert  them  into  uniform  opera- 
lions,  or,  in  other  words,  into  perpetual  motions  with 
uniform  powers.  As  we  have  superabundant  powers,  ' 
irregular  as  they  be,  we  may  then  create  perpetual  mo- 
tions with  any  power  that  may  be  wanted,  and  any 
"where. 

To  effect  this  purpose,  we  have  to  cause  a  re-action 
of  the  power  of  wind,  steam,  &c.  An  image  of  re- 
action gives  us  the  weight  of  a  clock  being  wound  up. 
The  sinking  of  this  weight  is  the  re-action  of  the  wind- 
ing it  up.  It  is  not  just  necessary  to  wait  with  wind- 
ing up  the  weight  till  it  is  entirely  sunk  down  ;  but  it 
may  be  wound  up  at  any  time  partly  or  totally ;  and 
if  done  always  before  the  weight  reaches  the  bottom, 
the  clock  will  be  going  perpetually.  In  a  similar, 
though  not  in  the  same  way,  we  may  cause  are-action 
on  a  large  scale.  We  may  raise,  for  instance,  water 
by  the  immediate  application  of  wind  or  steam,  upon 


4S 

some  eminence  into  a  pond,  out  of  wliicli  llie  water 
may,  ilnougli  .an  outlet,  fall  upon  some  wluel  or 
other  contrivance  for  setting  some  machinery  agoing-. 
Thus  we  may  store  up  water  in  some  eminent  pond, 
and  take  out  of  this  store,  at  any  time,  as  much  water 
through  the  outlet  as  we  want  to  employ,  by  which 
means  the  original  power  may  re-act  for  many  days 
after  it  has  cejised. 

To  form  a  proper  idea,  how  long  and  how  great  a 
power  may  be  rendered  re-active  m  this  way,  it  will 
be  necessary  to  specify  some  cases  here. 

Suppose  an  elevation  of  ground  about  100  feet  high 
above  the  adjacent  ground.  Let  this  elevatibn  be 
1000  feet  square,  and  surrounded  by  a  wall  twenty 
feet  high.  liCt,  from  one  of  the  lower  adjacent  parts, 
water  be  raised,  in  the  most  convenient  way,  hymen. 
From  the  experience  that  a  common  labourer  can 
raise  twenty  pounds  two  feet  high  per  second  con- 
tinually working,  it  follows,  that  he  could  raise  twenty 
pounds  in  from  fifty  to  sixty  seconds,  100  to  120  feet 
high,  that  is,  the  height  of  the  supposed  elevation 
from  the  bottom  to  the  top  of  the  reservoir  ;  this  would 
nearly  be  one  cubic  foot  of  water  raised  in  three 
minutes  to  the.  same  height.  He  would,  consequently, 
raise  in  twelve  hours,  or  in  a  day,  2^  cubic  feet,  and 
in  1 00  days  24,000  cubic  feet  of  w  ater.  The  supposed 
reservoir  is  capable  of  holding  (being  1000  feet  square 
and  twenty  deep),  20,000,000  cubic  feet.  To  fill  this 
reservoir  in  100  days,  would  therefore  require  from 
800  to  1000  men's  labour.  A  power  that  would  effect 
the  same  purpose  in  100  days  would  then  be  equal  to 
100  men's  power.    Jtis  evident,  without  further  de- 


49 

monstration,  that  the  \^ater  of  tlie  reservoir,  by  falling 
down  again,  wouhl  have  the  same  power  ;  for  it  would, 
by  its  fall,  be  able  to  raise  the  same  quantity  of  water 
'  within  the  sanie  time  to  the  same  height  again,  de- 
ducting, however,  what  may  be  lost  meanwhile  by  its 
evapora-tion,  whieh  may  be  in  general  very  inconsider- 
able. This  reservoir  would,  consequently,  be  capable, 
by  the  fall  of  its  water,  of  a  re-acting  power  of  1000 
men  for  100  days,  or  of  TO ,000  men  for  ten  days. 
A  period  of  100  days  would  exceed  any  continual 
calm ;  and  therefyre  be  far  longer  than  might  be 
wanted  by  the  sole  application  of  wind.  A  period  of 
ten  days  would  be  more  'than  sufficient  for  supplying 
continually  the  reservoir  witK  water,  by  the  applica- 
tion of  sunshine  and  wind  together.  Such  reservoirs 
of  moderate  elevation  or  size  need  not  just  be  made 
artificially,  but  will  be  found  made  by  nature  very 
frequently,  requiring  but  little  aid  for  their  completion. 
They  require  no  reg\ilarity  of  form.  Any  valley  sur- 
rounded by  elevations,  with  some  lower  grounds  in 
its  vicinity,  would  answer  the  purpose.  Small  crevices 
may  be  tilled  up.  Such  places  may  be  eligible  for  the 
"beginning  of  enterprises  of  that  kind  ;  but  thereafter, 
when  the  powers  are  rendered  operative  for  the  pur- 
poses in  view, ^larger  and  more  perfect  contrivances 
may  be  made  without  expenses.  Hills  and  mountains 
afford  natural  advantages  for  this  purpose.  The 
higher  the  reservoir  the  less  room  is  required  ;  for  the 
more  power  with  the  same  quantity  of  water  will  then 
be  effected  by  the  greater  fall.  But  suppose  even  an 
entirely  flat  country.  By  the  application  of  any  of 
the  staled  powers,  we  may,  for  instance,  excavate  a 

F 


50 

large  hole  of  from  200  to  250  feet  deep,  and  raise, 
uitli  the  stuff  that  is  taken  out  of  it,  an  elevation  of 
300  feet  at  its  edge,  so  as  to  have  then  a  height  of 
from  500  to  550  feet.     Suppose  this  elevation  to  be 
2000  feet  square,  its  water  100  feet  deep,  its  fall  in 
an  average  400  feet ;  then  its  re-acting  power  may  be 
brought  to  eighty  times  as  great  as  that  of  the  reservoir 
before  stated  ;  for  its  area  will  be  four  times,  its  depth 
live  times,  its  fall  four  times,  and  consequently  its 
re-acting  power  four  times  five  times  four  times   as 
great  as  the  calculation  in  the  first  case  shows.     If 
then  the  former  reservoir  aftorded  a  power  of  10,000 
men  for  ten  days,  this  will  be  capable  of  eighty  times 
10,000,  or  800,000  men's  power  for  ten  days.     Water 
enough  may  be  found  at  such  a  depth  any  where. 
But  say  it  were  not;  then  we  may  use,  instead  of 
water,  sand,  stones,  earth,  &c.,  which  will  have  the 
advantage  of  not  evaporating,  and  of  being  heavier, 
and  therefore  requiring  less  room  for  equal  quantity 
of  power,  while  these  dry  materials  will  cause  some- 
what more  friction  than  water,  which,  however,  will 
not  counterbalance   the  advantages.      The  room  in 
which  this  hole  and  the  adjacent  elevation  occupies  is 
not  lost  for  cultivation  of  soil.     Both  surfaces  may  be 
covered  with  rafts  decked  with  fertile  earth  and  all 
kinds  of  vegetables,  which  may  grow  there  as  well  as 
any  where  else. 

The  re-acting  power  is  not  required  for  all  applica- 
tions, but  only  for  such  which  admit  of  no  delay,  as, 
for  instance,  cultivation  of  the  soil  in  its  proper  season. 
In  other  cases,  and  in  the  most  of  the  applications  it  is 
indifferent,  at  which  time  the  machinery  be  operating, 


51 

or  whether  it  operates  continually  or  at  intervals.  In 
these  cases  the  original  powers  of  wind  or  steam,  &c. 
may  immediately  be  applied. 

Thus  the  medium  for  rendering  these  powers  per- 
petual, or  operative  at  will  at  any  time,  may  he  chiefly 
confined  to  the  cultivation  of  the  soil. 

However,  if  there  were  any  occasion  for  rendering 
the  re-acting  power  greater,  on  the  same  room,  than 
exemplified,  the  contrivance  might  easily  be  extended 
to  a  larger  scale.  For  instance,  an  elevation  of  1000 
feet  above  the  bottom  of  the  adjacent  hole,  and  one 
square  mile,  or  5000  feet  square,  its  water  400  feet 
deep,  with  a  fall  of  from  600  to  1000  feet,  or  in  an 
average  of  800  feet,  would  afford  for  ten  days  a  power 
— compared  to  a  reservoir  1 000  feet  square,  1 00  feet 
high,  and  its  water  twenty  feet  deep,  of  10,000  men's 
power — of  twenty-five  times  twenty  times  eight,  or 
•10,000,000  men's  power,  a  power  exceeding  all  possi- 
ble wants  on  such  a  small  room. 

On  the  high  sea,  and  along  the  coasts  where  more 
powers  are  concurring,  and  where  hardly  ever  there  is 
an  entire  cessation  of  all  of  them,  there  is  little  or  no 
occasion  for  re-acting  powers. 

The  raising  of  water  or  other  heavy  materials,  as 
well  as  the  falling  of  the  same  for  this  purpose,  may 
be  effected  in  vaiious  ways,  which  1  need  not  detail 
here ;  localities  must  suggest  the  most  proper  mecha- 
nism, which,  however,  may  be  very  simple  in  all  cases. 
Common  water-engines  suggest  already  all  what  is 
here  required.  Both  for  the  ascent  and  descent  of  the 
materials,  if  the  height  is  very  considerable,  one  roller 
at  the  top,  and  another  at  the  bottom  with  a  chain 


52 

around  them,  at  which  huckets  may  he  fastened  in  a 
proper  manner,  is  sutlicient  to  effect  the  purpose.  The 
contrivance  lor  the  ascent  of  the  materials  may  operate 
whenever  nature  affords  a  chance,  that  is,  whenever 
there  is  sunshine  or  wind  ;  the  contrivance  for  tlie 
descent  may  perpetually  operate  with  uniform  power 
upou  some  machinery  which  is  to  be  connected  with  it. 
Both  contrivances  for  ascent  and  descent  may  operate 
without  any  superintendence  at  all,  except  in  cases 
where  some  alteration  is  to  be  effected. 

Thus  a  power  of  many  thousands  or  even  of  millions 
of  men  may  perpetually  continue  its  play  until  the 
machinery  is  worn  out  by  length  of  time  ;  and  but 
one  or  a  few  men  will  be  required  to  keep  it  in  order, 
and  direct  its  application. 

In  stating  the  magnitude  and  regulation  of  the  chief 
inanimate  powers  of  nature,  I  have  stated  the  basis  of 
my  vast  proposals.  When  we  see  powers  at  our  dis- 
posal million  times  greater,  at  the  lowest  estimation, 
than  all  our  united  efforts  of  nerves  and  sinews  could 
effect ;  when  we  see  we  have  it  in  our  power  to  render 
these  powers  perpetually  and  uniformly  operative  ;  can 
we  behold  this  discovery  with  indifference?  When 
the  first  elements  of  mechanics  teach  that  there  is  no 
motion  imaginable,  that  could  not  be  produced  by- 
some  adapted  mechanism ;  provided  we  have  the  re- 
quisite power,  can  we,  as  rational  men,  think  of  these 
gigantic  powers  without  inquiring,  why  they  should 
not  be  applicable  and  not  be  applied  for  the  benefit  of 
men?  — Can  it  appear  to  a  rational  man  any  longer 
strange,  that  with  powers  exceeding  the  human 
bodily   strength   by   ten    thousands  and   millions   of 


53 

times,  might  he  effected  in  one  year  more  than  men 
could  do  hitherto  in  thousands  of  years  ? — Can  man 
with  sound  reasoning  mind  think  it  ahsurd,  extrava- 
gant, to  effect  things,  which  he  was  not  accustomed 
yet  to  see,  hy  the  application  of  such  enormous  powers, 
that  have  played  idly  hitherto  ? — Are  these  powers  not 
sufficient  to  change  the  whole  face  of  nature  by  a 
general  application  ? — What  should  hinder  us  from 
making  the  best  use  of  them  that  we  can  think  of, 
when  they  cost  nothing? — We  know  already,  thai,  by 
a  persevering  industry  for  many  centuries,  a  populous 
nation  might  change  a  barren  forest  into  delightful 
gardens,  intersected  by  canals  for  their  culture,  filled 
with  mansions  of  splendour  and  ease,  and  provided 
with  every  comfort  and  enjoyment  imaginable  for 
human  life.  Where  is  the  reason  for  supposing  it 
impossible,  to  effect  the  same  things,  and  more,  by 
powers  exceeding  many  thousand  times  all  possible 
exertions  of  a  whole  nation  for  many  centuries  ? — 
There  is  no  reason  at  all  in  such  thoughts;  tliey  are 
nothing  but  a  blind  adherence  to  customary  impres- 
sions of  minds  little  used  to  reflection.  Such  a  stupid 
adherence  to  customs  is  the  most  baneful  and  most 
degrading  evil  of  the  human  creature ;  for  it  ap- 
proximates man  to  the  state  of  brutes,  by  neglecting 
the  most  precious  gift  of  his  Maker,  the  reasoning 
faculty,  the  only  one  that  may  raise  him  above  brutes. 
Brutes,  too,  follow  the  customs  without  reasoning. 
The  domestic  animals,  for  instance,  sneak  to  their 
accustomed  stables  and  pasture  grounds,  though  it  be 
for  enslaving  or  butchering  them.  ]\Ian  is  but  little 
above  thes?  brute,  if  he  is  but  a  slave  to  customs  in 

F  2 


54 

thinking  and  acting.  He  cannot  claim  even,  with 
any  pretence,  indulgence,  when  he  is  so  infatuated  as 
to  pride  himself  in  this  despicahle  mental  sloth.  This 
evil  is  not  only  to  be  found  among  the  lower  untutored 
classes,  where  it  is  more  pardonable,  but  also  among 
high-bred  and  high-standing  gentlemen,  whom  I  pray 
to  be  assured,  that  I  wish  not  to  add  any  thing  to  the 
grievous  affliction  under  which  they  labour  without 
their  suspecting  it;  I  wish  merely  to  diminish  its 
effects  upon  themselves  and  others,  as  a  physician 
will  do  with  the  sick  of  contagious  diseases ;  I  will 
point  out  the  symptoms  of  this  affliction,  as  a  warning 
that  may  be  very  useful  to  many ;  the  symptoms  are 
generally:  the  patient  is  very  arrogant  and  very  ready 
in  his  judgment  without  giving  or  taking  any  reason, 
he  surmises  instead  of  rcas'Miing,  he  judges  before  he 
examines,  and  with  all  this  insanity  he  self-pleasingly 
ridicules  what  he  does  not  understand — beware  of 
such  a  brute,  you  cannot  reason  with  him. 

If  man  ever  forfeited  the  paradise  by  his  sin,  as  we 
are  told,  it  must  have  bfe^cn  the  sin  of  neglecting  the 
most  precious  gift  of  his  Maker,  that  reasoning  fa- 
culty, that  only  gives  him  the  dominion  over  the 
brutes,  and  may  give  him  also  the  dominion  over  the 
inanimate  creation,  and  niake  thereby  of  the  earth  a 
paradise. 

Man  needs  not  to  cat  his  bread  in  tlic  sweat  of  his 
brow,  and  to  pass  his  life  in  drudgery  and  misery, 
except  he  perseveres  iiihis  mental  sloth,  and  foregoes 
the  use  of  his  reason. 

We  are  trained  up  in  the  notion,  that  industry  is  a 
virtue  and  a  necessity  to  man,  and  so  it  is  truly— I  do 


not  mean  to  apologise  for,  or  to  commend  idleness 
and  slolli — but  it  is  so  only  relative  to  our  -present 
state  of  knowledges  ;  for  it  is  the  only  means  to  lead 
a  decent  life  in  society,  lo  preserve  us  from  suffering 
and  want,  to  procure  us  comforts,  and  even  respect 
among  our  neighbours.  With  the  same  reason  the 
savage  counts  it  for  his  two  most  exalted  virtues,  to 
slay  many  enemies  and  kill  many  beasts  in  his  forest; 
they  only  tend  t6  his  self-preservation  and  to  that  of 
his  family.  The  better  cultivated  man  wants  to  have 
other  virtues.  Useless  or  needless  drudgery  and  toil 
ceases  to  be  a  virtue  ;  more  exalted  qualities  step  into 
their  place,  in  a  more  relined  and  happier  state  of 
men.  \\  hat  virtue  can  there  be  in  passing  one's  life 
like  a  prisoner  in  a  treadmill  ?  The  occupations  of  men 
in  our  present  state  of  advancement  are  yet  not  much 
better:  they  are  cither  a  monotonous  drudgery,  or 
some  insipid  occupation,  which  nothing  but  custom 
and  necessity  may  vender  tolerable  in  some  degree, 
but  which  are  the  very  means  to  keep  the  mind  in 
inactivity,  and  low,  trivial  pursuits.  1  will  not  expa- 
tiate on  this  disgusting  subject,  for  fear  of  being  too 
prolix ;  but  look  at  the  labourer  of  the  field,  at  the 
mechanic  in  the  shop,  at  any  common  occupation. 
How  dull  and  tedious  to  pass  the  best  part  of  one's 
life  in  the  same  ever- repeating  mechanical  motions 
or  labours,  and  after  they  are  ten  thousand  times  re- 
peated, they  are  ten  thousand  times  again  and  again 
to  be  done  over.  What  is  the  mighty  object  of  lead- 
ing such  a  life? — To  get  money,  in  order  to  buy 
what  one  wants.  Is  this  the  most  exalted  virtue,  the 
highest  destination  of  man's  life  that  can  be  thought 


56 

of  in  tills  world? — Tt.  may  he  a  virtue  or  a  necessary 
evil  in  a  state  of  general  ignorance  and  prejudices, 
but  it  is  no  virtue  founded  in  nature. 

Where  did  sciences  end  mental  culture  and  the 
refinements  of  human  life  flourish  the  most  ? — Not 
among  people  who  passed  their  lives  in  drudgery. 
The  Greeks  deemed  mechanical  work  a  disgrace  to  a 
free  citizen,  and  employed  their  slaves  for  that  pur- 
pose. Hence  their  lofty  sentiments,  their  high  state 
of  mental  culture  and  refinements,  superior  to  all 
their  neighbours,  even  to  the  Romans.  It  is  to  these 
ancient  Greeks  that  we  owe  chiefly  our  sciences  of 
reason.  Look  at  the  same  country  now,  at  the  de- 
scendants of  the  same  Greeks,  an  ignorant,  oppressed 
race  of  men !  The  sciences  of  their  ancestors  would 
have  been  lost  also  for  us,  if  not  classes,  devoted  to 
religion  and  dominion,  who  thought  mechanical  occu- 
pation below  their  dignity,  had  preserved,  by  their 
literary  pursuits,  the  wrecks  of  those  ancient  superior 
acquirements ;  for  the  labouring  classes,  even  of  civi- 
lised Europe,  never  harboured  sciences,  philosophy, 
and  refinements  of  human  life  ;  they  had  other  pur- 
suits, the  bare  necessaries  of  life,  which  left  them 
neither  time  nor  thought  of  higher  pursuits ;  happy 
enough,  when  money  could  exempt  them  in  part 
from  labour,  physical  wants,  and  fear  of  want. 

It  is  often  questioned,  whether  the  life  of  a  savage 
in  his  wilderness  may  not  be  preferable  to  civilised 
life  with  its  appending  labours  and  comforts?— But 
it  is  obvious,  that  one  savage  cannot  live  on  an  area 
where  100  laborious  civilised  men  may  live  in  plenty. 
Therefore,  the  life  of  a  savage  ought  by  no  means  be 


57 

preferred.  Man  ought  certainly  be  progressing,  not 
retrograding,  in  improvements;  and  he  will  naturally 
be  so,  if  not  violently  retarded  or  stopped  in  his  course. 
We  are  actually  in  a  progressing  state,  but  only  since 
a  few  centuries:  men  were  fallen  back  into  a  state 
of  greater  barbarity  before  that  period,  as  history 
proves.  Ancient  nations,  several  thousand  years  ago, 
in  Asia  and  Africa,  were  further  advanced  in  many 
knowledges  than  we  are  now  ;  their  ruins  and  monu- 
ments, left  to  us,  show  this.  We  have  made  improve- 
ments in  an  increasing  progression  in  the  latter  time. 
This  is  quite  natural ;  for  knowledge  begets  know- 
ledge, just  as  wealth  begets  wealth.  There  is,  how- 
ever, one  fault  in  our  system  of  education  and  public 
instruction  up  to  the  universities,  which  is  an  essen- 
tial impediment  in  our  mental  and  physical  progress ; 
this  is,  that  the  sciences  of  reason  are  less  cultivated 
than  those  of  memory  and  imagination.  It  is  owing 
to  this  fault,  handed  down  to  us  from  an  ancient  state 
of  barbarity,  that  people  generally  judge  so  very  in- 
sane of  any  thing  that  appears  new  to  them,  they  are 
not  used  to  reflect  much,  to  reason  closely:  the  most 
useful  knowledges  of  our  days  are  cither  not  at  all,  or 
but  faintly  come  to  their  notice.  There  are  but  few 
individuals  who  are  versed  in  the  knowledges  of  use- 
ful things  of  our  days.  The  science  of  mechanics  is 
but  in  a  state  of  infancy.  It  is  true,  improvements 
are  made  upon  improvements,  instigated  by  patents 
of  the  government ;  but  they  are  made  accidentally, 
or  at  haphazard.  There  is  no  general  system  of  this 
science,  mathematical  as  it  is,  which  developcs  its 
principles  in  their   full    extent,  and    the  outlines  of 


58 

their  application  to  uhicb  they  lead.     There  is  no 
idea  of  comparison   between   what  is   explored   and 
what  is  vet  to  be  explored  in  this  science  ;  no  inves- 
tigation of  powers,  and  their  applications  for  the  be- 
nefit of  man,  in  all  their  ramifications  and  extents; 
Nve  are  in  a  manner  groping  along  in  the  dark,  and 
wonder  at  every  new  invention  and  improvement  in 
mcchunics.     People  donbt,  reject,  and  reason  at  ran- 
dom, with  posilivcness  on  every  thing  that  is  new  to 
them,  without  understanding,  without  even  troubling 
themselves  with  examining  the  matter.     It  is  thus  a 
liard  task  to  inform  and  convince  them  of  any  thing 
that  may  not  suit  their  superficial  or  erroneous  no- 
tions.    The  ancient  Greeks  placed  mathematics  at  the 
head  of  their  education,  and  deemed  it  indispensably 
to  a  liberal  education,  more  for  teaching  and  accus- 
toming the  mind  to  good,  sound,  close  reasoning,  than 
even  for  the  matter  itself.     But  we  are  glad  to  have 
filled   our   memory   with    notions,  without  troubling 
ourselves  much  with  reasoning  about  them  ;  if  we  do 
it  at  all,  we  may  do  it  in  secret.     Hence   this  con- 
trariety  of  opinions,  which   prove   but  the  state   of 
errors  we  live  in. 

Did  I  assert  too  much?  If  I  did,  there  would  be 
no  chance  left  to  me  for  making  such  discoveries  as  I 
have  related  already,  nor  would  the  annunciation  of 
them  be  gazed  at  as  something  out  of  all  reason.  Ar- 
chimedes knew  and  used  burning  mirrors  for  destroy- 
ing vessels  of  the  enemy,  2000  years  ago.  The  history 
of  Greece  has  been  taught  in  our  school  since  cen- 
turies, and  with  it  the  story  of  burning  mirrors,  too, 
again  and  again  ;  but  the  schoolmasters  thought  this 


story  fabulous,  and  their  scholars  helieved  it  so,  he- 
cause  they  saw  no  such  a  thing  practised  before  their 
eyes,  while  the  first  elements  of  optics  taught  it  to 
them  with  mathematical  demonstration. 

The  discovery  of  the  mathematical  law  of  the  lever 
made  the  discoverer  exclaim — "Give  me  but  a  point 
of  support,  and  I  can  unhinge  the  world."  And  I 
say  with  no  less  exultation,  and  I  wish  I  could  speak 
with  a  voice  of  thunder,  and  electrify  the  dull  to  sen- 
sibility at  the  greatest  and  most  joyful  news  that  ever 
could  sound  into  the  human  ear  : — '*  Let  me  but  find 
a  union  of  a  few  inteUigent  men  who  do  not  judge 
before  they  examine^  and  grant  me  their  attention,  and  1 
can  change  the  world  into  a  most  delightful  paradise  /" 

The  law  of  the  lever  is  known  to  be  the  fundament 
of  mechanics,  of  which  the  effects  may  often,  to  the 
untutored,  seem  no  less  marvellous  than  my  promised 
paradise.  The  fundament  of  ray  assertion  are  the  im- 
mense powers  of  nature  that  I  have  shown  to  be  at 
our  disposal,  and  the  simple  system  of  their  applica- 
tion that  I  am  prepared  to  show.  Both  are  mathe- 
matical truths,  and  both  are  no  subjects  of  opinion, 
dispute,  or  uncertainty,  as  soon  as  they  are  understood: 
none  but  an  ignorant  or  an  idiot  would  dote  against 
the  former,  and  will  dote  against  the  latter  mathema- 
tical truth. 

What  mechanisms,  what  machines  are  to  be  applied, 
■will  be  the  question  now,  granted  that  there  is  power 
enough. 

I  shall  give  here  a  general  outline  of  ihe  system  of 
machineries  and  establishments  to  be  pursued. 

Wc  drudge  and  toil  in  agriculture,  in  architecture, 
in  uavigatioD,  in  all  workshops,  and  in  manufactories 


CO 

for  mating  many  useful  aqd  many  useless  tilings  for 
human  life,  for  supplying  many  various  demands  of 
necessaries,  comforts,  and  luxuries  of  life,  of  fancy, 
and  fashions.  We  little,  care  about  the  real  benefit 
the  produces  of  our  industry  m'ay  afford  to  the  buyer, 
provided  we  get  pay  for  them,  and  make  money  by 
their  sale.  There  is  an  endless  variety  of  artificial 
productions  of  every  kind,  resulting  from  competition 
of  the  producers.  I  tave  promised  contrivances  for 
superseding  all  human  labour.  To  imitate  minutely 
all  the  infinite  variety  of  produces  of  human  industry 
by  machineries,  would  be  an  endless,  ungrateful,  and 
foolish  undertaking,  though  it  might  be  possible.  It 
would  nearly  require  to  invent  for  every  little  work 
of  man  a  particular  automaton.  This  i.5  not  my  pur- 
pose. But  the  most  simple  contrivances  1  could  thin*k 
of,  and  as  few  as  possible,  for  producing,  not  the  cus- 
tomary articles  of  human  industry;  but  all  things  that 
mav  either  substitute  or  surpass  the  known  necessa- 
saries,  comforts,  and  luxuries  of  men,  are  my  objects 
in  view. 

This  problem  is  not  so  difficult  as" might  be  ima- 
gined at  first.  There  was  never  any  s^-stem  in  the 
productions  of  human  labour,  but  they  came  into  ex- 
istence and  fashion  as  chance  directed  men.  Still  less 
was  there  ever  a  thought  exhibited  to  make  a  general 
science  or  system  of  providing  for  all  artificial  human 
wants.  My  object  is  to  furnish,  by  an  extremely  sim- 
ple system,  all  what  may  be  desirable  for  human  life, 
without  taking  for  pattern  any  of  the  existing  things 
of  industry.  By  abstracting  from  all  what  is  in  ex- 
istence and  Aishion,  I  am  enabled  to  devise  means, 
without  any  artificial  machinery,  for  producing  every 


61 

thinc^  tliat  man  may  want  for  his  nourishment,  dwell- 
ing", garment?,  furnitures,  and  articles  of  fancy  and 
amusements. 

But  we  have  to  relinquish  entirely  all  our  customary 
, notions  of  human  wants,  and  substitute  them  by  others 
of  a  superior  and  more  systematic  order. 

.1  shall  begin. with  agriculture. 
.  ■  The  first  object  is  here  to  clear  the  ground  from  all 
■  spontaneous  growth  and  stones^ 

1..  A  machine  of  large  size  is  to  move  along,  and 
while  moving,  to  tate  the  trees  of  all  sizes  with  their 
roots  out  of  the  ground,  to  cut  them  in  convenient 
pieces,  to  pile  them  up,  and  to  take  all  stones  out  of 
the  ground  to  any  required  depth. 

2.  A  second  machine  is  to  follow,  for  taking  up  the 
piles  of  ^vood  and  atones,  and  transporting  the  same  to 
the  places  of  their  destination;  this  machine  may  carry 
thousands  of  tons  at  once. 

3.  The  wood  removed  to  its  places  for  final  use,  is 
then  to  be  formed  into  planks,  boards,  beams,  rails, 
pieces  for  fuel  and  for  any  other  purpose,  by  a  simple 
contrivance,  from  when.ce  it  is  to  be  removed  to  the 
places  where  it  be  wanted  ;  this  is  done  by  one  ma- 
chine, which  may  also  cut  stones  of  any  size. 

4.  The  first  mentioned  machine,  with  a  little  alter- 
ation, is  then  to  level  the  ground  perfectly,  in  planin<»' 
it,  filling  the  excavations  or  taking  olT  the  elevations 
of  ground  until  all  is  level.  If  the  hills  or  valleys  are 
considerable,  the  same  machine  cuts  terraces,  windinsr 
around  them  up  to  the  top  in  elegant  shapes. 

The  same  machine  may  make  any  excavation  or 
elevation,  cut  canals,  ditches,  ponds  of  any  size  and 

G 


()2 

shape,  raise  dams,  artificial  level  roads,  walls  and 
tainparts  \\h\\  ditches  around  fields  as  enclosures,  with 
walks  on  their  top,  form  walks  and  paths  with  elevated 
borders. 

5.  The  same  machine,  with  some  other  little  alter- 
ation, is  to  give  to  the  ground  its  final  preparation  for 
receiving  the  seed;  it  tills  the  ground,  in  tearing  the 
soil  up  to  any  required  depth,  refining  or  mouldering 
the  same,  sifting  all  small  roots  and  stones  from  it, 
and  putting  the  seed  into  the  ground  in  any  way  re- 
quired. 

6.  The  same  machine  may  take  good  fertile  ground 
from  one  place  to  some  other,  for  covering,  at  any  re- 
quired depth,  poor  soil  svith  fertile  soil  of  the  best 
mixture. 

7.  The  same  machine,  with  a  little  addition,  may 
reap  any  kind  of  grain  or  vegetable,  thrash  the  seed 
out  in  the  same  time,  grind  it  to  meal,  or  press  it  to  oil, 
it  may  also  cut  or  prepare  any  other  vegetable  for  final 
use  in  the  kitchen  or  bakery. 

8.  Another  small  machine  may  sink  wells  and 
mines  to  any  required  depth  and  in  any  direction,  aud 
take  the  contents  of  the  same  up  to  light,  it  may  be  in 
earth,  rocks,  swamps,  or  water. 

Architecture. 
Earth  may  be  baked  into  bricks,  or  even  to  vitrified 
stone,  by  heat.  Stones  may  be  cemented  together,  so 
as  to  break  to  pieces  before  their  cement  yields ;  a 
proof  that  cement  is  then  harder  and  more  cohesive 
than  the  stones  themselves.  Sand  and  stones  ground 
to  dust  may  be  turned  into  glass  or  vitrified  substance 
of  the  greatest  hardness  and  cohesion,  by  great  hertt. 


G3 

Hence  we  may  bake  large  masses  of  any  size  and  form 
into  stone  and  vitrified  substance  of  the  greatest  dura- 
tion, even  for  thousands  of  years,  out  of  clayey  earth 
or  of  stones  ground  to  dust,  by  the  application  of  burn- 
ing mirrors.  This  is  to  be  done  in  the  open  air  with- 
out other  preparation,  than  gathering  the  substance, 
grinding  and  mixing  it  with  water  and  cement,  mould- 
ing or  casting  it  into  adapted  moulds,  and  bringing 
the  focus  of  the  burning  mirrors  of  proper  size  upon 
the  same. 

Wood,  cut  and  ground  to  dust,  and  then  cemented 
by  a  liquor,  may  be  also  moulded  into  any  shape  and 
dried,  so  as  to  become  a  solid,  consistent  wooden  sub- 
stances that  may  be  dyed  with  various  colours,  and 
polished. 

Thus  we  may  mould  and  bake  any  form  of  any  size, 
entire  walls,  floors,  ceilings,  roofs,  doors,  channels  for 
canals,  ditches,  aqueducts,  bridges,  pavement  of  walks 
and  roads,  chimneys,  hollow  cylinders  for  machineries 
and  mines  and  wells,  plates  for  any  purpose,  vessels 
for  holding  dry  and  liquid  materials,  pillars,  columns, 
balustrades,  statues,  postaments,  and  other  ornaments, 
figures  of  any  description,  reliefs,  sculptural  works, 
pipes,  furnitures  for  household,  kitchen  utensils,  pieces 
of  machineries,  and  numberless  other  things,  of  all 
shapes,  sizes,  colours,  fashions,  and  fancy  ;  inshort,  any 
thing  of  hard  material.  When  once  the  mould  is 
made,  it  may  serve  for  ever  for  thousands  of  thousands 
of  other  pieces,  no  matter  how  artificially  it  be  shaped, 
without  ever  requiring  any  further  labour  of  man.  The 
substance  may  be  polished  or  glazed,  and  then  serve 
for  burning  mirrors. 


64 

Founderies  of  any  <lescription  iiic  to  be  heated  by 
buininsT'  minors,  and  retiuire  no  labour,  except  the 
niakintr  of  tlie  first  moubls,  and  the  superintendence 
for  gathering  the  metal  and  taking  the  finished  articles 
away. 

Flexible  Stuff. 

There  is  one  yet  great  desideratum  ;  this  is  the 
making  of  flexible  or  pliable  stufls,  and  finishing  all 
the  articles  out  of  them  fur  use,  such  as  for  garments, 
couches,  and  all  other  commodities  and  ornaments, 
without  labour.  If  this  can  be  effected  without 
labour,  then  the  problem  of  superseding  all  human 
labours  is  resolved  completely. 

This  can  be  done,  without  spinning,  weaving, 
sewing,  tanning,  &c.,  by  a  simple  proceeding.  There 
are  cohesive  substances  in  superabundance  in  nature, 
in  the  vegetable  and  animal  kingdom,  which  need  but 
be  extracted  ;  they  are  of  various  ([ualities  :  some  resist 
water,  some  heat,  some  both,  some  arc  clastic,  some 
soft,  some  hard.  They  all  may  be  hardened  or  dis- 
solved into  fluids,  just  as  required.  They  are  made 
use  of  already  for  various  purposes.  In  dissolving 
them  into  adapted  fluids,  and  mixing  the  same  with 
fibres  of  vegetables  of  convenient  fineness  or  other 
flexible  stuffs  fitly  prepared,  they  will  glutinate  them 
together.  By  a  proper  contiivance  sheets  of  any  size 
and  form  may  be  formed,  in  a  similar  manner  as  it  is 
done  with  manufacturing  paper.  Thi.5  stuff  inuy  be 
made  as  fine,  and  as  thin  or  as  thick  as  it  may  be 
desired.  Tt  may  be  made  of  any  degree  of  stiflness 
or   softness,  which  is  depending   from  the  mixture  of 


65 

stuffs,  and  from  the  mannerofpreparation  and  (inisliing. 
It  may  be  calendered  and  polished  for  the  sake  of  or- 
nament, or  for  mirrors.  It  may  be  made  of  any  colour, 
or  pattern,  without  any  additional  trouble,  except 
admixture  of  dying  stuff.  It  may  then  be  used  for 
any  purpose,  instead  of  any  woven  stuff",  of  leather, 
paper,  fur,  Sec.  It  may  be  cast  not  only  in  sheets  of 
any  size  or  form,  butalsointo  any  shape  whatever ;  thus 
ready-made  clothes  of  any  fashion,  vessels  for  holding 
dry  or  liquid  materials,  of  any  shape  or  size,  any 
other  article  of  commodity  may  be  at  once  cast  or 
moulded  into  the  appropriated  form  or  mould. 

So  there  will  be  no  sewing  or  any  kind  of  finishing 
by  hands.  There  is  no  object  of  pliable  stuff'  to  be 
thought  of,  which  could  not  be  made  completely  in 
this  way,  so  as  to  supersede  all  articles  of  that  kind 
actually  in  use. 

.Such  are  all  the  means  for  the  application  of  the 
immense  powers  of  nature  for  substituting  all  human 
labours  that  I  have  in  contemplation.  They  are 
simple,  of  a  very  small  number  in  kinds,  hardly  three 
or  four  diff'erent  contrivances.  So  they  arc  by  no 
means  of  such  a  nature  as  to  scare  the  imagination 
from  attempting  the  practice  of  them.  They  resolve 
completely  the  whole  riddle  of  doing  away  all  human 
labour,  and  make  extremely  easy  and  simple  what  was 
ever  thought  to  be  utter  impossibility.  But  they  do 
not  only  substitute  all  our  present  articles  of  human 
industry,  but  may  create  a  great  many  things,  which 
were  never  seen  or  thought  of  yet,  to  the  greatest 
benefit  of  mankind.  They  are  sufficient  to  create  a 
paradise  surpassing  in  splendour,  delight,  and  enjoy- 

G   2 


66 

ments  all  what  luiinan  fancy  ever  conceived,  a  world 
altogether  new  for  men,  and  this  in  a  very  short 
period. 

Let  us  cast  a  view  upon  the  things  that  immediately 
may  be  created  by  these  means. 

Any  wilderness,  even  the  most  hideous  and  the  most 
sterile,  may  be  converted  into  the  most  fertile  and  de- 
lightful gardens.  The  most  dismal  swamps  may  be 
cleared  of  all  their  spontaneous  growth,  filled  up,  and 
levelled,  intersected  with  canals,  ditches,  and  aque- 
ducts for  draining  them  entirely.  The  soil,  if  re- 
quired, may  be  meliorated,  by  covering  or  mixing  it 
with  rich  soil  taken  from  distant  places.  The  same 
is  to  be  mouldered  to  fine  dust,  levelled,  sifted  from 
all  roots,  weeds,  and  stones,  and  sowed  and  planted 
in  the  most  beautiful  order  and  symmetry,  with  fruit 
trees  and  vegetables  of  every  kind  that  may  stand  the 
climate.  The  walks  and  roads  are  to  be  paved  with 
hard,  vitrified  large  plates,  so  as  to  be  always  clean 
from  all  dirt  at  any  weather  or  season.  They  may 
be  bordered  with  the  most  beautiful  beds  of  flowers, 
fruitful  vegetables,  bushes,  shrubs,  and  tiees,  all 
rising  gradually  in  rows  behind  one  another,  arranged 
so  as  to  afford  almost  continually  delight  to  the  or- 
gans of  sight,  taste,  and  smell.  Canals  and  aque- 
ducts with  vitrified  channels,  and,  if  required,  covered, 
filled  with  the  clearest  water  out  of  fountains  from 
the  deep  subterraneous  recesses  of  water,  which  may 
spout  and  be  led  any  where.  Some  canals  may  serve 
for  fish-ponds,  and  for  irrigating  the  gardens  ;  others 
for  draining  swampy  ground.  Some  aqueducts  may 
be  used  to  lead  water  into  all  parts  of  the  garden, 


Q7 

for  irrigating  the  ground  whenever  it  be  required  ; 
this  may  be  done  by  sprinkling  tlie  water  in  copious 
showers  through  moveable  tubes  with  adapted  large 
mouths.     This  water  may  be  mixed  with  liquid  ma- 
nure, derived   from  all  the  decayed  vegetables,  and 
other  materials  fit  for  manure,  prepared  and  liquefied 
in  proper  buildings  to  that  effect.     Thus  the  fertility 
of  the  garden  will  not  depend  from  weather.     When 
it  rains  too  much,  it  may  be  led  off  from  the  ground 
in  proper  channels.     The   canals  may   be  bordered 
with  beautiful  growth  in  similar  manner  as  the  walks. 
The   channels  being  of  vitrified  substance,  the  water 
being  perfectly  clear,  and  filtrated  or  distilled  if  re- 
quired, they  may  afford  the  most  beautiful  sceneries 
imaginable,  while  a  variety  of  fishes   is  seen    clear 
down  to  the  bottom  playing  about;  and  while  these 
canals  afford  in  the  same  time  the  chance  for  gliding 
smoothly  along  and  between  these  various  sceneries 
of   art   and   nature,   upon   beautiful    gondolas,   and 
while  their  surface  and  borders  may  be  covered  with 
tine  land  and  aquatic  birds.     The  canals  may  end 
or  concentrate  in  large  beautiful  ponds,  where  the 
bottom    is   also  of  vitrified  substance.     Thus  water, 
clear  as  crystal  in  beds  or  channels  like  crystal,  sur- 
rounded and  covered  by  enchanting  sceneries,  ferti- 
lises and  beautifies  the  gardens,  and  gives  them  the 
relief  of  a  paradise.     The  aqueducts  may  be   sup- 
ported by  the  most  splendid  colonnades.     The  walks 
may  be  covered  with  porticos  adorned  with  magni- 
ficent columns,  statues,  and  sculptural  works,  all  of 
vitrified  substance,  lasting  for  ever,  while  the  beau- 
ties of  nature  around  heighten  the  magnificence  and 


C8 

deliciousness.  Tlie  ponds  may  also  he  sunounded 
by  porticos.  Tlicse  porticos,  the  fountains,  the  green 
arbours  and  bowers  may  preserve  continually  fresh- 
ness of  air  and  of  growth  of  the  vegetables,  and 
afford  delightful  shelter  against  wet  weather  and 
heat. 

The  crops  are  gathered  and  prepared  for  use  without 
any  labour.  There  is  nothing  then  but  enjoyment 
and  delight.  Pastures  may  be  out  of  such  gardens, 
with  establishments  for  milking  and  butchering,  so 
that  one  or  two  men  may  do  this  wort  in  less  than 
an  hour  every  day  for  thousands  of  consumers. 

The  hills  and  mountains  may  be  surrounded  by  the 
most  beautiful  terraces  imaginable,  which  may  wind 
in  spiral  form  up  to  their  tops,  affording  the  grandest 
and  most  beautiful  prospects,  as  well  from  below  in 
the  valleys,  as  from  above  down  into  the  same. 

This  is  what  concerns  agriculture,  when  I  have 
supposed  the  most  unfavourable  spot  to  be  found 
upon  eiirth. 

The  dwellings  ought  to  be  also  very  different  from- 
what  is  know  n  in  that  kind,  if  the  full  benefit  of  our 
means  is  to  be  enjoyed.  They  are  to  be  of  a  structure 
for  which  we  have  no  names  yet.  Tliey  are  to  be 
neither  palaces,  nor  temples,  nor  cities,  l)ut  a  com- 
bination of  all,  superior  to  whatever  is  known. 

It  will  be  easily  conceived,  that  the  superintendence 
cf  machineries  and  establishments  requires  no  more 
men,  when  operating  for,  and  supplying  a  whole  com- 
munity of  thousands  of  families  with  every  thing  they 
may  want,  than  it  would  for  each  single  family  sepa- 
rately.   It  would  be  as  improper  to  apply  such  mighty 


69 

means  for  every  family  in  particular,  as  it  would  be 
to  provide  every  spinster,  instead  of  lier  spinning- 
wheel,  with  a  large  carding  and  spinning  machine 
of  many  thousand  spindles.  It  is,  however,  not  un- 
derstood here,  to  make  it  a  matter  of  necessity  or 
compulsion,  to  live  and  use  the  benefits  of  these 
means  together  in  communities.  Every  one  may 
have  liberty  as  much  as  he  pleases,  to  join  or  live 
by  himself,  and  still  partake  of  a  large  share  of  the 
common  benefits  to  be  derived  from  the  application 
of  these  means.  Yet  it  will  be  soon  found  and  per- 
fectly understood  by  every  one,  that  it  is  of  his 
greatest  advantage,  and  but  conducive  to  the  greatest 
sum  of  his  happiness,  if  he  joins  to  a  community  of 
such  a  kind.  So  it  may  be  first  considered  what 
may  be  done  in,  and  for  a  whole  community  living 
together  in  all  the  enjoyments  these  means  aftbrd, 
and  then  this  life  be  compared  to  a  separate  one. 

There  is  no  limit  to  confine  us  in  the  use  of  our 
means,  and  neither  sacrifice  nor  loss  of  time  requisite 
for  giving  full  application  to  these  means.  There- 
fore, it  is  neither  an  idle  dream  nor  useless  vanity, 
to  draw  the  picture  in  full  of  what  is  easily  attain- 
able for  us ;  nor  forms  it  any  part  of  wisdom  to  re- 
fuse 10  us,  or  to  those  who  are  endeared  to  us,  and  in 
general  to  our  fellow-men,  any  thing  that  may  in- 
crease our  happiness  and  that  of  other  men,  while 
it  is  but  beneficial  in  all  its  consequences  for  future 
times. 

The  object  of  forming  a  community  is,  to  afford  to 
every  member  the  possible  greatest  sum  of  enjoyments, 


70 

comforts,  and  pleasures,  by  the  possible  least  attend- 
ance of  men. 

To  obtain  these  ends,  a  system  of  building  is  to  be 
contrived  for  lodging  thousands  of  families  together, 
without  causing  inconvenience  to  any  of  the  inhabit- 
ants, and  with  every  thing  for  their  enjoyment  with- 
in their  reach  at  any  time,  without  trouble,  while  it 
is  put  into  every  one's  power  to  alford  or  to  receive 
any  sociarpleasure  of  refined  society. 

I  shall  merely  draw  the  outlines  of  a  plan  here  for 
attaining  these  great  ends,  leaving  it  to  the  option  of 
others  to  finish  the  sketch  at  their  pleasure. 

Every  adult  member  of  either  sex  is  to  have  an 
apartment  for  exclusive  use,  consisting  of  several 
rooms,  such  as  for  sleeping,  bathing,  dressing,  and 
parlour.  Children  may  be  lodged  under  special  care 
and  instruction  of  certain  appointed  persons  sepa- 
rately; but  may  also  lodge  with  their  parents,  if  de- 
sired. Every  such  private  apartment  communicates 
with  the  interior  by  a  door  to  a  spacious  corridor, 
and  with  the  outside  of  the  building  by  a  door  to  a 
gallery  around  the  whole  building,  from  thence  to  a 
flat  roof  of  the  building.  Through  every  jirivale 
apartment  pass  pipes  for  affording  at  all  times  cold 
and  warm  water  by  turning  a  crank,  others  for  gas- 
light, for  meliorating  the  air,  for  balsamic  scents,  for 
tempering  the  air  in  rendering  it  cooler  or  warmer, 
just  as  the  inmate  desires,  for  moving  into  the  apart- 
ment, or  removing  out  of  it  any  thing  at  the  inmate*s 
desire.  The  victuals  may,  in  this  manner,  be  had 
separately.     The  apartment  of  every  adult  may  ex- 


71 

tend  across  the  building,  being  then  divided  by  the 
corridor  into  two  parts.  Suppose  every  adult  occu- 
pies thus  twenty-five  feet  in  length  on  both  sides  of 
the  edifice,  and  every  apartment  be  subdivided  into 
three  or  four  rooms  ;  and  suppose  the  width  of  the 
(edifice  to  be  100  feet,  the  corridor  twenty,  the  apart- 
ments on  both  sides  forty  feet  wide,  so  that  every 
person  has  two  spaces,  each  about  twenty-four  feet 
long  and  forty  feet  wide,  for  exclusive  use.  Sup- 
pose such  an  edifice  to  be  1000  feet  long  and  100 
feet  wide,  it  could  then  lodge,  in  this  manner,  forty 
persons.  Suppose  further,  the  edifice  to  be  of  ten 
stories,  each  twenty  feet  high,  and  consequently  the 
wl\ole  edifice  200  feet  high,  which  would  have  then 
400  such  private  apartments.  Four  such  edifices 
joined  together  in  right  angles,  so  as  to  form  a  square 
of  1000  feet  between  them,  could,  in  the  above  de- 
scribed manner,  lodge  1600  persons,  leaving  yet  at 
each  of  the  four  corners  a  square  of  100]feet,  which, 
in  the  ten  stories,  contain  forty  rooms  each  of  100 
feet  square :  these  may  be  use4  for  dormitories  of 
children.  T\^ 

The  inhabitants  iifS^  ascend  and  descend,  in  the 
inside,  that  is,  in  the  corridors,  by  commodious  stairs; 
and  at  both  oulsides,  from  the  galleries  that  surround 
the  whole  edifice  at  every  story,  both  inside  of  the 
square  and  outside  ;  they  may  ascend  and  descend  in 
boxes,  which  are  moveable  up  and  down,  without  ex- 
ertion or  trouble. 

The  square  between  these  four  edifices  may  be  inter- 
sected by  four  walls  in  one  direction  and  four  in  the 
other,  so  as  to  intersect  each  other  in  right  angles,  and 


72 

fovra  twenty-five  squares,  each  of  nearly  200  ieei 
square.  Each  of  these  squares  may  receive  ils  lif2:ht 
from  above  throup;h  large  glasses,  or  a  cupola  full  of 
large  windows.  Those  cupolas  may,  each  by  a  num- 
ber of  properly  placed  large  reflectors,  reverberate  the 
day-light  tlirough  the  glasses,  and  so  augment  the 
light  inside,  which  again  is  to  be  received  and  reverbe- 
rated by  shining  walls  or  large  mirrors,  so  as  to  dis- 
perse the  light  in  the  most  proper  manner  every  where 
in  the  inside. 

All  the  walls,  of  the  outside  and  of  the  partitions, 
need  but  to  consist  of  colonnades,  the  intervals  of  their 
columns  forming  doors  and  large  mirrors.  Some  of  the 
twenty-five  squares  may,  in  the  same  manner,  be  sub- 
divided into  smaller  ones.  These  larger  and  smaller 
squares  are  to  form  halls  for  various  purposes,  such  as 
fordining,  reading,  conversation,  instruction,  of  children 
and  of  adults  ;  for  amusements  ;  for  general  meetings, 
such  as  for  public  discourses,  concerts,  theatrical  scenes, 
balls,  &c. ;  one  for  the  kitchen  department,  and  for 
stores  of  prepared  and  unprepared  victuals ;  the 
former  stores  are  to  be  subdivided  into  chambers  and 
moveable  boxes.  Every  such  box  is  to  contain  one 
portion  of  one  kind  of  victuals  for  one  meal  of  the 
community.  It  maybe  moved,  by  a  slight  motion  of 
the  hand,  into  the  kitchen,  where  it  empties  itself  into 
the  vessel  ready  for  reception  and  final  preparation  in 
cooking  or  baking.  One  or  two  persons  are  suffi- 
cient to  direct  the  kitchen  business.  They  have 
nothing  else  to  do  than  to  superintend  the  cookery,  and 
to  watch  the  time  of  the  victuals  being  done,  and 
then  to  remove  them   with  the  table  and  vessels  into 


73 

the  (lining  hall,  or  to  the  respective  private  apartments, 
by  a  slight  motion  of  the  hand  at  some  crank.  From 
thence  are  thereafter  the  remaining  victuals  to  be 
removed  into  the  store  of  prepared  victuals. 

The  cleaning  of  the  vessels  and  all  washing  of  uten- 
sils, floors  &c.,  is  to  be  done  by  streaming  water  ;  the 
washing  of  other  stuff's  by  steam.  All  this  requires 
no  work,  but  is  done  by  slightly  moving  some  crank. 
Any  extraordinary  desire  of  any  person  may  be  satis- 
fied by  going  to  the  place  where  the  thing  is  to  be  had  ; 
and  any  thing  that  requires  a  particular  preparation  in 
cooking  or  baking  may  be  done  by  the  person  who 
desires  it. 

Thus  there  is  no  occasion  for  any  work,  except  the 
superintendence  of  the  kitchen  department  and  some 
other  machinery,  which  requires  from  one  to  three 
persons  in  all  for  the  whole  community.  If  done  by 
turns,  every  adult  member  would  hardly  have  one  turn 
for  one  day's  superintendence  in  the  whole  year.  But 
it  would  probably  be  done  voluntarily  by  the  greatest 
part,  without  waiting  for  their  turn  ;  it  being  but  an 
amusement,  aud  no  tedious  occupation  or  labour. 

The  policy  would  be  a  matter  of  special  arrange- 
ment of  the  community. 

These  outlines  of  the  purposes  of  the  edifice,  and 
the  materials,  means,  and  powers  that  are  at  our  dis- 
posal, give  the  ideas  of  the  architecture  to  be  adopted. 
I  repeat  it,  it  is  not  for  a  vain  show  and  mere  idle 
pomp,  that  I  am  drawing  a  fanciful  picture ;  but  a 
perfect  harmony  of  means  and  wants  must  dictate  all 
the  contrivances  to  be  made ;  and  it  is  this  intended 

H 


74 

harmony  that  induces  me  to  give  a  fall  sketch  of  the 
objects  wiihin  our  reach. 

The  system  of  the  building  is  to  be  adapted  to  give 
the  most  convenient  lodgings,  with  the  greatest  com- 
forts and  enjoyments  by  the  least  trouble,  to  the 
greatest  sum  of  individuals  in  the  smallest  space 
These  purposes  seem  to  be  attainable  in  the  greatest 
perfection  possible  by  the  system  as  mentioned.  A 
space  of  about  1200  feet  square,  or  nearly  one  six- 
teenth part  of  a  square  mile,  may  contain,  inclusive, 
children,  3,000  to  4,000  individuals,  with  the  following 
conveniences: — 

Each  adult  member  has,  out  of  his  apartment,  a  free 
view  into  the  envirions  around  the  habitation,  and  an 
immediate  communication  with  the  halls  in  the  inside 
of  the  square.  He  may  walk,  inside  or  outside  of  the 
square,  upon  the  galleries  that  surround  every  story. 
He  may  Uscend  to  any  story  above  his,  or  to  the  flat 
roof  of  the  whole  square,  or  descend  to  any  gallery 
below  bis  story,  or  to  the  ground,  in  a  box,  without 
trouble,  easy  and  quick,  both  inside  and  outside  of  the 
square.  He  may  thus  move  without  exertion,  in  a  few 
seconds,  to  any  part  of  the  square,  inside  and  outside, 
every  individual  having  a  box  inside  and  another  one 
outside  for  his  own  use,  fixed  in  a  proper  manner  at 
the  galleries  by  his  apartment.  He  may  procure  to 
himself  all  common  articles  of  his  daily  wants,  by  a 
short  turn  of  some  crank,  without  leaving  his  apart- 
ment. He  may  at  any  time  bathe  himself  in  cold  or 
warm  water,  or  in  steam,  or  in  some  artificially  pre- 
pared li(j[uor  for  invigorating  health.     He  may  at  any 


75 

time  give  to  the  air  in  liis  apartment  that  temparatnre 
that  suits  his  feeling  best.  He  may  cause  at  any  time 
an  agreeable  scent  of  various  kinds.  He  may  at  any 
time  meliorate  his  breathing  air,  this  main  vehicle  of 
vital  power.  The  science  of  chemistry,  in  our  days, 
teaches  this  to  be  done  in  a  high  degree.  Man  is 
depending,  physically  and  morally,  from  the  things 
that  surround  him,  and  chiefly  from  the  temperature 
and  the  qualities  of  the  air  he  breathes  and  absorbs 
through  his  pores.  Impure  and  and  inferior  air  is 
more  hurtful  to  health  and  temper  than  bad  water ; 
the  difference  is  only,  that  the  bad  qualities  and  impu- 
rities of  water  are  partly  seen  and  tasted,  while  those 
of  the  air  are  invisible.  Nobody  would  like  to  drink 
out  of  a  stinking  pool ;  still  the  invisible  air,  which  is 
continually  inhaled  and  immediately  transformed  into 
component  parts  of  our  own  body  and  life,  is  of  far 
greater  importance  for  life  ;  so  much,  at  least,  that  the 
same  human  individual,  with  the  same  food  and  habits, 
may  in  one  kind  of  air  lire  with  a  decaying  health, 
pale  and  sallow  face,  general  debility,  digestion  and 
all  other  vital  functions  enfeebled,  susceptible  of  vari- 
ous diseases,  till  finally  premature  death  or  accelerated 
decrepitude  concludes  his  existence  :  while  in  another 
kind  of  air  he  may  enjoy  a  vigorous  health,  a  cheerful 
temper,  possess  a  blooming  countenance,  and  the  best 
energies  of  all  vital  functions,  and  thus  reach  an  age 
far  beyond  the  common  period  of  human  life ;  yet  the 
difference  of  air  would  be  neither  seen  nor  smelt. 
'I'lierefore,  by  a  proper  application  of  the  physical 
knowledges  of  our  days,  man  may  be  kept  in  a  perpe- 
tual serenity  of  mind,  and,   if  there  is  no  incurable 


disease  or  defect  in  his  organism,  in  constant  vigour  of 
Lcnlll),  and  lluis  his  life  he  prolonged  heyond  any 
inown  period  of  human  life  of  our  present  time. 

The  edillce  is  to  he  provided  with  large  ice-cellars, 
suflicient  to  furnish  at  all  limes  the  inmates  with  cool 
streams  of  air  or  water  through  every  private  apart- 
ment, as  well  as  through  the  halls.  There  is  also  a 
heating  apparatus  for  procuring  warm  air  or  water 
"wherever  it  he  desired. 

All  this  is  to  be  effected,  not  by  a  complicated  ma- 
chinery, hut  in  the  most  simple  way. 

The  character  of  architecture  is  to  be  quite  different 
from  what  it  ever  has  been  hitherto.  There  are  vehi- 
cles to  be  used  for  moving  several  thousand  tons  at 
once,  and  putting  them  into  their  destined  place. 
Hence  large  solid  masses  are  to  be  baked  or  cast  in 
one  piece,  ready  shaped  in  any  form  that  may  be 
desired.  The  building  may  therefore  consist  in  columns 
200  feet  high  and  upwards,  of  proportionate  thickness, 
and  of  one  entire  piece  of  vitrified  substance.  These 
columns  may  form  colonnades  both  for  surrounding  the 
whole  square  and  dividing  and  subdividing  it  into  all 
the  required  larger  andsmallersquares,  for  the  private 
jipartments,  the  halls  and  their  subdivisions.  The  floors 
and  ceilings  of  each  such  square  may  be  of  one  entire 
piece  of  the  same  or  similar  vitrified  substance.  The 
intervals  of  the  columns  along  them  are  to  form  the 
doors,  windows,  mirrors,  pictures,  6ce.,  for  the  parti- 
lions  and  outside  walls.  All  these  huge  pieces  are  to 
"bemouldedsoas  tojoin  and  hook  into  each  other  firmly, 
by  proper  joints  or  folds,  and  not  to  yield  in  any  with- 
out breaking. 


77 

Thus  a  system  of  buildings,  indestructible  for  many 
thousands  of  years,  consisting  of  but  entire  columns 
and  plates  of  hard  vitrified  substance,  is  to  be  erected 
in  a  most  simple  way,  without  expense  or  labour,  with 
but  little  time,  after  the  first  simple  tools  are  made. 
And  what  difference  between  this  system  of  building 
and  the  most  magnificient  palaces  and  temples  that 
ever  were  known  ! 

The  substance  may  be  died  with  various  beautiful 
colours.  So  the  colonnades  with  the  reliefs,  bas-reliefs^ 
pictures  and  sculptures,  copied  in  a  mechanical  way, 
and  ornaments  of  every  kind,  on  and  between  the  co- 
lumns, may  all  radiate  with  crystal-like  brilliancy  of 
the  most  beautiful  and  indestructible  colours — all  this 
reflected  and  multiplied  by  mirrors  and  reflectors  of 
various  kinds. 

All  parts  of  the  edifice  may  be  furnished  with  beau- 
tiful carpets  and  couches  along  the  walls,  which  in  the 
halls  may  rise  amphitheatrically  behind  one  another, 
moveable  seats  and  tables,  and  every  thing  that  may 
afford  convenience  or  please  the  fancy. 

The  twenty-five  halls  in  the  inside  of  the  square, 
each  200  feet  square  and  high  ;  the  forty  corridors, 
each  1,100  feet  long  and  twenty  feet  wide  ;  the  eighty 
galleries,  each  from  1,000  to  1,250  feet  long;  about 
7,000  private  rooms ;  the  whole  surrounded  and  inter- 
sected by  the  grandest  and  most  splendid  colonnades 
imaginable  ;  floors,  ceilings,  columns  with  their  vari- 
ous beautiful  and  fanciful  intervals,  all  shining,  and 
reflecting  to  infinity  all  objects  and  persons,  with 
splendid  lustre  of  all  beautiful  colours  and  fanciful 
shapes  and  pictures ;  every  where  the  most  elegant 

H  2 


78 

couches,  seat?,  tables,  ^c  ;  all  galleries,  outside  and 
Avithin  tlie  balls,  provided  with  many  tbousand  commo- 
dious and  most  elegant  vehicles,  in  wliich  persons  may 
move  up  and  down,  like  birds,  in  perfect  security,  and 
"without  exertion;  the  elegant  galleries  with  beautiful 
balustrades  and  various  ornaments;  the  flat  roof  of  the 
Avhole  square,  1:250  feet  square,  with  its  twenty-five 
cupolas,  each  upwards  of  100  feet  in  diameter,  with* 
mazes  of  pleasant  galleries,  turrets,  places  for  various 
purposes,  vaulted  alleys,  pavilions,  and  many  various 
ornaments  and  commodities :  at  night  the  roof,  and 
the  inside  and  outside  of  the  whole  square  are  illumi- 
nated by  gas-light,  which,  in  the  mazes  of  many  co- 
loured crystal,  like  colonades  and  vaultings  and  re- 
ilectors,  is  reverberated  with  a  brilliancy  that  gives  to 
the  whole  a  lustre  of  precious  stones  as  far  as  the  eye 
can  see — such  are  the  future  abodes  of  men  ! — 

The  environs  of  this  residence  are  no  less  beautiful. 
The  building  is  to  be  erected  on  an  elevated  spot,  ar- 
tificially made,  if  not  formed  by  nature  already,  with  a 
commanding  view,npon  an  extensive  landscape,  of  the 
most  fanciful  and  varied  beauties  of  nature  and  art, 
Avilh  all  the  luxuriancy  and  variety  of  growth  that 
such  a  superior  culture  of  soil  and  a  fine  climate  afford. 
— And  why  pass  a  dreary  winter  every  year,  while 
there  is  yet  room  enough  on  the  globe  where  nature  is 
iljlessed   with   a   perpetual    summer,  and  with   a  far 
p'cater  variety  and  luxuriancy  of  vegetation  ? — More 
than  one  half  of  the  surface  of  the  globe  has  no  win- 
ter.    Men  will  have  it  in  their  power  to  remove  and 
prevent  all  bad  influences  of  climate,  and   to  enjoy 
perpetually  only  that  temperature  which  suits  their 


constitution  and  feelings  l»cs(.  . 'J'licro  willhc  afTovdcd 
the  nio;-t  enrapturing  views  to  be  faueicd,  out  oT  the 
private  apartments,  from  the  galleries,  from  the  roof, 
from  its  turrets  and  cupolas — gardens  as  far  as  the  eye 
can  sec,  full  of-fruils  and  llowers  arranged  in  the 
most  beautihil  order,  with  walks,  colonades,  aqueducts, 
canals,  ponds,  plains,  amphitheatres,  terraces,  foun- 
tains, sculptural  works,  pavilions,  gondolas,  places 
for  public  amusements,  &c,.  &c.,  delight  the  eyes  and 
fancy,  the  taste  and  smell. 

The  night  affords  no  less  delight  tx)  fancy  and  feel- 
ings.    All   infinite  variety  of  grand,   beautiful,  and 
fanciful  objects  and   sceneries,  radiating  with  crys- 
taline  brilliancy  of  all  colours  every  where  inside  and 
outside  of  the  square,  by  the  illumination   of  gas- 
light ;  the  human  figures  themselves,  arrayed  in  the 
most  beautiful  pomp  that  fancy  may  suggest  and  the 
eye  may  delight,  shining,  even  with  brilliancy  of  stuff 
and  diamond,  like  stones  of  various  colours,  elegantly 
shaped  and  arranged  around  the  body ;  all  reflected 
thousandfold  in  huge  mirrors  and  reflectors  of  various 
forms ;  theatrical  scenes  of  a  grandeur  and  magnifi- 
cence and  enrapturing  illusions  unknown  yet,  in  which 
any  person   may   be  either  a  spectator  or  actor :  the 
speech  and  the  songs  reverberating  with  increased  sound 
rendered  more  sonorous  andharmonious  than  by  nature, 
by  vaultings  that  arc  moveable  into  any  shape  at  any 
time ;  the  sweetest  and  most  impressive  harmony  of 
music,  produced  by  song  and  instruments  partly  not 
known  yet,  may  thrill  through  the  nerves,  and  vary 
with  other  amusements  and  delights. 

Such  is  the  life  reserved  to  true  intelligence,  but 


80 

withheld  from  ignorance,  prejudice,  and  stupid  adhe- 
rence to  custom. 

And  what  is  all  the  material  for  so  enchanting  and 
unheard  of  abodes,  sceneries,  ornaments,  dress,  com- 
forts, luxuries,  delights?  Nothing  but  the  most  com* 
mon,  the  most  neglected  stuff  in  nature,  earth,  sand, 
clay,  stones,  the  substances  of  vegetables  that  hitherto 
had  no  value  and  no  use  but  for  dung.  And  what  is 
the  expense  for  producing  such  great  things?  None, 
except  for  the  first  machineries,  of  very  simple  con- 
struction, and  for  the  first  moulds  of  all  things  to  be 
artificially  made;  for  the  machineries  themselves,  as 
well  as  the  moulds  for  casting  the  materials  for  use, 
are  to  be  made  by  the  same  machineries,  and  may 
then  be  multiplied  to  any  number  required,  without 
any  labour  or  expense. 

Such  is  the  domestic  life  to  be  enjoyed  by  every 
human  individual  that  will  partake  of  it.  How  different 
from  that  of  even  the  mightiest  monarch,  or  the  richest 
man  of  our  times  ? — No  fear  of  beingrobbed  or  cheated^ 
no  cares  of  managing  the  household,  none  even  for 
the  education  of  children  ;  for  this  will  be  provided 
for,  by  a  ivise  people,  in  a  general  way,  for  generating 
and  cultivating  good  feelings  and  instructing  the  mind 
of  all  what  is  to  be  known ;  no  anxiety  for  preserving 
or  increasing  property,  no  disgusting  objects  and  oc- 
cupations vexes  there  the  mind ;  no  low  vices  and 
crimes,  resulting  from  want,  or  fear  of  want,  and  po- 
verty, surround  man ;  there  is  but  one  desire  predomi- 
nant in  all ; — this  is,  to  live  as  happy  as  they  can,  and 
in  order  to  live  so,  to  please  and  to  be  pleased.  Love 
and  affection  may  there  be  fostered  and  enjoyed  with- 


81 

out  any  of  the  obstriiclions  that  oppose,  diminish,  and 
destroy  them  in  the  present  eommon  state  of  men. 
The  minds  and  feelings  will  be  enlivened  by  nobler 
springs,  in  proportion  of  their  physical  and  mental 
improvement,  which  therefore  may  cause  a  character 
as  superior  to  the  present  civilized  men  as  this  is  to 
that  of  savage  cannibals  ;  for  there  will  be  no  object, 
and  no  cause,  any  more  for  low  cunning  and  deceit, 
for  gaining  advantage  over  his  fellow-creature  in  for~ 
tune  and  rank ;  the  dealings  between  man  and  man 
within  the  community  consist  no  more  in  selling  as 
dear  as  possible,  and  buying  as  cheap  as  possible ;  there 
is  no  traffic,  because  every  thing  is  as  cheap  as  water, 
and  as  free  as  air ;  there  is  a  very  different  kind  of 
dealings  to  step  into  the  room  of  our  present  market 
business :  this  is  to  eirjoy  life  as  well  as  possible  by 
mutual  sociality,  by  social  arrangements,  by  reciprocal 
communictions,  by  public  pleasures  and  instruction. 
Man  sees  there  himself,  not  waited  upon  and  sur- 
rounded by  low,  miserable,  degraded  beings,  which  he 
has  to  watch,  to  pity,  or  despise.  There  he  sees  him- 
self and  his  endeared  friends,  and  his  fellow-men  in 
general,  raised  to  the  highest  station  that  human  life 
be  capable  of. 

Is  this,  perhaps,  to  be  called  but  a  fancy  ?  What 
should  hinder  man  from  enjoying  his  life  in  such  a 
superior  state  of  general  happiness,  when  a  plain  way 
is  shown  to  him  for  attaining  it?  There  is  a  stronger 
impulse  in  human  nature  for  enjoying  happiness,  far 
stronger  than  all  futile  sophistry  could  pretend  against 
it.  Man  is  made  for  society,  not  for  solitude,  like  beasts 
of  prey.     He  is  made  for  joy,  not  for  mourning  his  life 


82 

away.  He  is  a  being  capable  of  great  sufieiings  and  of 
great  enjoyments.  The  fears  of  the  ones  and  the 
hopes  of  the  others  actuate  him.  It  is  but  miscon- 
ception of  our  destination,  barbarism,  ignorance,  super- 
stition, and  insanity  itself,  that  may  prefer  suffering 
to  enjoyment,  or  a  less  sum  of  happiness  to  a  greater 
one.  The  greatest  sum  of  happiness  is  only  to  be 
found  in  social  and  friendly  life  :  this  will  and  must  be 
courted,  when  the  causes  of  enmity  between  man  and 
man  have  ceased.  These  causes  of  enmity  are  unavoid- 
able in  our  present  state  of  society  and  general  poverty. 
But  they  all  will  and  must  subside  in  a  state  of  super- 
abundance and  liberation  from  all  disagreeable  labour 
and  occupation,  and  opposite  interest. 

There  is  no  variety  of  opinions  to  be  dreaded.  Let 
there  be  as  many  and  different  opinions  as  you  please, 
there  will  be  no  compulsion  ;  every  one  may  live  as  he 
pleases;  but  there  will  be  no  diflference  in  the  desire 
of  living  happy,  and  therefore  peaceably.  This  desire 
will  be  sufficient  to  let  each  other  in  peace,  and  to  wish 
and  seek  friends  with  whom  to  communicate  and  par- 
take of  the  ideas  and  enjoyments. 

Will  it,  perhaps,  be  said,  man  will  grow  weary  of  his 
time  by  living  but  in  enjoyments  and  idleness.^  It  is 
true,  man  will  be  no  more  a  slave  to  work  and  drudgery 
and  insipid  occupations;  he  will  be  no  longer  under 
the  sad  necessity  to  struggle  through  life  for  life;  his 
anind  will  no  longer  be  absorbed  by  mechanical  pursuits 
for  his  livelihood,  for  earning  money ;  he  will  no 
longer,  like  a  beast  of  burden,  live  but  for  to  work> 
and  work  but  for  to  live.  What,  is  man  such  a  poor, 
miserable  creature  by  nature,  that  he  cannot  live  with- 


83 

out  living  like  a  heast  of  burden,  like  a  slave?  Is 
there  no  better  destination  of  the  human  being  to  be 
looked  for?  Is  he,  perhaps,  of  so  corrupted  and  so 
hideous  a  nature ,  that  he  must  he  kept  in  fetters  of 
slavery  like  a  dangerous,  mad  animal  ?  A  very  fine 
doctrine,  indeed,  for  all  tyrants  to  keep  their  fellow-men 
in  subjection  and  stupidity,  in  order  to  make  use  of  it 
for  themselves!  No  wonder  if  such  doctrines  were 
preached  with  great  sanctimoniousness  to  the  multi- 
tude, in  countries  of  unlimited  despotism ;  and  no 
wonder  if  such  doctrines  got  so  deeply  inveterated  into 
the  minds,  by  length  of  time  and  continual  repetition, 
that  they  were  transplanted  even  to  happier  and  freer 
countries. 

Man  will  grow  weary  of  any  thing,  where  he  sees 
nothing  but  sameness  and  tediousness.  But  does  it 
follow  thence,  that  he  will  grow  less  weary  of  his  time 
when  he  is  made  less  happy  ?  Will  he  grow  less  weary 
of  time,  when  his  resources  of  pleasures  and  enjoy- 
ments are  made  less,  and  his  drudgery,  cares,  and  vex- 
ations are  made  more?  A  curious  piece  of  logic,  to 
affirm  such  monstrous  absurdity  !  Yet  it  may  be  used 
by  some  who  pretend  to  large  share  of  wisdom. 

Let  us  cast  a  glance  to  the  resources  that  men  will 
immediately  possess  in  this  new ,  happy  condition  for 
passing  and  enjoying  their  life, 

Man  may  spend  the  greatest  part  of  his  life  in  com- 
pany of  the  objects  of  his  love  and  aflection,  increasing 
thereby  his  own  happiness  and  that  of  his  endearments 
in  conversing  with  them,  and  imparting  to  and  receiv- 
ing from  them  pleasure  and  instruction,  in  passing 
with  them  through  an  endless  variety  of  pleasures  and 


84 

gratifications  of  senses,  of  feelings,  of  fancy,  of  intellect. 
There  will  be  a  continual  feast,  parties  of  pleasures, 
novelties,  delights,  and  instructive  occupations.  INIan 
may  rove  about  in  the  gardens,  in  pleasant  walks  of 
crystal,  and  between  flowers  and  vegetables  of  infinite 
variety  and  appearance  ;  he  may  amuse  bimself  in 
ampbitheatrical  and  level  places,  filled  and  bordered 
with  every  thing  that  art  and  nature  can  produce  for 
the  delight  of  man ;  he  may  glide  in  elegant  gondolas 
upon  water  clear  as  crystal,  beautified  and  enlivened 
with  fishes  and  swarms  of  land  and  aquatic  birds,  bor- 
dered with  the  most  beautiful  sceneries,  reflected  again 
in  the  water.  Is  he  fond  of  gardening  ? — He  may  fol- 
low his  inclination  in  the  most  agreeable  manner;  he 
may  arrange  and  cultivate  flowers,  shrubs,  trees,  as 
fancy  and  notion,  or  curiosity  for  experiments  dictates 
him;  there  will  never  be  an  end  in  objects  and  new 
experiments.  Is  he  fond  of  mechanical  occupation  ? — 
He  may  exercise  his  dispositions  and  talents  to  an  ex- 
tent beyond  the  present  conceptions :  he  may  form 
models  and  moulds,  and  see  the  objects  multiplied  for 
use  and  show  to  any  extent,  without  any  further  trouble. 
Is  he  gifted  with  talents  for  drawing,  painting,  sculp- 
tures, &c.  ? — He  needs  but  to  make  one  model  of  every 
figure,  and  it  may  then  be  nmltiplied  to  any  desired 
number,  by  moulds,  etching  and  printing  machines. 
Is  he  fond  of  music? — Where  could  he  find  more  op- 
portunity than  in  such  a  life  ?  He  may  at  once  delight 
and  be  delighted,  by  performances  of  his  own  and  in 
company  with  other  musicians:  instruments  and  means 
are  at  his  disposal  unknown  yet ;  and  his  compositions 
may  be  repeated  and  multiplied  by  mechanical  plays 


So 

ali(\  machines.  The  cominunities  will  have  means  to 
command  and  procure  whatever  is  to  be  found  in  the 
whole  world  for  enjoyment,amusement,  and  instruction. 
The  gardens,  and  the  vast  and  numerous  halls,  are 
•adapted  to I'eceive  the  objects.  Is  somebody  inclined  to 
the  study  and  amusement  of  botany  .''—lie  may  see, 
in  a  botanical  garden,  the  plants  in  their  natural  state, 
and  read  whatever  is  known  of  the  qualities  and  uses 
and  organism  of  any  one,  in  a  particular  book  for  every 
one,  kept  in  a  box  at  the  side  of  the  plant.  Has  one  a 
notion  to  instruct  and  amuse  himself  of  natural  history 
and  curiosities  ? — He  may  go  into  the  museum  in  one 
of  the  hulls,  where  he  may  see  displayed  all  what  na- 
im^e  exhibits  to  man  on  the  whole  globe;  he  may  read 
there  the  ample  description  and  history  of  every  indi- 
vidual or  object  in  a  particular  book  being  at  the  side 
of  it.  Has  any  body  a  taste  for  mineralogy  ? — He  may 
gratify  it  to  his  satisfaction  in  properly  arranged  and 
described  collections  of  minerals.  He  may  read  and 
study  the  ancient  world  in  petrifactions  of  organic  be- 
ings that  are  extinguished,  arranged  in  their  natural 
•connexions  with  each  other  and  with  those  of  the  pre- 
sent world.  Does  he  seek  information  in  the  history  of 
.nations  ? — He  may  see  it,  as  much  as  there  is  known 
of  it,  displayed  and  explained  on  proper  maps,  with 
streams,  branches,  and  ramifications  of  different  colours, 
representing  the  times,  and  nations  and  their  branches, 
from  the  remotest  antiquity  down  to  our  time,  by  a  cer- 
tain system  of  signs;  he  may  see  there,  at  one  glance, 
the  rise,  increase,  conquests,  dominions,  influences  of 
some,  and  the  downfall,  subversions,  and  subjections  of 
others ;  the  character,  religion,  system  of  state,  man- 

I 


86 

ners  and  customs,  occupations,  resources,  geographical 
situations,  productions,  climate,  manner  of  living,  &c,, 
of  every  people  known  in  ancient  and  modern  history; 
there  he  may  trace  the  origin  of  the  present  nations, 
and  their  various  relations  to  each  other.  Will  he 
amuse  and  instruct  himself  in  the  details  of  history  ? — 
He  may  read  books  on  every  nation.  Will  he  take 
information  in  geography? — He  may  go  into  the  hall, 
where  not  only  maps  and  books  are,  but  also  large 
globes  and  maps  in  reliefs,  representing  mountains  and 
heights  of  land  in  their  natural  proportion,  also  the  ex- 
tent of  notable  large  places  of  any  description.  Galle- 
ries of  pictures  and  prospects  may  be  exhibited  every 
where  in  the  square.  In  particular  halls  may  land- 
scapes and  prospects  of  foreign  countries  be  represented 
in  their  natural  size  and  appearance,  by  large  camera 
obscura  and  clara,  so  that  he  may  see  all  the  most  no- 
table curiosities,  cities,  and  prospects  in  the  world,  with- 
out travelling  thither.  Has  he  a  notion  for  reading  ? 
— He  may  go  to  the  reading-hall,  where  many  thou- 
sand selected  books  on  all  subjects  of  reason  and  fancy 
are  stored.  Has  he  a  mind  to  make  himself  acquainted 
with  physics,  chemistry,  anatomy,  mathematics,  astro- 
nomy ? — He  may  go  into  the  auditories  and  labora- 
tories, and  see  the  experiments  and  observations  made 
and  explained.  Will  he  hear  and  partake  of  philoso- 
phical and  other  speculative  disquisitions  and  dis- 
courses ? — Ho  may  gratify  his  desire  everyday,  because 
there  will  never  be  a  want  of  objects,  nor  of  curiosity^ 
Will  he  sport  in  the  news  of  the  day?— He  may 
amply  satisfy  his  curiosity  by  reading  the  news  of  every 
day  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  also  telegraphical 


87 

news.  A  tachigraphy,  with  peculiarly  adapted  charac- 
ters, and  lithography  may  be  united,  and  printing  esta- 
blishments, by  which  the  composing  of  words  may  be 
effected  as  quick  as  one  speaks,  and  the  copies  multi- 
plied without  labour. 

Whatan  endless  variety  of  highly  instructive,  useful, 
and  amusing  objects  are  there  presented  for  one's  gra- 
tification ! — The  past  and  present  world,  the  history  of 
nature,  not  as  imagined  by  the  superstitious  and  igno- 
rant, but  such  as  nature  shows  herself  to  the  think- 
ing observer ;  the  mysterious  and  instructive  opera- 
tions of  nature ;  the  history  of  man,  from  antiquity 
down  to  us;  the  documental  remnants  of  his  former  sci- 
ences, arts,  customs,  ideas,  manners  of  living,  &c. ;  the 
endless  variety  of  organic  beings,  their  organisms,  na- 
ture, and  use  for  men ;  the  unorganic  substances  in  na- 
ture, and  their  various  uses  ;  the  phenomena  in  atmo- 
sphere and  water ;  the  visible  universe  of  millions  of 
worlds  at  night,  beheld  through  mighty  telescopes  and 
explained;  the  worlds  of  beings  presented  to  the  eyes 
by  microscopes ;  optical  instructive  amusements  of 
various  kinds,  views  of  landscapes  and  prospects  with- 
out end;  drawing,  painting,  sculpture,  modelling,  gar- 
dening, music,  reading,  theatrical  sceneries  of  endless 
kinds,  for  amusing  and  cultivating  the  mind  and  the 
finer  feelings;  discourses,  lectures,  conversations,  news 
of  the  day  ;  parlies  of  pleasures  of  various  kinds,  social 
plays  and  amusements  of  mind  and  body. 

Can  it  be  supposed  with  any  shadow  of  reason,  that 
man,  in  such  circumstances,  ever  may  grow  weary  of 
his  time  ?  There  is  no  laborious  study  or  occupation  ; 
it  is  but  by  amusement,  by  gratifying  the  curiosity 


natural  to  man  and  child,  thai  man  will  thus  get 
acquainted  and  familiar  uith  all  knowledg^c  of  thing^s, 
that  the  whole  world  may  present  to  the  human  obser- 
vation ;  he  has  but  to  look  at  the  objects,  and  receive 
the  instruction  about  them  by  written  or  oral  commu- 
nications ;  he  may  see  and  handle  them  himself, 
whenever  he  has  a  desire  to  do  so.  The  objects  of 
human  knowledges,  nature  herself,  are  displayed  be- 
fore him  ;  they  require  no  labour  to  sec  and  observe 
them  ;  he  may  familiarize  himself  in  the  same  manneir 
as  he  does  now  with  the  products  of  his  field  and  work- 
shop, or  the  articles  in  a  market.  They  are  so  vast 
and  numberless,  so  instructive,  so  important  to  use, 
reason,  fancy,  and  feelings  of  man,  that  they  alford  a 
never-ending  variety  and  novelty.  And  knowledge 
begets  knowledge,  ideas  beget  new  ideas;  the  dor- 
mant faculties  of  men  will  be  roused,  a  spirit  of  in- 
quiry kindled.  Every  day  will  bring  forth  new  know- 
ledges to  every  individual ;  the  desire  of  knowing 
more,  of  communicating  to  others  what  has  struck  and 
amused  the  mind,  is  natural ;  conversation  will  turn 
upon  the  subjects  that  are  the  most  interesting  to  the 
mind,  and  will  generate  mutually  new  ideas  and  know- 
ledges. What  an  immense  store  and  variety  of  sub- 
jects of  the  highest  importance  will  then  animate  the 
conversation  !  There  will  be  hardly  any  time  left  for 
trivial  phrases,  and  discourses,  and  occupations.  The 
child  will  learn  thus  more,  and  in  a  more  impressive 
manner,  than  what  the  most  learned  men  at  present 
have  acquired  with  the  most  laborious  study ;  it  will 
learn  the  knowledges  of  things  in  the  same  nianner 
us  it  learns  its  mother  tongue,  that  is,  without  being 


89 

conscious  of  learning,  without  disagreeable  exertion, 
without  compulsion.  It  is  hut  the  light  of  true  know- 
ledges, of  knowledges  of  real  things,  the  free  and  un- 
fettered exercise  of  the  mental  faculties,  that  can 
gradually  dispel  the  gloom  of  superstition,  errors  and 
ignorance,  the  bane  of  human  life,  the  disgrace  of  any 
people,  and  the  greatest  curse  of  the  whole  mankind 
yet. 

Man  will  then  soon  learn,  that  he  knew  hitherto  not 
one  thousandth  part  of  what  he  might  and  ought  to 
know  for  his  own  benefit,  and  that  he  knew  hitherto 
not  one  millionth  part  of  what  he  was  persuaded  to 
know.  Nature  is  veiled  in  myvSteries  to  our  immediate 
perceptions.  Our  own  life,  the  whole  nature  around  us, 
continually  active  and  pov;erful,  are  mysteries  to  us. 
A  great  deal  is  unveiled  by  assiduous  observations  and 
experiments  of  studious  men  in  the  latter  times.  An 
infinite  greater  deal  is  yet  to  be  unveiled  and  applied 
to  our  great  benefit,  to  the  melioration  of  human  life. 
It  is  hardly  one  century  ago,  that  men  would  have 
been  roasted  alive,  without  pity,  as  sorcerers,  not 
merely  by  the  rabble,  but  by  the  sentence  of  the  judges 
and  laws  of  the  then  most  civilized  countries,  ours  not 
excepted,  had  they  shown  physical  experiments  that 
are  known  since.  These,  our  forefathers,  committed 
such  horrid  barbarities  with  all  the  gravity  and  honesty 
that  any  of  us  may  be  capable  of,  and  would  have 
looked  upon  any  man  as  a  horrid  monster  of  infidelity, 
who  had  dared  to  deny  the  possibility  of  such  a  crime. 
Such  are  the  necessary  consequences  of  ignorance, 
prejudice,  and  stupid  adherence  to  custom.  Is,  per- 
haps, our  present  generation  free  of  irrationality  and 

i2 


90 

error? — Have  \vc,  pcrliap?,  readied  now  the  summit 
of  liiiman  wisdom,  and  need  no  more  to  look  out  for 
any  menial  or  physical  improvement? — This  is  ex- 
actly the  way  of  thinkinu^  that  ever  barred  the  road  to 
intelligence.  Let  us  see  whether  we  have  some  reason 
to  suppose  that  we  are  just  arrived  at  the  period  where 
every  thing  is  so  good  and  perfect,  that  there  is  no 
occasion  to  trouble  ourselves  any  more  about  making 
improvements,  that  we  have  a  right  to  treat  all  those 
as  fools  who  attempt  any  thing  towards  the  improve- 
ment of  the  human  condition,  and  that  we  disgrace 
ourselves  in  paying  any  attention  to  new  ideas. — A  iine 
apology  for  mental  sloth  and  stupidity  ! 

Not  one  ten  thousandth  part  of  men  in  the  most  ci- 
vilized countries  are  actually  engaged  in  any  study  or 
investigation  of  nature. — Still,  is  there  any  other  source 
of  true  and  useful  knowledges!* — Only  a  few  profes- 
sional men  of  learning  occupy  themselves  with  teaching 
natural  philosophy,  chemistry,  and  the  other  branches 
of  the  sciences  of  nature,  to  a  very  limited  extent,  for 
very  limited  purposes,  with  very  limited  means.  The 
rest  of  men  have  to  pass  their  lives  in  drudgery  and 
trivial  occupations,  and  in  ignorance,  in  many  erro- 
neous notions  of  nature,  for  want  of  means,  time,  and 
chance  for  information. 

What  would  be  the  increase  of  knowledges,  if  a 
large  community,  with  unlimited  means,  might  follow 
the  natural  impulse  of  curiosity  in  investigating  na- 
ture ? — Is  it  not  most  probable,  that  they  would  dis- 
cover in  one  year  more  than  hitherto  in  centuries? — 
Man  is  a  product  of  nature.  His  life  is  depending 
from  the  air  he  breathes,  from  the  nourishments  he 


91 

tales,  from  various  causes  that  surround  him,  visibly 
and  invisibly.  His  life  is  liable  to  many  evils,  and  to 
a  very  uncertain  duration.  He  may  remove  or  avoid 
the  causes  of  many,  if  not  of  all  evils ;  he  may  in- 
vigorate and  prolong  his  life.  The  more  he  learns  to 
know  the  causes  of  evils,  and  the  means  of  health  and 
happiness,  the  more  it  will  be  in  his  power  to  increase 
his  happiness,  to  preserve  his  health,  and  to  prolong 
his  life.  AVho  knows  to  what  happy  results  a  general 
spirit  of  investigation,  with  unboimded  means,  may 
lead  ? — The  ancients,  among  whom  sciences  flourished 
the  most,  knew  probably  more  of  nature  already,  thau 
we  know  now  of  it.  In  this  new  state  of  men,  every 
thing  that  may  be,  found  contributive  to  health  and 
happiness,  may  be  applied  immediately  after  its  being 
known.  The  more  man  understands  to  read  in  the 
infinite  book  of  nature,  the  only  fountain  of  true 
knowledges,  the  more  eagerly  he  will  read  in  it,  and 
the  more  he  will  learn  of  it. 

Can  it  be  apprehended  yet,  that  man,  in  this  new, 
infinitely  happier  state  of  life,  will  grow  weary  of  his 
time  for  want  of  occupation? 

What  immense  difterence  between  such  a  life,  and 
that  which  has  hitherto  been  the  lot  of  man  ? — A  life 
of  information,  of  ten  thousand  times  a  larger  sphere  of 
activity,  and  of  continual  enjoyments,  and  satisfac- 
tions in  endless  variety,  and  of  but  friendly  social  inter- 
..course  ;— and  a  life  of  drudger}^,  of  trivial  occupations, 
of  tediousness,  vexation,  anxiety,  want,  and  fear  of 
want,  and  of  general  poverty  in  resources  for  pleasures 
and  enjoyments,  of  general  ignorance  in  the  most  im- 
portant knowledges  of  things,  of  opposite  interests  in 


92 

society,  of  enmities,  mutual  distviist,  mutual  injus- 
tices, and  crimes  and  barbarities  ! 

But  some  are  taugbt  to  say,  a  life  of  enjoyments, 
pleasures,  and  luxury,  a  life  of  happiness  and  wealth, 
will  enervate  and  corrupt  men. — Poor  men !  They  can- 
not think,  perhaps,  of  enjoyments  and  luxury,  with- 
out  recollecting  what  they  know  or  heard  of  the  poor 
enjoyments  and  miseries  of  grog-shops,  gambling- 
houses  and  bordels,  where  men,  tired  of  their  tedious 
life,  and  impatient  of  their  misfortune,  seek  to  drown 
their  minds  in  oblivion  for  a  short  time,  by  making 
themselves  crazy  and  miserable.  Or  they  will  allege 
examples  of  nations  in  ancient  history,  which  kept 
themselves  in  a  state  of  independence  while  they  were 
poor  and  had  to  live  in  ignorance,  by  hard  labour  and 
robbery,  like  the  ancient  Romans  and  other  nations, 
but  lost  their  independence  in  the  course  of  political 
events,  or  by  corruption,  caused  by  relative  want  and 
avidity  of  influential  individuals  after  more  wealth, 
information,  and  seductive  means,  were  introduced. — 
Poor  logic,  that  does  not  look  at  the  real  causes  and 
consequences! — As  well  might  we  prefer  the  state  of 
our  savage  Indians  to  our  own.  We  are  rising  into  a 
most  powerful  people,  while  we  do  not  despise  the 
comforts  of  life,  when  these  unfortunate  savages,  by- 
all  their  hard  life,  dwindle  away  to  nothing. 

I  have  drawn  but  the  sketch  of  domestic  life  within 
our  immediate  reach.  But  man  is  not  to  be  confined 
to  domestic  life;  he  may  roam  over  the  whole  world, 
not  in  hardships,  perils,  and  deprivations,  but,  with 
his  family  and  friends,  in  all  security,  refinements  of 
social  life,  comforts  and  luxury,  as  well  as  he  may 


93 

enjoy  at  home.  Large,  commodious  vehicles  for  car- 
rying many  thousand  tons,  running  over  peculiarly 
adapted  level  roads,  at  the  rate  of  forty  miles  per  hour, 
or  1000  miles  per  day,  may  transport  men  and  things, 
small  houses,  and  whatever  may  serve  for  his  comfort 
and  ease,  by  land.  Floating  islands,  constructed  of 
logs,  or  of  wooden  stuffs,  prepared  in  a  similar  manner 
as  it  is  to  he  done  with  stone,  and  of  live  trees,  which 
may  he  reared  so  as  to  interweave  each  other  and 
strengthen  the  whole,  may  he  covered  with  gardens 
and  palaces,  propelled  hy  powerful  engines,  and  run 
at  equal  rate  through  seas  and  oceans.  Thus,  man 
may  move  with  the  celerity  of  birds'  flight,  in  terres- 
trial paradises,  from  one  climate  to  another,  and  see 
the  world  in  all  its  variety,  exchanging  with  distant 
peoples  the  surplus  of  productions.  The  journey  from 
one  pole  to  another  may  then  be  performed  in  a  fort- 
night ;  the  visit  to  a  transmarine  country  in  one  week 
or  two ;  a  journey  around  the  world  in  one  or  two 
months,  by  land  and  water.  What  new  objects  of  in- 
quiry will  then  be  afforded,  and  in  what  rapid  succes- 
sion will  the  knowledges  of  men  increase  ?-^But  not 
only  the  surface  of  the  globe  may  be  soon  explored, 
but  also  (he  interior  of  the  earth.  Man  will  have  the 
means  to  search  the  bowels  of  the  earth,  and  make  the 
best  use  of  it  for  his  life.  New  sciences,  new  concep- 
tions of  the  earth,  of  nature  in  general,  and  of  all  her 
productions,  will  arise.  Man  may  search  into  the 
earth,  without  labour  or  danger,  many  miles  deep, 
and  discover  new  things  not  known,  and  never  ima- 
gine yet. 

3y  searching  through  the  whole  Nature  after  her 


94 

hidden  operations,  under  ground,  over  tlie  whole  sur- 
face of  the  globe,  in  her  general  and  individual  or- 
ganizations, by  magnifying  glasses,  by  experiments 
and  observations  of  physics,  chemistry,  and  of  all 
objects  of  curiosity,  on  extensive  plans,  with  un- 
bounded means,  and  thousands  and  myriads  of  ob- 
servers, men  will  discover  gradually  keys  for  disclosing 
one  secret  of  nature  after  another,  and  apply  the  dis- 
coveries to  his  benefit.  Who  may  say  where  such 
endeavours  may  end,  which  all,  through  mighty  ex- 
citements and  instruction,  must  be  highly  pleasant. 

What  objects  for  enterprising  men  will  here  be  pre- 
sented ? — There  are  boundless  fields  for  human  acti- 
vity of  superior  order ;  there  are  excitements  and 
objects  of  the  utmost  importance  for  exercising  the 
faculties  of  reason  and  fancy ;  there  the  human  being 
may  and  will  rise  higher  and  higher  above  brutes,  and 
make  himself  more  and  more  lord  of  nature. 

How  trifling,  how  insignificant,  how  tedious  must 
all  our  present  occupations  and  pursuits  appear,  when 
we  compare  them  to  this  new  sphere  of  actions !  — 

There  is  no  fear  of  wars,  robbery  and  murder,  any 
more.  The  powers  and  means  of  such  a  magnitude 
are  here  contemplated  but  for  creating  a  paradisaical 
life;  but  they  might  also  be  used  as  the  most  terrible 
and  irresistible  weapons  of  protection.  Wisdom  and 
humanity  will,  however,  never  glory  in  the  needless 
destruction  and  misery  of  fellow-men.  Men  of  such 
exalted  station  of  culture  and  happiness,  as  the  new 
means  afford,  may  to  foreign  people  of  a  lower  station 
of  intelligence,  tender  with  one  hand  large  and  sub- 
stantial benefits,  and  improve  gradually  their  mental 


95 

stale,  until  they  become  worthy  associates ;  while, 
with  the  other  hand,  they  may  keep  them  in  awe  by  the 
exhibilion  of  destructive  power;  and  thus  effect,  like 
gods,  respect,  awe,  and  gratitude,  among  all  peoples 
with  whom  they  have  intercourse. 

They  may  safely  extend  the  benefits  of  these  new 
means  for  human  happiness  upon  all  men  on  earih, 
without  fearing  any  derogation  or  danger  to  them- 
selves; for  the  world  is  yet  large  enough  to  afford  su- 
perabundance of  all  necessaries  and  comforts  of  human 
life,  for  many  ages  to  come,  for  the  whole  human  kind, 
even  by  the  most  rapid  increase  of  population.  The 
seas  and  ocean,  and  all  sterile  spots  on  the  globe,  may 
be  rendered  fruitful.  The  surface  of  the  globe  is  about 
200  millions  of  square  miles,  of  which  the  half  has  no 
winter,  that  is,  the  belt  of  the  globe,  between  about 
thirty  degrees  of  north  and  south  latitude,  and  may 
yield  every  where  several  crops  in  a  year.  So  there 
are  about  100  millions  of  square  miles  of  the  most 
delightful  climate,  and  may  produce  the  greatest 
luxuriancy  and  variety  of  vegetables.  It  is  known 
that  there,  in  some  parts,  one  or  two  square  rods  may 
produce  sufficient  food  for  one  man.  But  suppose,  in 
the  possible  highest  slate  of  culture,  it  should  require 
ten  square  rods  for  every  human  individual,  an  esti- 
mation by  no  means  out  of  reason,  when  we  consider 
our  new  means  for  superior  culture,  and  the  richest 
soil  artificially  made,  that  never  is  deficient  of  plenty 
of  water,  the  unparalleled  great  quantity  of  food  that 
may  be  raised  thereby,  and  that  more  than  one  of  the 
most  luxuriant  crops  is  afforded  every  year,  and  the 
comparatively  small  wants  of  a  man  for  his  food,  if 


96 

properly  managed  :  at  this  rate,  one  acl-e  would 
nourish  sixteen  liuman  individuals,  and  one  square 
mile  about  10,000.  The  most  splendid  and  spacious 
habitations  would  hardly  occupy  one-sixteenth  part  of 
the  area.  Thus  100  millions  of  square  miles  might 
nourish  1 ,000,000,000,000  of  human  individuals,  that 
is,  about  1000  times  as  many  as  there  are  actually 
living  on  earth ;  and  all  might  enjoy  all  the  happiness 
that  human  nature  be  capable  of,  and  this  world  may 
afford  for  man.  I  am  but  speaking  of  the  means 
known  to  me  ;  but  who  might  assert  that  they  may  not 
be  still  farther  extended  ? — Chemistry,  and  other 
knowledges  of  nature,  may  teach  other  ways  for  mul- 
tiplying and  accelerating  the  productions  of  nature  for 
the  nourishment  of  man. 

Therefore,  there  is  no  cause  for  envy,  fear,  and  en- 
mity, between  man  and  man,  or  between  nation  and 
nation,  except  ignorance  and  error. 

All  men  may  plentifully  partake  of  the  benefits  no/- 
ture  affords  to  human  enjoyment,  by  a  wise  applica- 
tion of  her  powers  and  means.  It  would  be  as  ridi- 
culous then,  to  dispute  and  quarrel  about  the  means 
for  our  life,  than  it  would  be  now  about  water  for  to 
drink  along  mighty  rivers,  or  about  the  permission  of 
breathing  air  in  the  atmosphere,  or  about  sticks  in  our 
extensive  woods.  Whatever  we  may  buy  now  by- 
money,  has  its  value  derived  from  labour  bestowed 
\ipon  it,  or  from  its  scarcity.  Where  there  is  no  la- 
bour required,  an<l  no  want  to  be  feared,  there  is  no 
occasion  for  buying  or  disputing  possession,  just  as  it 
is  with  water,  or  air,  or  other  articles  of  no  value, 
though  necessary  to  life^ 


97 

Tins  happy  period  is  to  he  loolvcd  foi-  at  iio  grestt 
distance  ;  it  may  he  eftected  \\ithin  ten  years.  How- 
ever, the  first  ohject  we  have  in  immediate  view  is  to 
gain  wealth,  or  its  representative,  money,  in  order  to 
procure  wliat  we  want  for  our  purposes. 

We  are  used  to  estimate  every  thing  by  the  price  of 
money  it  may  cost  or  bring ;  every  gain  or  loss  is  mea- 
sured by  the  difference  between  the  price  of  purchase 
and  sale.  It  is  therefore  natural  that  it  will  be  ques- 
tioned, what  pecuniary  profit  is  to  be  obtained  by  these 
means  ? — ^Though  the  answer  to  this  question  is  but 
of  inferior  merit,  as  it  tends  not  immediately  to  the 
improvement  of  the  human  condition,  but  merely  to 
transient,  limited  advantages  of  individuals, — yet  it 
will  probably  serve  to  elucidate,  to  the  most  common 
conceptions,  the  benefits  of  these  means  in  the  most 
striking  manner. 

There  is  no  exact  estimation  of  the  pecuniary  profit 
to  be  made,  because  this  depends  from  localities,  cir- 
cumstances, price  of  labour  and  materials,  from  con- 
junctures of  commerce,  from  ihe  extent  of  application, 
and  various  other  particulars.  But  a  general  estimation 
at  the  highest  or  lowest  calculation, according  to  general 
experience  of  prices  of  the  concerning  articles,  may  be 
formed.  I  shall  make  here  the  lowest  estimation  of 
gain,  without  however  being  positive,  leaving  it  to 
others  to  correct  or  complete  the  calculation,  after  they 
are  acquainted  with  the  particulars  of  the  enterprise. 

The  beginning  of  the  execution  of  the  proposals  is 
to  be  made  under  all  the  most  favourable  circumstances 
that  can  be  selected,  as  well  with  respect  to  locality  as 
to  other  pecuniary  matters.     It  will  also  no  special 

K 


98 

proof  requircj  that  by  too  small  a  principal,  and  by  too 
narrow  a  limit  in  the  oxecution  of  such  a  plan,,  the 
gain  would  be  of  little  consideration. 

There  are  many  enterprises  of  roads,  canals,  manu- 
factories, &c.,  executed  in  our  country,  at  expenses  of 
millions  of  dollars,  which  were  brought  up  by  volun- 
tary associations,  with  shares  of  fifty  dollars,  and  le^s, 
so  that  even  the  poor  could  participate  in  the. enterprise 
without  endanp;ering  his  small  fortune.  It  may,  there- 
fore, be  considered  as  a  moderate  sum,  brought  toge- 
ther in  a  similar  way,  when  rated  at  200,000  to  300,000 
dollars  for  the  beginning,  which  may  be  sufficient  to 
create  the  first  establishment  for  a  whole  community 
of  3,000  or  4,000  individuals  in  the  described  manner. 
Suppose  one  year  for  the  preparations.  Suppose  in  ilie 
second  year  one  man  effects  by  the  machinery  as  much 
as  1,000  men  would  do  with  working  in  the  usual 
manner, — a  very  low  estimation,  considering  what  has 
been  stated  of  the  power  and  means.  Suppose  the 
work  of  a  man  for  the  whole  year,  to  be  worth  200 
dollars,  in  an  average.  Tben  one  man,  with  this 
machinery,  would  gain  the  value  of  1,000  times  200,  or 
200,000  dollars  in  the  second  year.  But  besides  this 
gain,  the  machinery  may  be  npjdied  to  convert  all  the 
raw  materials  requisite  to  establishments  and  ma- 
chineries of  the  new  kind,  into  the  finished  pieces  for 
use,  so  that  they  require  but  transporting  and  putting 
them  together  into  machineries,  &rc. 

The  machineries  arc  sim])lc,  and  are  thus  to  propa- 
gate or  multiply  themselves  without  labour: — nine 
machineries  would  be  a  comparatively  small  object 
for  being  made  by  one  established  machinery  in  one 


99 

year..  Thus  there  may  be  in  the  third  year  ten  lua- 
chiilerics  or  establishments,  in  the  fourth  100,  and  in 
the  fifth,  1,000  machineries  or  establishments.  The 
revenues  would  then  he,  in  the  tliird  year,  ten  times 
200,000,  or  2,000,000  dollars;  in  the  lourth,  ten  times 
as  much  again,  or  twenty  millions  of  dollars,  and  so  in 
the  "fifth,  200  millions  of  dollars.  Allo^inp^  the  re- 
venues of  the  first  four  years  for  purchasing  the 
required  raw  materials  for  the  new  establishments,  there 
would  still  remain  a  gain  of  about  200  millions  of 
dollars  ;  that  is,  each  dollar  for  the  beginning  would 
have  been  increased  to  1,000  dollars  in  five  years.  The 
productions  of  these  establishments  would  all  find 
every  wher6  a  sure  market,  because  they  would  be  but 
articles  of  necessaries,  and  real  comforts  of  life,  pro- 
duce of  the  ground  or  materials  for  use,  surpassing 
what  has  been  in  use  hitherto  ;  they  would  command 
the  price,  and  their  transport  would  require  but  a  small 
portion  of  their  value,  by  applying  more  perfect  means 
than  usual. 

A  share  of  twenty  or  fifty  dollars  for  the  beginning, 
would  thus  increase  to  20,000  or  50,000  dollars. 

But  how  would  it  be  thereafter,  in  another  period  of 
five  years,  beginning  with  a  principal  of  200  millions 
of  dollars  ? — The  extent  of  establishments  would,  at 
the  supposed  rate,  increase  to  the  number  of  millions, 
and  might  consequently  comprehend  the  whole  world 
and  the  whole  human  race,  in  the  greatest  perfection 
of  the  idea  exhibited.  The  whole  world  might  there- 
fore he  really  changed  into  a  paradise  of  the  descrihed 
kind,  surpassing  all  conceptions  hitherto,  within  the 
first  ten  years,  beginning  with  but  200,000  or  300,000 


100 

dollars.  If  it  be  not,  nothing  but  ignorance,  prejudice, 
and  dull  adherence  to  custom  are  the  causes  of  its 
being  retarded  any  longer ;  for  it  is  not  poverty,  not 
insufficiency  of  means,  as  some  lazy,  prejudiced  minds 
might  plead  for  their  excuse — not  one  thousandth  part 
of  the  means  within  our  possession  is  wanted  ;  it  is  not 
want  of  chance  for  information  on  the  subject,  which 
is  offered  here  nearly  gratis ;  it  is  not  want  of  clearness 
in  the  proposal,  for  every  explanation  that  may  be 
■wished  for,  is  promised  to  be  given  satisfactorily,  as 
soon  as  an  earnest  desire  and  disposition  for  making 
the  experiment  is  shown,  hy  organizing  an  association 
of  a  sufficient  number  of  persons ,  with  sufficient  means, 
for  transacting  business  in  an  orderly  way,  in  examining 
the  subject,  and  forming  eventually  the  resolutions.  Or 
do  the  facts  exhibited,  perhaps,  not  deserve  any  such 
attention  ? — Examine  them  as  close  as  you  please, 
and  see  then  whether  they  are  not  the  most  joyful 
and  the  most  substantial  truths  that  ever  could  be 
shown  to  men  ? 

There  is  no  claim  made  upon  you,  so  you  have  no 
imposition  to  fear;  you  are  made  acquainted  with  the 
principal  ideas  of  the  proposals,  and  it  is  offered  to  you 
all  the  specifications  required  to  a  perfect  conviction. 
All  is  done,  and  shall  be  done,  in  an  honest,  sincere 
way ;  there  is  no  artifice,  no  enticement  for  vain  and 
hazardous  speculations.  If  I  be  in  error,  it  will  be  an 
easy  matter  to  discover  and  expose  it.  I  defy  any  who 
thinks  himself  capable  for  it  to  do  so;  to  that  purpose 
I  offer  the  opportunity  for  fair  and  open  discussion 
upon  the  subject.  But  it  is  a  mathematical  matter, 
and  none  of  vague  opinion,  or  mere  wordy  dispute, 


101 

as  some  might  perliaps  fancy.  Any  assertion  witliout 
mathematical  argument,  will,  and  must  be  disregarded 
by  me.  For  talking  at  random  about  mathematical 
subjects,  and  replying  to  it,  is  mere  trifling,  and  to  no 
purpose;  and  trifling  on  a  subject  of  so  serious  and 
high  an  import  as  exhibited,  is  no  mark  of  an  intelligent 
mind  desirous  after  truth. 

It  will  now  be  plainly  seen  that  the  execution  of 
the  proposals  is  not  proper  for  individuals.  Whether 
it  be  qualified  for  the  government  at  this  time,  before 
the  subject  is  become  popular,  is  a  question  to  be 
decided  yet  by  the  government  itself ;  it  would  certainly 
be  a  great  fortune  and  glory  for  the  nation,  if  no  pre- 
judice  would  prevent  the  majority  of  the  government 
from  bestowing  attention  upon  the  subject,  and  pro- 
moting to  application  for  the  public  benefit  whatever 
be  found  useful  of  it,  by  careful  examination  of  some 
committee.  But  whether  this  be  the  case  or  not,  it 
will  not  interfere  with  the  interest  of  a  society  formed 
for  the  purpose  of  investigating,  and  eventually 
executing,  the  proposals;  this  might  be  supported  by 
the  government,  and  aid  the  government  on  their  side 
in  its  acts. 

The  means  for  making  the  first  experiment  on  a  suf- 
ficient large  scale,  will  be  a  trifle  for  a  larse  society: 
the  principal  required  for  the  first  establishment  may 
be  laid  out  in  shares,  not  greater  than  the  price  of  a 
lottery  ticket,  which  may  be  subscribed  previous  to  the 
resolutions  of  the  society  ;  for  the  funds  must  be  ascer- 
tained, before  any  resolution  can  be  formed  ujjon  the 
execution  of  any  plan.  The  subscriptions,  however, 
need  not  be  obligatory  to  the  subscribers,  but  may  be 

K  2 


102  V 

made  on  the  express  condition  to  withdraw  the  ohli- 
gation,  in  case  general  conviction  of  the  practicahTlity 
and  utility  of  the  proposals  he  not  established,  and  at 
least  the  majority  of  the  subscribers  do  not  concur  in 
the  assent  to  the  execution  of  the  proposals.  Orderly 
free  deliberations,  and  mutual  communications,  must 
determine  the  resolution,  as  it  is  the  case  in  ^all  well- 
regulated  associations.  For  this  purpose  the  following 
Constitution  is  proposed. 

INTRODUCTION. 

Improvement  of  our  condition  is,  and. ought  to  he, 
our  continual  aim  as  long  as  we  live.  It  behoves  not 
to  rational  men  to  abandon  their  improvement  to 
chance,  or  to  the  feeble  inefficient  efforts  of  individuals, 
but  to  seek  and  employ  the  means  for  it,  in  the  best 
way  that  is  in  their  power.  Man,  as  an  individual,  is 
weak,  and  whatever  his  means  or  abilities  be,  they 
are  always  very  limited,  in  comparison  to  those  of  many 
men  joined  into  one  body.  His  contrivances  and 
pursuits  can  be  but  for  his  separate  private  interest, 
and  must  therefore  be  very  limited  and  transient,  like 
himself.  He  sees  every  where  his  interest  opposed  by 
all  with  whom  he  has  to  deal,  and  must  therefore 
oppose  his  endeavours  to  all  of  those  who  deal  with 
him.  Therefore,  nothing  great  for  the  improvement 
of  his  own  condition,  nor  that  of  his  fellow-men  can 
ever  be  effected  by  individual  enterprises.  Man  is 
powerful  but  in  union  with  many. 

The  government  of  the  state  cannot  interfere  with 
the  domestic  concerns ;  it  can  only  regulate  the  means 


103 

for  keeping  the  citizens  peaceably  together,  and  for 
pro'tecting  every  one  in  his  rights;  it  may  favour  and 
patronize  improvements  of  any  kind,  but  it  cannot  en- 
force them.  Men  must  concur  freely  in  any  measure 
or  enterprise  for  their  own  benefit,  or  else  there  is 
counteraction  and  dissatisfaction. 

An  upion  of  men  who  make  it  their  purpose  to  deli- 
berate together  upon  all  means  for  improvement  of 
their  condition,  that  may  come  to  their  notice,  is  yet 
a  great  desideratum.  They  may  receive  every  propo- 
sal to  this  effect,  from  within  and  out  of  their  union, 
examine  the  mertt  of  it,  and  deliberate  upon.  Majority 
of  votes  in  some  cases  of  minor  importance,  unanimity 
in  cases  of  contribution,  may  decide  the  resolutions  for 
the  whole  union,  while  parts  of  them^  when  the  whole 
union  cannot  agree,  may  form  separate  bodies  for  their 
own  purposes,  without  separating  from  the  whole  union 
in  all  their  other  concerns.  Individual  prejudices 
against  new  things  would  thus,  by  a  liberal  spirit  of 
deliberation,  be  weakened  and  removed,  the  minds  en- 
larged, mutual  confidence, good  dispositions,  and  union 
promoted,  and  great  things  for  improving  mentally,  and 
physically,  the  human  condition,  effected,  which  could 
never  come  to  existence  by  mere  individual  endeavolirs. 
Inventions  and  discoveries  of  every  description  may 
find  due  rewards,  in  allowing  a  reasonable  share  of 
their  advantages,  while  they  are  practised  by  the  union, 
as  encouragements  to  inventors  for  communicating 
them,  which  else  might  never  be  sought  after,  or  never 
be  communicated,  and  lost.  The  patents  of  the  govern- 
ment, for  inventions  and  discoveries,  arc  but  for  petty, 
private  purposes,  but  not  for  improving  the  human 


104     , 

condition  at  large;  tlie)'  can  have,  at  best,  but  an  in- 
direct and  remote  influence,  by  chance,  upon  improve-  • 
ment  in  general. 

The  knowledge  that  is  scattered  among  individuals, 
and  employed  only  in  the  limited  extent  which 
petty  private  views  will 'admit  of,  may  be  thus  con- 
centrated and  made  known  to  all  the  members  of  the 
union  ;  a  spirit  for  improvement  will  then  be  kindled, 
and,  by  contributing  but  small  sums  for  enterprises  to 
the  benefit  of  the  whole  union,  great  things  may  be 
effected,  without  great  sacrifices  of  property, — things  of 
the  greatest  benefit,  that  by  separate  private  enterprise 
could  never  be  attempted.  "  * .  ' 

The  benefits  of  all  new  things  tending  to  the  im- 
provement of  the  human  condition,  will^hus  be  open 
to  all,  both  to  the  rich  and  poor,  whoever  will  pai^ci- 
pate  of  them,  for  a  trifle  if  one  chose,  while  larger 
contributions  entitle  to  proportionate  larger  shares  in 
the  resulting  benefits.  The  saving  of  human  labour, 
the  increase  of  productions,  is  then  no  longer  a  curse 
to  the  many,  but  a  blessing,  as  it  ought  to  be,  to  every 
one,  rich  and  poor,  in  the  union. 

With  these  views  and  tendency  towards  improve- 
ment of  the  human  condition,  in  physical,  moral,  and 
intellectual  respects,  we  unite  ourselves  by  this  present, 
constitution,  as  follows: 

1.  The  title  of  our  union  shall  be, 

"  Association  for  the  improvement  of  the  human  con- 
dition J^ 

2.  Every  person  is    admissible   to  our  association 

which  pays  at  least  one  share  of dollars  into  our 

treasury. 


105  .  : 

3.  At  the  end  of years,  any  membev  may  sepa- 
rate, and  take  his  share  of  the  common  property  out, 
.  either  in  cash  or  productions  of  tlie  estahlishmeuts  of 

the  association,  as  the  majority  think  proper. 
'       4.  At  the  end  of  every  jear,  concluding  with  the 

-; —  of ,  each  memher  is'  entitled  to  receive  his 

*   share  of  the  net  profi-t  of  the  establishment  which  he 
■      or  she  shares  in.     . 

5.  The  majority  of  the  society  decide  in  all  cases, 
,  without,  however,  nullifying  any  existing  obligati6n, 
in  which  cases  unanimity  is  required. 
'         6.  Two-thirds  of  the  members  are  at  least  required 
.  'ta  form  a^quorum  in  any  assembly  duly  published  be- 
fore to' all  members,  and  are  empowered  to  act  for  the 
'     sofc>ej,y.  '. 

7vln  every  asserably,  the  day  and  place  of  the  next 
is  to  be  appointed. 

.  8.  The  society  is  to  have  one  president, vice- 
presidents,  one   secretary, vice-secretaries,  and 

one  treasurer. 

9.  The  president  is  the  organ  through  which  all 
communications  to  and  from  the  society  are  to  be 
made  ;  in  the  meetings  he  has  to  watch  over  a  proper 
decorum,  and  he  may  convoke  extraordinary  meetings 
when  required, 

10.  The  vice-president  has  to  act  in  the  place  of 
the  president,  in  case  of  absence  or  inability  of  the 
president. 

11.  The  secretary  controls  and  records  all  trans- 
actions of  the  president. 

J2.  The  vice-secretary  performs  the  ofiice  of  the 


106 

secretary,  in  case  of  the  secretary's  aljsence  or  in- 
ability. 

13.  The  treasurer  receives  and  pays  the  money  on 
order  of  the  president  and  secretary  conjointly  ;  he  is 
subject  to  the  special  revision  of  the  president  and 
secretary  fonjoinlly,  \Ahenever  they  judge  proper  :  he 
has  to  keep  book  in  the  prescribed  method,  and  to  give 
account  to  the  society,  whenever  called  for;  and  he  is 
responsible  for  the  treasury,  for  which  he  has  to  give 
security. 

14.  The  association  is  limited  to  no  particular  coun- 
try or  place,  or  number  of  members,  and  may  extend 
to  any  part  of  the  world,  by  co-ordinate  branches,  ccm- 
stituied  in  the  same  manner;  which  branches  may 
be  denominated  by  successive  numbers;  and  every 
branch  may  again  be  divided  into  parts,  each  con- 
siliuted  in  the  same  manner  as  the  whole.  All 
branches  are  connected  by  deputies,  in  a  central  con- 
gress of  the  whole  association,  and  the  parts  of  a 
branch  likewise  by  deputies  in  general  meetings  of 
the  branch. 

15.  All  branches,  and  parts  of  branches,  communi- 
cate reciprocally  all  their  informations  received,  or 
experiments  made,  when  of  general  interest. 

16.  Any  branch,  and  part  of  branch,  may  form 
separate  establishments  independent  of  more  general 
enterprises. 

1/.  Any  invention,  improvement,  or  discovery  enti- 
tles the  inventor  or  discoverer,  or  his  assignees  or 
heirs,  for  the  first  ten  years  of  their  application,  to  one 
tenth  of  the  advantages  resulting  therefrom  to  the 


107 

association,  or  to  any  individual  or  individuals  of  the 
same,  making  separate  or  joint  use  with  others  of  the 
invention,  improvement,  or  discovery  ;  and  thereafter, 
fur  ever,  to  one-twentieth  of  the  benefits  resulting 
tlierefrom,  to  the  same  extent  and  meaning  as  ex- 
pressed, or  to  one-twentieth  of  the  property  invested  in 
the  application  of  the  same  invention,  improvement, 
or  discovery. 

18.  If  any  improvement  be  made  on  such  invention 
or  improvement,  by  some  other  person,  it  diminishes 
not  the  original  share  of  the  first  inventor,  as  before 
stipulated  ;  but  the  inventor  of  the  new  improvement 
is  entitled  to  one-tenth  in  the  ten  first  years  of  its 
a-pplication,  and  to  one-twentieth  ever  thereafter,  only 
of  those  advantages  that  his  improvement  affords  to 
the  society,  or  any  part,  or  individual  or  individuals, 
over  and  above  the  advantages  of  the  original  inven- 
tion, and  so  forth  with  every  other,  second,  third,  <Scc., 
improvement  on  what  was  known  before. 

1.9.  Every  member,  as  well  as  every  branch  or  part 
ofbranch  of  the  association,  obligate  themselves  to  the 
same  conditions  of  the  two  foregoing  articles,  if  they 
make  use  in  any  way  of  such  invention,  improvement, 
or  discovery. 

20.  Tiie  association,  or  any  branch  of  it,  or  any  part 
of  branch  of  it,  cannot  dissolve,  or  dispose  of  any  esta- 
blishment, before  they  have  satisfied,  as  stipulated, 
the  inventor  or  discoverer  for  his  share  in  it. 

21.  Every  member  of  the  society,  and  every  branch, 
or  part  oi  branch,  is  to  receive  a  copy  of  the  Constitu- 
tion. 


108 

Tlur^  you  may  spread  a  net  over  the  whole  world, 
not  for  ensnaring,  oppressing;,  and  enslaving  men,  as 
has  heen  done  hitherto,  but  for  exercising  the  most 
beneficial  influence,  for  preventing  all  hurtful  and 
dangerous  consequences,  and  violent  revolutions  that 
might  follow  from  an  introduction  of  these  means 
without  precaution ;  for,  by  a  system  of  association 
that  opens  the  way  to  all  the  henefits  to  he  derived 
from  the  new  means  for  the  poor  and  the  rich,  no 
Tiolence  or  opposition  can  ensue  ;  hut  all  men  will 
simultaneously  enjoy  the  benefits,  wherever  they  are 
introduced,  while  the  first  undertakers  reap  all  the 
fruits  of  their  enterprises  that  can  possibly  be  reaped, 
in  perfect  security.  You  have  to  offer  to  the  human 
iind  at  large  the  most  substantial  gifts,  the  direct  road 
to  the  greatest  happiness  that  man  is  capable  to  enjoy 
in  this  world ;  not  vain,  empty,  delusive  systems  or 
doctrines, but  all  the  physical  enjoyments  imaginable. 
Man  must  first  be  satisfied  with  his  physical  wants, 
and  be  liberated  from  the  slavery  of  work,  before  his 
mind  can  be  accessible  to  superior  culture.  After  you 
have  done  with  the  physical  wants,  then  you  may 
gradually  shed  the  mild  beams  of  better  information 
into  the  mind,  and  render  it  more  and  more  adapted 
to  enjoy  a  superior  life  of  a  refined  society. 

Who  has  to  make  a  beginning  with  this  great  work  ? 
You  yourself,  reader,  whatever  your  station  in  so- 
ciety, your  fortune,  your  education,  be.  You  have  no 
reason  to  stay  behind  any  of  your  fellow-men,  and  wait 
for  what  he  is  going  to  do,  as  soon  as  you  are  convinced 
of  the  truth  of  what  has  been  demonstrated  ;  for,  if 
every  one  would  wait  for  his  neighbour,  with  acting 
his  part,  there  would  never  be  any  acting,  and  man 


109  . 

would  be  a  ver^  ridiculous  animal.     Did  you  ever  ask, 
who  is  to  speak  aiul  to  vote  first  or  last  in  your  public 
affairs?     If  a  mountain  of  gold  were  shown  to  you, 
accessible  to  every  one,  would  you  ask  who  is  to  stir 
first,  and  wait  for  any  of  your  neighbours  ?     Is  what 
is  here  presented  to  you,  perhaps,  of  less  value  ? — Exa- 
mine, reflect  again.     What  is  then  to  be    done  for 
your  part,  to  promote  this  great  cause  ? — The  same 
thing  you  do  in  public  concerns ;    express  indepen- 
dently your  conviction  wherever  you  may  have  some 
influence.     The  constituting  of  a  society,  no  matter 
how  small,  in  your  neighbourhood,  is  to  be  the  first 
object;  and  on  notice  of  it  to  me,  under  the  direction 
given  at  the  end  of  this  book,  further  communication 
will  be  made.     Thus  you  may  give  independently  the 
first  impulse  to  this  great  work,  whatever  your  circum- 
stances be.     Do  not  wail  just  for  men  of  better  learn- 
ing, or  higher  standing,  or  greater  fortune  ;  for  this 
is  a  matter  of  reason,  and  sound  active  reason  is  not 
the   exclusive   endowment   of  learning,    fortune,   or 
rank;  none  of  these  circumstances  exempt  from  pre- 
judice and  mental   weakness  ;  experiences  prove  this 
amply  every  day.     The  way  for  putting  ihe  matter  to 
the  test  is  pointed  out;  it  is  plain,  and  without  ex- 
penses: the  execution  of  the  proposals  itself  requires  no 
fortune;  small  shares  of  twenty  dollars  will  be  sufll- 
cient;  and  even  these  may  be  accepted  partly  in  work, 
after  a  small   part  is  paid  to  the  treasury  of  the  so- 
ciety. 

There  is  then  no  sacrifice,  no  risk,  but  incalculable 
fortune  and  glory  attending  to  this  cause.  All  what 
is  to  be  done,  is,  to  slop  forth,  after  mature  reflection, 

L 


no 

to  confess  loudly  one's  conviction,  and  to  constitute  so- 
cieties, which  are  to  increase  hy  offering  reception  to 
whomsoever  will  join,  till  the  suhscribed  shares  afford 
sufficient  means  for  making'  the  first  experiment. 

The  names  of  the  first  supporters  of  this  great  and 
most  glorious  cause  of  human  kind  can  never  sink  into 
oblivion,  as  long  as  there  will  be  any  record  of  the 
past,  and  any  feelings  of  gratitude  in  the  human 
bosom,  and  as  long  as  the  name  of  enlightemng 
will  have  a  meaning;  they  will  resound  Avith  grati- 
tude and  respect  in  all  languages  of  their  cotempo- 
raries  and  after -ages ;  they  will  be  celebrated  in 
feasts  of  public  joy  and  grateful  feelings,  from  one 
extremity  of  tlje  world  to  the  other,  like  you  do  now 
with  those  of  your  first  brave  assertors  of  yournational 
independence  and  the  rights  of  man.  Those  bold 
and  humane  proclaimers  of  independence  and  liberty 
had  put  their  lives,  their  fortunes,  and  their  honour 
at  slake.  You  have  nothing  to  risk,  nothing  to  en- 
counter, except  perhaps  the  feeble  efforts  of  vulgar 
prejudices  and  thoughtless  frivolity,  which  are  apt 
to  throw  the  ridicule  on  whatever  is  above  their 
little  notions.  Fouls  will  glory  in  ridiculing  what 
they  do  not  understand,  because  it  gives  them  the 
appearance  of  wits  in  the  eyes  of  weak  minds ;  but 
men  of  good  sense  will  inform  themselves  before  they 
judge  of  the  n;atter.  Is  any  of  you  perhaps  afraid  of 
the  little  endeavours  of  such  fools  ? — They  might  be 
easily  silenced  ;  but  you  may  as  well  let  them  have 
the  little  fun,  and  disgrace  themselves  as  much  as  they 
please  :  men  of  good  sense  ought  not  ta  be  impeded 
by  puerilities  of  others,  in  their  proceedings  for  such  a 


Ill 

serious  and  most  important  cause  that  ever  could 
actuate  rational  men. 

Is  there,  perhaps,  any  thing*  unreasonable  or  imprac- 
ticable in  the  proposed  manner  of  execution  ? — There 
are  extensive  societies  in  our  country  for  pecuniary 
and  philanthropical  purposes  of  various  kinds.  There 
are  missionary  societies  for  all  quarters  of  the  globe, 
with  great  expenses,  and  no  pecuniary  gain  to  the  con- 
tributors. There  are  lyceum  and  other  associations 
throughout  the  whole  nation  for  the  general  improve- 
ment of  man.  There  are  many  societies  for  humane 
purposes.  There  are  societies  for  constructing  canals 
and  roads,  with  millions  of  dollars  of  expenses,  with 
but  uncertain  prospect  to  immediate  gain.  There  are 
social  enterprises  with  large  funds  for  hazardous  com- 
mercial purposes  on  land  and  sea.  There  have  been 
voluntary  contributions  of  large  amounts  for  the  be- 
nefit of  foreign  peoples. 

Arc  the  objects  presented  here  less  worthy  of  notice 
than  any  of  those  for  which  the  people  have  spent  vo- 
luntarily large  sums.^ — Do  the  objects  presented  here 
not  include  every  object  of  philanthropy  and  specula- 
tion of  any  kind,  and  infinitely  more  than  ever  has 
been  thought  of? — Or  does  the  attainment  of  the 
grand  objects  in  view  require  more  means  than  there 
have  been  spent  and  are  spending  for  purposes  very 
inferior  in  every  respect  to  the  present? 

The  numerous  expensive  enterprises  for  improve- 
ments by  associations,  bespeak  too  manifestly  the  Ame- 
rican character  and  spirit  for  social  great  enterprises, 
as  to  require  here  my  demonstration  on  the  utility  and 
practicability  of  social  enterprises. 


112 

Associations  give  decided  advantages  in  all  cases 
over  individual  enterprises  ;  and  it  is  only  hy  associa- 
tions lliat  our  nation  achieves  great  enterprises,  and 
may  gain  the  superiority  over  all  other  nations  in  every 
respect. 

There  is  nothing  in  iny  proposals  that  the  Americans 
do  not  practise  already,  nothing  new,  but  the  objects 
themselves  to  be  attained.  Thus  the  manner,  as  well 
as  the  matter,  as  far  as  exhibited,  leave  no  reasonable 
objection  ;  and  if  the  execution  of  the  proposals  should 
be  retarded  nevertheless,  it  would  be  but  owing  to  dull 
prejudice  that  prevents  attention  and  reflection, — a  dis- 
grace to  the  American  people,  which,  for  its  conse- 
quences, could  never  be  enough  lamented. 

Should,  indeed,  among  twelve  or  thirteen  millions  of 
men  that  form  our  nation,  not  be  found  enough  men 
capable  of  raising  their  minds  above  their  every  day's 
concerns!  If  this  should  be  the  case,  then  it  is  not 
true  that  the  American  nation  is  to  be  the  first  and 
most  enlightened  on  earth  ;  for  these  means  would  then 
inevitably  pass  into  the  hands  of  some  other  people, 
\vhich  might  easily  nsc  them  for  making  a  prey  or 
subject  province  of  this  country.  When  then  hereafter 
the  present  exultation  of  the  Americans  in  their  na- 
tional progress,  should  be  compared  with  their  neglect 
of  means,  offered  with  all  the  evidence  that  can  rea- 
sonably be  desired,  for  raising  them  at  once  to  the 
highest  station  of  national  power  and  influence  over 
the  whole  world,  and  of  general  human  happiness, — 
liow  should  the  intelligent  world  then  judge  of  our 
nation  ? — Why,  not  better  than  we  do  now  of  the 
cotemporaries  of  Columbus,  Galileo,  and  other  dis- 


113 

coverers  of  great  truths  contradictory  to  tlie  vulgar 
erroneous  notions  of  their  times,  when  we  read  their 
history  of  the  conllicts  between  the  active  reason  of 
single  individuals,  and  the  slothful,  brutal  adherence 
to  customary  notions  of  the  multitude — we  deem  our- 
selves happy  to  live  in  a  better  enlightened  age,  and 
among  a  more  intelligent  people. 
I  have  shown  now, — 

1.  That  there  are  powers  at  our  disposal,  million 
times  greater  than  all  men  on  earth  could  effect  by 
their  united  exertions  of  nerves. 

I  have  derived  the  proofs  of  them  from  the  most 
common  experiences. 

2.  How  these  powers  may  be  converted  into  perpe' 
tual  motions  with  uniform  powers. 

3.  What  system  of  establishments  and  machineries 
is  to  be  applied  for  doing  all  works  by  machinery, 
without  hibour;  that  there  are  but  three  or  four 
simple  contrivances  required. 

4.  How  by  association,  and  shares  of  but  twenty  or 
fifty  doHars,  the  first  establishment  is  to  be  created; 
how,  by  means  of  this,  the  future  establishments  are  to 
be  created,  without  expenses  and  labour;  and  how,  in 
five  or  ten  years,  even  an  universal  paradise  superior  to 
all  what  is  known  may  be  created. 

I  have  thus  fulfilled  my  first  promises.  I  ofi'er  to 
give  any  further  explanations  on  these  subjects  that 
may  be  required,  as  soon  as  an  association  is  organized. 
I  shall  communicate  all  the  required  details  of  the 
mechanism  of  the  machinery  to  be  applied,  when  the 
association  is  large  enough,  and  has  at  least  200,000 

l2 


114 

dollars  subscribed  for  the  first  establishment,  and 
agreed  to  the  conditions  in  the  proposed  constitution 
expressed.  This  is  necessary  to  insure  success,  and 
not  to  deprive  myself  of  the  means  for  being  active  in 
this  cause.  It  is,  however,  uiklerstood,  that  the  society 
keep  all  their  funds  to  be  applied  in  their  own  hands, 
and  that  I  engage  myself  only  to  communicate  all 
what  is  requisite  for  the  execution  of  the  plans.  This 
communication  shall  be  made  in  full,  without  any 
reserve,  gratis,  if  I  do  not  convince  perfectly  the 
society  of  the  practicability  of  the  proposals ;  and  I 
reserve  only  in  the  case  of  executing  the  proposals  the 
share  in  the  profit  as  stipulated  in  the  proposed  con- 
stitution. 

Thus,  every  member  will  be  at  liberty  to  withdraw 
his  obligation,  after  all  communications  are  made  of  me. 

I  have  thus  done,  and  am  willing  to  do,  all  what 
reasonably  can  be  desired  of  me. 

It  is  now  put  into  the  power  of  the  intelligent 
reader  to  judge,  whether  my  proposals  are  founded  in 
reason,  in  evident  truths,  as  I  assert,  or  not.  If  they 
are,  they  must  be  the  strongest  inducement  for  further 
inquiry;  they  must  anniLilate  all  the  preconceptions 
against  them,  and  convince  the  mind,  that  the  attain- 
ment of  the  immense  objects  in  view  are  by  no  means 
impossible;  and  that  the  application  of  the  exhibited 
immense  powers  requires  but  adapted  contrivances,  of 
which  the  system  is  also  stated.  This  is  what  I  in- 
tended by  this  address  ;  and  I  have  now  to  wait  for 
the  effect  it  \ull  produce,  before  I  can  do  any  thing 
more  in  this  cause.  I  consider  this  address  as  a  touch- 


115 

stone,  to  try  whether  our  nation  is  in  any  way  acces- 
sible to  these  great  truths,  for  raising  tlie  human 
creature  to  a  superior  state  of  existence,  in  accordance 
with  the  knowledges  and  the  spirit  of  the  most  culti- 
vated minds  of  the  present  time — or  whether  1  have  to 
look  out  for  a  more  congenial  spirit  somewhere  else. 
For  it  cannot  reasonably  be  expected,  that  I  should 
doom  such  glorious  discoveries  to  the  grave,  merely 
out  of  regard  to  dulness  and  unjustifiable  prejudice 
of  any  people  in  the  world. 


Americans  !  you  are  offered  things  which  you  could 
not  buy  by  mountains  of  gold,  and  if  they  were  as 
large  as  your  rocky  mountains.  You  are  offered  to 
live  henceforth  in  magnificent,  beautiful,  and  brilliant 
palaces,  which  the  mightiest  monarchs  on  earth  were 
too  poor  to  have  ;  in  blissful  paradises,  where  all  is 
splendour,  beauty,  and  delight ;  where  luxuriancy  of 
growth  affords  superabundance  of  all  what  is  delicious 
to  man  ;  where  you  may  array  yourselves  in  all  what 
is  beautiful  and  brilliant ;  where  you  may  lead  a  life 
of  continual  feast,  free  of  labour,  of  want  and  fear  of 
want,  in  endless  variety  of  enjoyments  and  pleasures, 
in  rapidly  increasing  knowledges  for  removing  and 
lessening  more  and  more  the  evils  of  nature  incident 
to  human  life,  and  enjoying  invigorated  vitality.  You 
are  offered  the  dominion  over  the  world,  not  by  iron 
sway  of  tyrants,  but  by  benign  influence  on  the  happi- 
ness of  humankind,  by  attaching  men  to  you  by  the 
most  substantial  blessings  on  earth.     You  are  ofll'ered 


U6 

the  means  to  change  the  whole  face  of  nature,  on  land 
and  sea,  into  whatever  man  wishes  to  see,  by  magic- 
like power.  You  have  afforded  hitherto  an  asylum  to 
the  oppressed  and  persecuted  of  foreign  nations — a 
far  greater  glory  is  reserved  to  you.  You  may  hence- 
forth cause  a  regeneration  of  mankind  to  a  far  supe- 
rior kind  of  beings,  with  superior  enjoyments,  know- 
ledges, and  powers. 

You  have  here  the  fundament  of  this  discovery : 
some  people  may  ridicule  it,  but  they  cannot  disprove 
it;  it  is  mathematically  demonstrated  before  you. 
The  remaining  details  shall  be  communicated  to  you, 
when  you  show  an  earnest  desire  for  knowing  them. 

Look  at  the  powers  and  means  that  are  stated  be- 
fore you  with  mathematical  evidence.  Can  you 
discover  any  material  error  in  the  statement?  If  not, 
can  any  of  you  behold  them  with  dull  insensibility, 
or  perhaps  with  childish  derision ! — Can  any  of  you 
refuse  his  most  eager  inquiry  into  the  offered  means  ? 
Can  any  of  you  behold  these  joyful  and  awful  means 
without  trembling,  for  fear  some  foreign  people  may 
come  to  the  knowledge  and  possession  of  them  before 
you,  and  abuse  them  for  enslaving  you  and  tarnishing 
your  national  glory  for  ever  ? 

You  are  offered  to  associate  into  bodies,  for  close 
investigation  and  mature  deliberation,  to  ascertain  the 
merit  of  the  proposals,  without  expenses :  you  may 
then  induce  your  government  to  patronise  or  lead  the 
applications  of  the  means,  if  you  think  proper. 

Ye,  who  form  the  councils  of  the  nation,  and  who 
are  the  leaders  of  the  people — here  is  an  extensive  un- 


1!7 

trodden  field  for  the  exercise  of  your  wisdom,  talents, 
patriotism,  and  beneficial  influence  on  mankind  at 
large — the  time  is  come  when  you  are  put  to  the 
alternative,  to  show  to  the  world,  whether  you  are 
guided  by  wisdom  or  prejudice.  It  is  not  a  mere 
transient,  humble  individual  that  speaks  to  you  ;  it 
is  omnipotent  truth  proved  and  recorded,  which  will 
bear  incorruptible  witness  to  the  world  either  for  or 
against  you. 


THE 

PARADISE 

WITHIN  THE  REACH  OF  ALL  MEN, 

WITHOUT  LABOUR, 

BY  POWERS  OF  NATURE  AND   MACHINERY, 

AN  ADDRESS 

TO  ALL  INTELLIGENT  MEN. 

IN  TWO  PARTS. 


BIT  jr.  A.  £TZIi£Ifi. 


SECOND  PART. 


Toil  and  poverty  will  be  no  more  among  men 
Nature  affords  infinite  powers  and  wealth  ; 
Let  us  but  observe  and  reason. 

The  wise  examines  before  he  jud  ges; 
The  fool  judges  before  he  examines. 


.      LONDON; 

JOHN  BROOKS,  421,  OXFORD  STREET 
MDCCCXXXVI. 


The  first  part  explains  the  general  ideas  on  the  sub- 
ject of  the  paradise  to  he  created  for  all  men.  This 
second  part  is  to  point  out  the  gradual  proceedings  for 
the  introduction  of  those  means  into  our  country. 

1  shall  here  begin  with  the  most  simple  and  the 
least  expensive  experiment,  and  then  pursue,  step  by 
step,  the  most  natural  course  to  be  taken  in  this 
country,  until  all  the  ultimate  objects  of  the  paradise 
be  attained. 

No  country  in  the  world  is  evidently  better  situated 
and  constituted  for  the  application  of  the  means  in 
contemplation,  without  the  least  detrimental  conse- 
quences to  any  person,  than  the  United  States.  Free 
from  the  blast  of  arbitrary  despotism,  with  an  unculti- 
vated territory,  sufficient  for  the  reception  of  more 
than  one  hundred  millions  of  men,  which  might  revel 
here  in  superabundance  of  all  necessaries,  comforts, 
and  luxuries  of  life,  the  United  States  might  easily 
accelerate  their  march  towards  their  supreme  power 
and  influence  over  the  whole  world,  by  inducing  emi- 
grants from  Europe  to  settle  in  our  extensive  wilder- 
nesses in  the  west,  with  the  application  of  the  proposed 
means.  It  would  require  from  Congress  nothing  more 
than  to  grant  tracts  of  land  for  settlements,  on  reason- 
able terms,  with  a  credit  for  a  few  years.  The  pay  for 

M 


122 

such  land  might  be  discharged  by  extensive  improve- 
ments for  the  benefit  of  the  nation,  such  as  rail-roads, 
canals,  draining  of  swamps,  dams  along  rivers  against 
noxious  inundations,  establishments  for  new  settlers 
and  travellers,  vehicles  for  transporting  men,  and  things 
of  any  bulk  and  weight,  over  land  and  water,  to  the 
immense  benefit  of  the  community  at  large,  which  the 
new  means  aff'ord. 

The  first  society  for  the  application  of  some  or  all 
the  proposed  means,  after  having  made  some  small 
establishment  for  the  practice  and  exhibition  of  them, 
may  obtain  from  the  government  patents  for  their  new 
inventions,  and  for  tracts  of  land  to  be  settled  and  cul- 
tivated by  their  new  means. 

The  immense  forests  of  the  nation  afford  not  the 
least  income,  even  for  generations  to  come  yet,  if 
things  go  on  as  hitherto.  The  application  of  the  pro- 
posed means,  and  if  it  were  but  for  the  cultivation  of 
soil  at  the  beginning,  by  which  man  may  change, 
without  labour,  any  wilderness  into  the  finest  gardens, 
to  any  extent  of  the  country,  would  rapidly  draw  a 
vast  concourse  of  emigrants  from  the  older  parts  of 
the  United  States,  and  chiefly  from  Europe,  to  our 
unsettled  western  country,  if  our  government  would 
make  some  suitable  provisions  of  laws  for  encouraging 
settlements,  which  might  easily  be  done,  to  the  great 
incalculable  benefits  both  to  the  settlers  and  the 
nation  in  general.  It  is  not  the  extent  of  surface  that 
adds  any  thing  to  the  power  and  weal  of  the  nation  ;  it 
is  the  increase  of  population  and  aggregate  wealth  that 
constitute  our  national  greatness.  If  we  have  means 
to  produce  that  greatness  of  our  nation  within  our 


123 

time,  what  reason  should  there  be  to  leave  this  to  be 
done  by  a  remote   posterity?      Where  is   the   man 
whose  pulse  will  not  beat  quicker,  when  he  conies  to 
understand  the  means  for  rendering  our  free  country, 
within  a  few  years,  the  most  beautifully  cultivated  one 
in  the  whole  world — to  see  our  immense  monotone 
woods  and  dismal  sw:amps  turned  into  the  most  de- 
lightful  gardens,    abounding    of    every    thing    that 
pleases  the  sight,  and  taste,  and  the  smell,  and  the 
fancy  ;  to  travel  on  beautifully  bordered  rivers,  canals? 
rail-roads,  in  any  direction,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  within  a  few  days,  in  all  imaginable 
comforts  and  ease?     And   this  would  be    but   part 
of  the   results  of  the  application  of  all  the  means 
proposed. 

Let  but  the  first  experiment  be  known  in  Europe  ; 
grant  to  emigrants  land,  as  much  as  they  want  to  cul- 
tivate, on  fair  terms,  and  a  credit  of  from  three  to  ten 
years — which  will  be  no  risk  for  the  government,  and 
none  for  the  settlers ;  and  you  will  see  the  effects  ! — 
The  dense  population  in  Europe,  the  abhorred  system 
of  government  there,  the  universal  dissatisfaction  of 
the  great  mass  of  the  people,  the  distress  and  oppres- 
sion that  afflict  the  majority  of  the  people,  the  certain 
prospect  to  a  far  happier  life,  without  exertions,  in 
this  country — all  will  conspire  to  direct  unheard-of 
torrents  of  emigrations  to  our  country  ;  add  to  this> 
that  henceforth  the  ocean  may  be  crossed  in  a  few 
days  by  new,  powerful  means,  not  in  fragile  vessels, 
but  on  indestructible  floats,  or  floating  islands,  with- 
out danger,  in  all  comforts  and  ease. 
Americans !  this  is  the  course  you  have  to  take,  and 


124 

your  unparalleled  glory  and  dominion  over  tlic  world 
is  a  decided  matter. 

This  course  is  in  accordance  with  the  proceedings 
you  have  followed  hitherto.  It  is  quite  natural  to 
your  situation,  to  your  constitution  and  laws.  Con- 
gress grant  tracts  of  land  to  societies  which  undertake 
the  cultivation  of  the  grape,  or  of  the  silkworm,  or  of 
some  produces  that  may  add  to  the  henefit  of  the  com- 
munity at  large  ;  and  the  same  grant  patents  for  in- 
ventions and  improvements:  our  constitution  requires 
to  do  so,  because  it  behoves  to  an  enlightened  nation 
to  encourage  whatever  tends  to  the  improvement  of 
the  human  condition,  in  physical,  moral,  and  intellec- 
tual respects.  Nothing  else  is  required  now,  for  in- 
ducing people  of  our  own  and  foreign  countries  to 
apply  the  proposed  means  for  changing  your  barren 
forests  into  gardens  of  delight  and  superabundance. 
Millions  and  tens  of  millions  will,  and  must,  emigrate 
from  distressed  Europe  within  a  few  years.  The 
knowledge  of  the  proposed  means,  the  first  and  sim- 
plest experiments,  in  their  application  will  powerfully 
excite  the  minds,  and  facilitate  emigration,  and  set- 
tling in  wildernesses,  in  a  degree  unexperienced  yet. 
It  is  nothing  but  your  liberal  institutions,  that  may 
attract  the  tide  of  emigrants  from  Europe  to  your  coun- 
try, in  preference  to  others.  The  American  country  is 
extensive,  and  very  thinly  inhabited.  The  middle  and 
southern  parts  afford  superior  climates,  and  are  not 
inferior  to  the  United  States  in  any  other  respect,  ex- 
cept in  their  progress  of  civilisation  and  institutions. 
Hitherto  emigrants  and  new  settlers  had  to  encounter 
many  dangers,  hardships,  and  difficulties,  and  a  great 


125 

part  of  tliem  fell  victims  to  their  enterprising  spirit. 
Tb.ey  had  to  undergo  hard  labour,  to  cut  the  trees 
vith  the  axe,  to  unroot  the  brushes  wiih  the  hoe,  to 
rtmove  and  destroy  the  massy  piles  of  timber  and 
brushes,  to  work  with  the  spade  and  the  plough,  to 
reap  with  the  sickle  and  scythe,  &c.  &c. ;  they 
hi'.d  to  pay  the  work  of  beasts  for  draught  dearly,  by 
raising  large  crops  for  their  food,  with  hard  toil; 
they  had  no  other  prospects  for  many  years,  but  con- 
tinual hard  labour ;  the  hopes  of  acquiring  gradually 
an  indepc.ident  situation,  and  improvement  of  their 
condition,  could  only  induce  them  to  set  about  for 
ruch  arduous  task.  But  how  many  have  been  sadly 
disappointed  in  their  fond  hopes?— Sickness  and  pre- 
mature death,  in  consequence  of  unwholesome  exha- 
lations of  putrid  swamps,  or  decaying  vegetables  in 
tluir  r.ci;.!:libourhood,  of  being  compelled  to  expose 
their  bodies  to  all  the  bad  influences  of  wet,  heat,  and 
cob!, — of  improper  food,  over-exertions  of  their  bodily 
strength, — have  but  too  frequently  been  the  rewards  for 
their  l•au(^•^ble  enterprises.  Look  at  the  western  popu- 
lation in  the  backwoods  ! — Tbe  emaciated  pale  faces 
of  the  greatest  part,  especially  in  summer,  exhibit  the 
enfeebled  state  of  their  health. 

J3;it,  si'ppose  extensive  tracts  of  land,  cleared  at 
once  from  their  spontaneous  growth,  that  kept  the  soil 
in  pcvpetiial  shade,  the  rivers  and  creeks  confined  in 
properly  narrowed  channels  by  dams,  the  swamps 
drained  by  ditches,  or  filled  up,  the  decaying  vege- 
tables removed,  the  soil  in  this  state  exposed  to  the 
rays  of  the  sun  for  one  or  more  years  ;  suppose  such 
an  improvement  to  be,  not  for  some  hundreds  of  acres, 

M  2 


126 

as  you  find  them  now  at  most,  but  for  ten,  twenty,  or 
more  miles  in  diameter— and  you  will  have  a  climate 
as  fine  and  healthy  as  any  where  on  the  globe  may  be 
found  under  equal  latitude.     This  can  be   effected, 
without  human  labour,  within  one  year,  by  one  of  the 
most  simple  means  of  my  proposals.     Render  such 
improvements    of    land  any  where  in    our   western 
countries  accessible  to  the  poor  as  well  as  to  the  rich, 
which  may  be  done   to  the  greatest  benefits  for  the 
nation,  for  the  owners  of  the  ground,  and  for  the  set- 
tlers themselves ;  and  your  wildernesses  will  soon  be 
thronged  with  inhabitants,  feeling  themselves  happier 
than  ever  a  people  was.     Your  hideous   wilderness, 
that  is  now  but  the  habitation  of  brutes,  and  venom- 
ous or  loatlisonie  vermin,  and  a  few  scattered  misera- 
ble Indians,  will  rapidly  become  the  delightful  abodes 
of  happy,  intelligent,  human  beings.     By  a  simple 
application  of  the  new  means,  the  soil  so  prepared, 
will  be  covered  with  luxuriant  growth  of  all  desirable 
vegetables  that  the  climate  admits  of,  the  finest  gar- 
dens,  extending  many  miles  in  every  direction,  in 
beautiful  arrangement  and  symmetry,  will,  at  once 
appear.     Snakes,  mosquitoes,  and  other   troublesome 
vermin    will   have    disappeared,    the   causes   of  their 
existence  being  annihilated.     These  first  great  things 
may   be    effected  by    the  superintendence  of  two  or 
four  men,  at  the  rate  of  several  hundred  acres  per 
day  ! 

The  next  objects  to  be  created  are  those  buildings 
which  the  proposed  means  afford.  It  would  be  folly 
itself  to  live  in  buildings  of  our  present  make,  which 
require  now  so  much  ado,  and  are,  after  all,  compara- 


J27 

tively  speaking,  but  poor  contrivances.  People  may 
then  please  their  own  fancy,  and  adapt  the  buildings 
to  their  utmost  "wishes,  without  working,  or  troubling 
themselves,  and  uilhout  expenses  of  account. 

Next  to  the  habitations  in  all  the  devised  novel 
splendour,  and  enjoyments,  and  comforts,  come  the 
furnitures,  garments,  and  dresses  into  consideration  ; 
and  establishments  for  the  productions  of  the  proposed 
kind,  are  to  be  created  and  put  into  operation. 

It  will  readily  be  conceived,  that  not  every  commu- 
nity needs  an  establishment  for  composing  and  con- 
structing the  materials  for  buildings,  and  other  com- 
modities, furnitures,  machineries,  dress,  Sec. ;  but  one 
•  establishment  of  the  kind  is  suiTicient  for  many  com- 
munities, after  roads  and  means  for  transporting  great 
weights  are  established. 

Next  to  tin?-,  floating  islands,  constructed  of  the 
materials  which  the  piesent  spontaneous  growth  of 
timber  chiefly  aflbrd,  for  crossing  the  ocean  at  the  rate 
of  1000  miles  in  twenty-four  hours.  These  large 
floats,  covered  with  earth  and  buildings,  propelled  by 
mighl)i  engines,  that  the  powers  of  the  motions  of  the 
ocean,  the  wind,  and  the  heat  of  the  sun,  at  once  may 
operate  upon,  will  be  used  for  carrying  the  surplus  of 
productions  to  distant  markets,  and  taking  in  return 
the  surplus  of  foreign  climates,  and  thousands  of 
emigrating  families,  i'or  settling  in  the  new  prepared 
country. 

These  emigrations  and  new  settlements  must,  in 
the  progress  of  the  new  means,  become  cheaper  and 
cheaper,  and  soon  be  almost  of  no  expenses  at  all  to 


128 

the  undertakers,  while  they  yield  uncalculable  benefits 
to  the  same,  to  the  nation,  and  the  settlers. 

It  is  incumbent  to  the  government  of  the  United 
States  to  take  the  lead  of  these  great  events,  and  it 
will  have  to  make  some  arrangement.  If  the  govern- 
ment understands  the  interest  of  the  nation,  it  cannot 
help  affording  every  facility  and  encouragement  to 
new-comers  from  the  old  country;  for  their  settling  is 
an  increase  of  the  nation,  and  even  more  valuable  than 
any  conquest  in  foreign  countries.  It  will  require  but 
little  additions  to  the  present  provisions  of  laws  for 
peopling  the  uninhabited  regions  of  the  United 
States.  What  the  most  beneiicial  arrangements  are 
to  be,  will  immediately  be  suggested  by  the  nature  of 
the  means,  and  the  advantages  to  be  derived  from  a 
great  population.  Sound  policy  will  permit  emigra- 
tion as  long  as  there  is  any  good  to  be  derived  for  the 
nation ;  and  this  is  the  case  as  long  as  there  is  room 
enough  for  producing  the  suflicient  necessaries  and 
comforts  for  the  whole  population.  This  policy  must 
not  only  iWt  throw  no  impediment  in  the  way  of  emi- 
grating and  settling  ;  but  it  must  also  facilitate  the 
same,  and  make>  all  the  arrangements  the  new  means 
afford.  These  arrangements  consist  but  in  increasiing 
|lie  simple  machineries  as  proposed ;  and  these  machi- 
neries are  of  such  materials  as  will  cost  little  or 
nothing  ;  the  converting  of  the  raw  materials  into  the 
machineries  and  buildings,  and  the  other  articles  for 
the  use  of  men  cost  nothing. 

The  immediate  effect  of  the  application  of  the  new 
means  will  be,  that  all  what  now  constitutes  wealth 


129 

will  lose  its  value.  So  what  is  at  present  called  wealth 
will  be  of  no  consideration.  The  emiu;rants  from 
foreign  countries  need  not  to  have  property  ;  and  if 
they  have,  it  will  be  of  little  use.  For  what  bencHt 
could  they  derive  from  it  here,  when  the  new  means 
are  in  application? — The  means  for  their  transport, 
floating-  islands  on  sea,  and  large  vehicles  on  adapted 
roads  by  land,  are  made  by  machineries  that  cost  no- 
thing ;  they  are  propelled  by  powers  that  cost  nothing, 
and  conducted  by  men  whose  labour  is  not  required  ; 
who  live  thereon  at  ])leasure,  and  may  cost  nothing,  or 
an  insignificant  trifle  at  most.  The  soil  is  prepared  by 
machineries,  the  buildings  are  erected,  the  articles  of 
use  and  comfort  are  made,  by  machineries  that  cost 
nothing.  So  the  emigrants  may  find  every  thing 
prepared  for  reception ;  they  have  but  to  take  posses- 
sion, learn  to  superintend  the  new  establishments,  and 
continue  to  improve  their  happy  situation.  In  return 
for  these  great  benefits,  which  could  now  not  be  bought 
by  any  wealth,  they  have  only  to  enlarge  their  estab- 
lishments, their  cullivation  of  soil,  their  buildings  5cc., 
to  multiply  new  establishments  for  other  new  settlers, 
to  extend  the  roads  and  other  improvements,  for  the 
general  benefit  of  the  nation,  by  their  increasing  means 
and  machineries,  which  will  cost  nothing  but  the  su- 
perintendence of  a  small  portion  of  themselves.  This 
is  the  proceeding  of  all  emigrants.  Their  actual  pro- 
perty will  then  be  of  no  account.  The  whole  arrange- 
ments will  then  consist  in  making  contracts  with  the 
emigrants  for  paying  their  new  possessions  created  in 
that  matter  as  mentioned,  by  making  certain  other 
establishments  of  the  same  kind,  roads,  dams,  floats, 


130 

and  other  new  improvements,  within  a  certain  time, 
by  their  new  means.  This  requires  no  habour  on  their 
part,  and  no  wealth,  but  only  some  pleasant  attention 
and  occupation,  by  turn,  amoni^  themselves.  Their  pro- 
perty of  the  present  kinds,  if  they  had  any,  could  effect 
nothing  in  all  these  new  purposes,  and  would  be,  at 
most,  but  a  trifling  addition.  All  wants  are  to  be  sup- 
plied by  the  productions  of  the  means,  or  by  the  ex- 
change of  surplus  with  that  of  foreign  climates.  All 
tliis  is  to  be  effected  in  a  general  way,  without  expenses 
of  individuals.  All  artificial  productions  of  our  pre- 
sent time  can  then  have  but  very  little,  or  no  intrinsic 
value,  they  being  superseded  by  other  productions,  that 
cost  nothing.  So  whatever  can  be  bought  with  money 
now,  will  have  no  value.  If  the  artificial  products 
should  be  of  any  use  at  all,  it  must  be  to  place  some 
of  them  into  the  museum,  merely  to  preserve  them 
for  after  ages :  they  may  then  excite  curiosity,  as  spe- 
cimens of  our  present  industry  ;  they  may  then  truly 
excite  wonder  at  the  great  pains  we  have  taken  for 
producing  so  few  little  things  and  small  toys,  nearly  in 
the  same  manner  as  when  we  behold  in  a  museum 
now  the  curious  trifles  of  savages. 

Therefore,  it  is  not  what  we  call  now  wealth,  but 
the  number  of  human  individuals  and  intelligence, 
in  which  you  will  have  to  look  for  the  increase  of 
national  wealth,  and  power,  and  influence. 

Thus,  without  a  combined  system  of  arrangements, 
but  merely  by  contracts,  that  require  no  sacrifice  from 
the  nation  on  one  side,  and  neither  wealth  nor  exertion 
from  the  settlers  on  the  other  side,  a  new  and  infinitely 
happier  state  of  things  than  any  conceived  yet,  may  be 


131 

effected  in  our  country,  and  gradually  in  the  whole 
world,  without  any  violence ;  for  one  community,  or 
settlement,  will  always  provide  for  a  number  of  others 
to  come  after  tliem  ;  then  every  one  of  these  has  to  do 
the  same  for  others  to  succeed,  and  so  forth.  Suppose, 
for  instance,  a  community  should  finish  in  one  year 
nine  establishments,  with  buildings  and  the  finest 
gardens  sufficient  for  at  least  1000  individuals  each, 
it  would  then  require  no  more  than,  at  most,  ten 
men's  continual  employment ;  and  if  the  community 
have  500  adults  proper  for  it,  it  would  require,  out  of 
fifty  days,  one  for  attendance  of  every  one.  So  every 
community  may  increase,  without  exertion  or  tedious 
occupation  of  any  human  being,  but  in  a  play-like 
manner,  to  ten  communities,  provided  with  the  most 
sumptuous  habitations  and  gardens,  and  every  thing 
desirable.  The  communities  would  thus  increase  in 
theprogression,— 1,  10,  100,  1000,  10,000,  100,000, 
&c.  Supposing  every  community  to  be  of  1000  indi- 
viduals, the  sixth  succession  would  amount  to  100 
millions  of  men,  with  completed  establishments  of  the 
new  purposed  kind.  At  the  sujiposed  rate,  in  six  years 
the  whole  European  population  might  be  provided  for 
in  the  stated  manner. 

Thus  your  country  may  soon  be  densely  populated, 
and  a  continual  garden  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean,  filled  with  all  that  is  delightful  to  man  ; 
with  palaces,  and  roads  with  locomotive  conveniences, 
in  every  direction  for  travelling,  \\ithin  two  or  three 
days,  from  one  extremity  of  the  United  Slates  to  the 
other,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.    Many 


132 

p^reat  things,  not  thought  of  yet,  y.\\\  then  he  imme- 
diately executed.  You  will  acquire  rapidly  tlie  means 
for  effecting-  in  one  year  more  than  hitherto  could  he 
done  in  thousands  of  years,  hy  the  densest  population. 
Your  government  will  then  have  to  pursue  ohjects 
widely  different  from  what  they  are  now,  and  of  a  far 
greater  extent,  and  of  a  superior  kind.  Your  system 
of  society  will  he  far  less  complicated.  There  will  he 
no  tax-gathering,  no  occasion  for  complicated  laws 
for  the  protection  of  private  property.  Your  military 
power  will  be  of  a  nature  quite  different  from  what  it 
is  now.  Other  means,  other  powers  are  at  your  dis- 
posal ;  and  prudence  will  compel  you  to  keep  your 
superiority  in  power  over  other  nations  safe,  by  a  due 
regard  to  the  application  of  the  new  means. 

Your  present  constitution  is  sufficient  for  the  new 
order  of  things  ;  and  it  is  the  most  favourable  for  po- 
pulating your  country  to  the  greatest  general  happiness 
of  the  inhabitants. 

You  may  lay  out  your  wilderness  into  convenient 
districts  of  moderate  extent:  every  district  will  rise 
into  an  independent  state,  as  soon  as  its  population  will 
amount  to  50,000  individuals  ;  and  may  then  make  its 
own  laws.  Thus  people  who  are  assimilated  in  lan- 
guage, dialects,  manners,  and  customs,  may  unite 
themselves  at  their  emigration  and  settling  for  the 
same  district,  until  they  arc  numerous  enough  to  form 
a  slate. 

Thus  your  wilderness,  now  not  of  the  least  use  to 
you,  may  be,  within  ten  years,  filled  with  intelligent 
inhabitants  of  many   different  tongues,  in  separate 


133 

states,  uuitinj^  with  you  under  your  wise  constitution 
into  one  oreat  nation,  and  keeping-  in  awe  the  rest  of 
the  world. 

Your  objects  will  then  be,  to  have  effected,  with 
your  g:igantic  means,  every  thing  that  may  contribute 
to  the  convenience  and  happiness  of  tlie  inhabitants, 
and  to  render  your  whole  country  a  paradise  as  much 
as  possible. 

Not  only  wealth  and  physical  means  for  the  general 
benefit,  but  chiefly  increase  and  diffusion  of  useful 
knowledges    and    intelligence  throughout  the  whole 
population  will  then  be  the  objects  of  your  government. 
For  you  and  your  new  settlers  will  then  be  no  more 
slaves  to  labour;  there  will  be  no  poor  rapacious  being 
in   human   shape,  that  must  be  kept  by  compulsive 
means  and  dread  in  submission ;  for  whatever  man 
sees  there,  he  may  freely  partake  of,  without  trouble 
or  pay.     They  will  be  all  wealthy,  and  a  great  deal 
wealthier  than    the  wealthiest  among  you  now.     So 
there  will  be  no  object  of  robbery  and  cheat.     Men 
have  then  time  to  receive  instruction,  to  pursue  the 
road  towards  the  increase  of  their  intelligence ;  they 
may  do  it  without  exertions:  for  real  knowledges  re- 
quire but  observation;  and  this  is  always  excited  in 
placing  the  things  themselves  before  the  eyes  of  men, 
who  are  naturally  too  curious,  as  not  to  observe  what- 
ever strikes  their  minds.     This  is  all  what  will  be  re- 
quired :  and  you  will  be  under  no  limit  of  wealth  to 
effect  it.     Thus  it  is,  that  the  most  intelligent  class 
among  you  may  spread  intelligence  (knowledge  of  real 
things)  through  the  mass  of  men,  by  proper  institutions 
for  education  and  public  instruction,  by  museums,  Sec. ; 

N 


134 

and  ignorance  and  its  offspring,  superstition,  will  be 
dispelled  without  other  efforts,  like  mist  is  dispelled 
by  the  rays  of  the  sun. 

Besides  your  own  benefits,  that  must  result  in  the 
highest  degree  of  happiness  that  your  nature  be  capa- 
ble to  enjoy,  and  of  which  you  can  have  at  present  no 
perfect  idea,  look  at  the  great,  fortunate  effect  that  you 
will  produce  upon  other  peoples  !  Europe  is  fraught 
with  bloody  revolutions  and  wars :  you  will  cause 
outlets  to  its  dense,  distressed  population,  and  save 
thereby  great  bloodsheds.  The  slaves  in  your  country 
will  cease  to  be  slaves,  without  any  effort,  without  any 
new  law,  without  any  loss  to  their  masters ;  for  the 
new  mechanical  means  will  supersede  their  employ- 
ment :  there  will  be  no  use  for  slaves  any  longer  to 
any  purpose ;  they  will  be  of  no  value  whatever  to 
their  masters ;  they  will  have  no  occasion  for  them. 
You  may  then  easily  dispose  of  this  unfortunate  race 
of  men  in  the  manner  you  please:  send  them  to  some 
distant  part  of  the  world,  if  you  think  proper;  colonize 
them,  make  them  as  happy  as  they  can  be,  and  make 
some  amends  for  the  grievous  wrongs  they  have  suf- 
fered in  this  country. 

While  you  are  sending  away  this  race  for  your  own 
benefit,  you  may  fill  your  country  with  the  most  ci- 
vilized and  most  intelligent  part  of  the  European  po- 
pulation. The  sciences  and  arts  which  tend  to  the 
improvement  of  the  human  condition,  in  physical  and 
intellectual  respects,  will  then  flourish  in  your  land  and 
be  diffused,  not  merely  among  a  small,  fortunate  class 
of  men,  as  hitherto,  but  throughout  the  mass  of  the 
people,  who  are  no  more  under  the  ignominious  yoke 


135 

of  hard  labour  for  their  subsistence  ;  but  who  will  then 
have  leisure  and  means  in  plenty  for  the  cultivation  of 
their  minds.  Europe  is  almost  overstocked  with  men 
of  learning,  so  that  the  greatest  part  of  them  have  to 
take  recourse  to  meaner  employments  for  their  sub- 
sistence, and  who  would  find  themselves  very  happy 
in  employments  suitable  to  their  talents  and  know- 
ledges, being  provided  with  plenty  of  every  thing  to 
their  reasonable  wishes,  in  a  situation  of  all  the  re- 
finements of  human  enjoyments  and  social  pleasures, 
abounding  with  means  for  study  and  investigation  in 
their  respective  branches  of  useful  learning.  Present 
them  such  situation,  that  will  cost  you  nothing,  and 
you  will  see  thousands  of  teachers  emigrating,  and 
many  of  the  most  eminent  acquirements. 

Thus  your  nation  will  rapidly  increase,  not  merely 
in  bulk,  but  with  intelligent  people  of  all  civilized  na- 
tions. Such  will  be  your  glorious  conquests  :  you  will 
conquer  the  minds  of  the  most  intelligent  part  of  man- 
kind, without  fire  and  sword,  but  by  your  superior  in- 
stitutions and  geographical  advantages,  and  by  your 
means  for  general  human  happiness ;  they  will  come 
to  you,  and  join  you,  not  as  mean  subjects,  but  as 
brethren  and  sisters.  Humanity,  mutual  benevolence, 
will  no  longer  be  stifled  by  mean,  sordid  avarice,  the 
necessary  consequence  of  want,  and  fear  of  want.  They 
will  enjoy  their  lives  in  your  new,  happy  land :  its 
products  will  he  as  cheap  and  as  free  as  air  and  water ; 
for  they  will  require  no  longer  the  human  exertions. 
In  return  for  these  benefits,  you  may  reap  the  advan- 
tages of  their  knowledges,  and  thus  gradually  increase 
and  difi'use  intelligence  throughout  the  nation. 


136 

Is   this,    perliaps,  but  a  (.lieain  : — Europe  will  be 
approached  to  you    within   three  or  four  days'  jour- 
ney.    Your   powerful   floating   islands    will  rapidly 
increase  at  your  coasts  to  the  east  and  west.     Your 
immense  forests  will,   without  labour  or  expense,  be 
quickly  converted  into  large,  massy  floats  of  convenient 
timber :    they  may  carry  away  from  Eurojte  millions 
of  men  within  a  few  weeks.     No  power  can  prevent 
them  from  so  doing.     There  is  no  danger,  no  tedious 
journey,  no  expense,  no  inconvenience,  no  hardship 
on  these  floats,   no  uncertainty  in  speed,  no  fear  of 
attack  ;  they  may  be  rendered  impregnable  fortresses. 
Where  should  then  be  the  reason  to  deem  the  exhibited 
idea  a  dream  ? — The  powers  are  immense,  of  no  ex- 
pense, the  means  for  their  application  to  such  effects 
simple  without  expense  ! — No — ignorance  and  preju- 
dice only  may  deem  such  things  impossible,  because 
they  never  reasoned — but  I  appeal  to  reason.     Should 
this,  my  appeal,  be  in  vain  among  you,  what  then  ? — 
Why,  the  eff"ect  will,  and  must  then  turn  against  you. 
What  would  become  of  your  nation,  if  the  same  means 
should  be  turned  against  you  from  populous  Europe? 
Neither  your  distance,  nor  your  extensive  woods,  nor 
your  gunpowder,  could  protect  you  against  the  means 
that  these  powers  aff'ord. — Look  to  this  while  it  is  lime! 
llenceforth  it  is  no  more  the  strength  of  the  human 
arm,  or  the  number  of  men,  nor  personal  courage  and 
bravery,  nor  the  talents  of  military  commanders,  nor 
the  advantages  of  geographical  situations,  that  give 
power  to  a  nation,  but  it  is  intelligence  (knowledge  of 
useful  things).     Those  who  will  not  advance  with  the 
progress  of  the  time,  but  who   pride  themselves  in 


137 

adhering  blindly  to  old  notions,  are  like  crazy  men, 
who  would  run  with  their  eyes  shut :  both  must  get 
hurt. 

Our  present  time  has  brought  forth  the  knowledge 
of  new  things;  is  it  wise  for  any  man  to  slight  them, 
under  any  pretence  whatever? 

Europe  will  almost  come  into  contact  with  America, 
within  three  days'  journey  ! — It  depends  now  from  you 
whether  you  will  take  advantage  of  this  approach,  or 
give  it  away.  If  you  take  it  in  time,  you  will  have 
it  for  ever; — if  you  leave  the  chance  to  other  nations 
before  you,  you  will  have  lost  it  for  ever  :  for  what 
could  you  do  against  an  inundation  of  armies  with 
new  kinds  of  weapons,  against  which  you  are  defence- 
less— with  migrations  of  millions,  headed  by  irresisti- 
ble engines  and  foreign  despots  ? 

The  powers  and  means  presented  to  you  here  may 
prove,  in  the  hands  of  barbarity,  a  curse,  a  slavery  of 
nations,  and  in  llie  hands  of  intelligence,  the  greatest 
blessings  for  mankind. 

There  is  yet  another  danger  to  be  apprehended,  if 
these  means  should  be  left  to  chance,  without  some 
social  arrangement.  JNIan's  laboui'  will  lose  all  value; 
there  will  be  no  demand  for  it ;  things  will  become 
cheaper  and  cheaper  :  but  wherewith  shall  the  la- 
bouring class  buy,  if  they  have  nothing  to  pay  with  ? 
Violences  will  be  consequences  of  necessity,  and  the 
end  hurtful  on  all  sides;  therefore,  some  social  arrange- 
ments are  to  be  made  for  preventing  bad  conse- 
quences; and  it  is  rational  to  introduce  the  most 
pr()])cr  system  for  applying  these  discoveries  to  the 
N  2 


138 

greatest  benefit  that  can  be  derived  from  them,  before 
it  is  too  late. 

A  now  state  of  society,  anew  constitution  of  state, 
entirely  different  from  any  extant,  without,  however, 
being  in  contradiction  with  the  constitution  of  the 
United  States,  is  to  be  inseparable  from  the  general 
practice  of  the  new  means. 

What  this  new  statfe  of  society,  this  new  constitution 
of  state,  is  to  be,  will  the  necessary  effects  of  the  prac- 
tice of  these  means  suggest  of  themselves.  The  new  . 
state  of  society,  the  new  institutions  and  laws,  are  to  be 
far  less  artificial  and  less  complicated ,  than  they  are 
at  present.  What  perplexity  is  there  now  in  raising 
taxes,  in  enacting  and  applying  laws  for  ilie  protec- 
tion of  persons  and  property !  How  frequently  is  it 
not  a  matter  of  the  greatest  sagacity  and  historical 
knowledges  of  jnridicial  decisions,  and  the  most  subtle 
scrutiny,  to  discern  right  from  Nvrong,  even  in  the  most 
important  cases  !  What  volumes  of  laws,  and  deci- 
sions of  courts,  arc  not  often  to  be  searched  and  con- 
sulted for  instruction  in  law  cases  !  Old  laws  of  times 
which  we  now  call  barbarous  and  superstitious,  even 
of  Old  England  and  the  ancient  Roman  Em])ire,  are 
often  to  be  the  guides  in  this  country,  contradictory  as 
they  be  among  themselves  and  to  a  mo're  enlightened 
age  ;  and  how  little  good  "ensues  very  often  from  their 
application  !  How  scanty  are  the  provisions  of  public 
institutions  for  the  general  weal,  for  want  of  means  ! 

How  different  must  be  the  new  state  of  things? — 
All  the  physical  wants  are  supplied  abundantly,  in  a 
general  way,  without  manual  labour,     A  .small  com- 


.  139 

pensiUion,  at  most,  is  perliaps  for  a  time  required  from 
tliereccivers  of  the  bencCits;   which  .may  consist  in  a 
few,  days'  superintendence  of.  machinery  in  twelve 
months,  of  every  one,  by  rotation.     Jt  will  not  more  be 
the  business  of  the  individual  to  provide  for  himself; 
but  it  will  be  the  concern'of  the  state  or  community 
to  provide  with  a  sufficient  store  of  every  thing  neces- 
sary or  desirable  forall  its  members.  For  the  produces 
of  the  soil,  and  their  preparation  for  food  and  use  are 
.  the  objects  of  general  establishmeilts,  that  require  no 
labour  and  no  further  expense.     The  surplus  of  the 
productions  are  to  be  applied  to  furnish,  by  exchange, 
the  articles  wanted  from  foreign  climates.     This  again 
is  to  be  done,  not  by  small  conveyances  of  individuals, ' 
but  l)y  new  means  of  transport,  of  great  powers,  and 
the  superintendence  of  but  a  few  men,  which  are  ade- 
quate to  do  tlie   commercial  or  exchanging  business 
for  many  communities,  or  a  whole  state  at  once.    The 
exchanged  articles,  again,  are  the  pvoperty  of  the  com- 
munity at  large,  and  to  be  applied  or  distributed  ac- 
cording to  individual  wants,  so  as  to  afford  equal  be- 
nefits to  all  members.     Elxtraordinary  desires  of  indi- 
viduals may  be  satisfied  thereby,  by   giving  timely 
notice    of    it,    provided    the   objects   be  not   out   of 
reason. 

Thus  all  the  articles  of  fbod,  of  dress,  of  commodity^ 
of  fancy,  of  pleasure,  of  instruction,  Sec,  the  habita- 
tions, the  use  of  the  gardens  and  pleasure-grounds,  all 
the  social  pleasures  and  benefits  imaginable,  are  (jratisj 
to  be  had  by  every  member  of  the  community. 

In  like  manner  are  the  state's  concerns  relative  to 
the  communities  to  be  conducted    Manv  coaimunitiesj 


1  10 

form  a  state.  The  state  has  to  provide  for  general  esta- 
blishments concerninp;  the  whole  state,  inasmuch  as 
they  need  not  be  in  ever}'  community.  For  instance* 
means  of  rapid  and  easy  communication,  roads,  large 
convenient  vehicles  on  land,  and  large  floats,  or 
floating  islands  on  sea,  canals,  mines,  and  any  other 
improvement  for  the  benefit  of  the  state,  are  to  be  the 
objects  of  the  state's  government,  composed  of  depu- 
ties or  representatives  of  the  communities.  All  such 
aff"airs,  again,  require  no  contributions  of  individuals  ; 
but  the  powers  and  means  of  the  proposals  are  to  be 
properly  applied  for  effecting  the  general  state's 
purposes. 

Thus,  whatever  may  be  wanted  for  the  general 
welfare  of  the  state,  for  the  highest  improvement  of 
men.,  in  physical,  intellectual,  and  moral  respects,  is 
the  affair  of  the  state,  and  obtainable,  if  it  can  be 
found  or  produced  any  where  on  the  globe,  without 
tax- gathering,  without  sacrifice  of  any  individual  in 
the  state. 

Means  of  protection  may  be  in  the  hands  of  every 
single  state,  under  the  direction,  however,  of  the 
whole  Union,  in  cases  of  general  interest. 

This  is  the  simple  mode  that  \\ill  lead  directly  to 
the  creation  and  full  enjoyment  of  a  paradise  such  as 
is  pointed  out  in  the  first  part  ;  and  this  is  accessible 
to  all,  to  tlie  inhabitants  of  our  own  country,  and  to  the 
emigrants  from  foreign  nations,  without  hurtful  dis~ 
turbancc,  or  any  violence,  or  loss  to  any  individual. 

Where  arc  such  new  communities  and  states  first  to 
be  founded  ? — 

Evidently,  the  most  conveniently,  in  our  best  parts 
west  of  the  Mississippi. 


in 

To  give  II  clear  concoption  of  the  proceeding  (osvards 
accomplishing  these  purposes,  from  the  beginning, 
gradual  progress,  to  the  ultimate  result  of  the  practice 
of  the  proposed  means,  1  siuill  trace  a  distinct  image 
for  the  consideration  of  reflecting  men,  as  a  natural 
deduction  from  what  has  been  stated. 

J  shall  first  state,  how  a  community  is  to  be  formed 
and  governed,  so  as  to  produce  the  possible  greatest 
henelit  for  every  individual;  and  next  to  this,  the 
formation  of  the  state,  and  general  government. 

The  beginning  and  progress  of  the  new  state  of 
things  may  be  divided  into  jieriods :  each  subsequent 
period  will  produce  new  means ;  and  therefore  is 
each  period  to  be  distinctly  considered  by  itself.  These 
periods  are  the  following  : — 

F^rst period.  An  association  of  an  unlimited  num- 
ber of  members  is  to  be  formed,  for  the  purpose  of 
spreading  the  knowledge  of  these  means  throughout 
the  country,  and  inviting  the  attention  of  the  public 
to  the  subject ;  proposing  meetings  in  convenient 
places,  for  further  examination  and  deliberation,  and 
causing  a  subscription  of  small  shares  for  the  first  ex- 
periment, on  a  suftlciently  large  scale,  so  as  to  be  of 
utility.  A  mathematical  examination  of  the  invention 
to  be  applied  is  then  to  be  made,  and  all  its  details  to 
be  investigated,  so  as  to  ensure  success,  and  establish 
general  conviction,  before  any  money  is  to  be  ex- 
pended. After  the  funds  to  be  employed  are  ascer- 
tained, the  simplest  experiment  is  first  to  be  made. 
Cultivation  of  soil  being  the  most  important  object, 
and  in  the  same  time  practicable,  in  certain  circum- 
stances, with  the  least  expense,  the  first  experiment 


142 

may  be  confined  to  it.  For  this  purpose,  the  most 
convenient  spot  is  to  be  selected,  so  as  to  subject  it 
to  the  possible  least  expenses.  A  piece  of  level 
ground,  witliout  requiring  a  purchase  for  this  pur- 
pose, of  100  acres  at  least,  or  of  several  hundred 
acres,  somewhere  near  the  Atlantic  coast,  is  eligible. 
There  the  proper  arrangements  are  to  be  made,  under 
the  direction  of  a  commission,  cliosen  by  the  majority 
of  the  association,  by  ballots ;  with  sufficient  security 
for  any  money  or  other  valuable  property  to  be  trusted 
into  their  hands.,  and  provided  with  well-deiined  in- 
struction. 

The  result  of  the  progress  of  this  first  experiment  is 
to  be  published  throughout  the  association  in  fixed 
periods,  so  as  to  afford  perfect  knowledge  of  it  to  every 
member.  This  may  be  done  by  printed  reports.  After 
this  experiment  has  realized  the  expectations,  it  is  to 
be  published  in  America  and  Europe. 

Second  period.  Arrangements  are  then  to  be  made 
to  extend  the  application  of  the  proposed  means.  And 
though  it  be  confined  at  first  to  mere  cultivation  of 
soil,  the  same  means  being  adapted  for  all  works  of 
excavating  or  elevating  earth,  it  will  be  in  the  power 
of  the  association  to  make  contracts  with  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States,  highly  advantageous  both 
to  the  nation  and  association,  for  general  improve- 
ments of  various  kinds.  The  payment  for  them  may 
be  taken  chiefly  in  lands  of  Congress,  at  the  usual 
rate.  Patents  for  the  new  inventions  to  be  applied 
may  be  obtained  for  the  association,  in  order  to  pre- 
vent private  speculators  from  using  the  new  means 
to  the  prejudice  of  the  labouring  class  of  the  people. 


143 

This  protection  of  the  association  being  no  more  than 
what  the  constitution  and  laws  of  the  United  States 
grant  for  new  inventions  and  discoveries,  intended 
for  the  benefit  of  the  community  at  large,  there  is 
no  reason  to  apprehend  a  refusal  of  this  lawful  pro- 
tection ;  on  condition,  however,  that  any  individual  is 
accessible  to  the  association,  by  paying  a  share,  which 
may  be  done  in  cash,  or  in  work  for  the  purpose  of  the 
association  ;  so  that  even  the  poorest  may  have  access 
to  the  enjoyment  of  the  full  benefit  of  the  new  means, 
whenever  he  choses.  The  work  to  be  done  for  the 
association  consists  in  constructing  the  first  machine- 
ries, the  first  moulds  for  moulding,  in  transporting 
materials  and  men,  and  finally  in  superintending  es- 
tablished machineries,  as  mentioned. 

After  the  first  experiment  is  made,  the  means  for 
extending  the  application  of  the  new  inventions  will 
rapidly  increase ;  for  the  moderate  shares  to  be  paid, 
and  the  certainty  of  great  gain,  will  induce  the  people 
to  join  the  association. 

It  will  then  soon  become  a  matter  of  necessity  to 
make  great  avnangements  for  extensive  new  settle- 
ments by  means  of  the  new  inventions.  While  the 
association  may  thus  acquire  large  tracts  of  unculti- 
vated land  in  the  west  by  contracts  with  Congress,  for 
forming  new  settlements,  it  may,  in  the  same  time, 
make  contracts  with  owners  of  land  in  the  eastern 
states  for  the  application  of  the  new  means,  increasing 
thereby  their  body  and  collective  wealth. 

The  contracts  with  the  landowners  are  to  be  made 
in  such  a  manner,  that  many  farms  adjoining  each 
other  are  cultivated  by  one  single  establishment  under 


144 

the  supcriiUoiulence  of  a  few  individuals,  engaged  by 
the  association ;  so  that  many  thousand  acres  are  to  be 
transformed  into  the  linest  gardens  imaginable,  and 
yielding,  consequently,  far  richer  crops  on  the  same 
area  than  hitherto  was  possible.  The  compensation  for 
such  culture  and  preparation  of  produces  for  food  and 
use  to  be  made  by  the  owner  of  the  ground,  is  to  be 
a  certain  stipulated  share  of  the  produces. 

Thus  the  farmer  will  see  his  farm  changed  into  the 
finest  garden,  with  produces  ten  times  as  great  and  as 
valuable  as  he  could  derive  hitherto  therefrom  ;  he 
will  have  a  store  of  produces,  for  his  own  use  and  for 
sale,  without  trouble,  without  expense.  He  may  then 
spend  his  time  in  the  manner  he  pleases:  no  work,  no 
hiring  of  labourers,  nor  feeding  of  horses  or  oxen  for 
work,  is  any  more  required  of  him.  Dwellings  and 
store-houses  are  to  be  built  for  him  by  the  new  means. 
The  surplus  of  his  produces  may  be  transported  over 
land  and  sea  by  new  means  of  transport,  through  the 
agency  of  the  association. 

The  association  will  have  an  affluence  of  real  wealth 
in  this  way,  that  will  soon  enable  it  to  accomplish  the 
greatest  purposes  imaginable,  by  the  new  means.  An 
immense  surplus  of  necessaries  and  comforts  of  life 
will  be  created  thereby  for  the  association  and  single 
farmers,  which  is  to  be  exported  on  floating  islands, 
to  supply  whole  nations  in  all  quarters  of  the  globe 
with  them,  in  exchange  for  produces  of  their  own. 

Wealth  begets  wealth ;  and  it  will  thus  soon  be- 
come so  superabundant,  that  all  avarice,  or  fear  of 
want,  will  cease,  and  all  real  wants  of  human  life  will 
be  so  cheap,  or  so  free,  as  air  and  water  is  now.     All 


145 

this  will  be  tlius  effected  witliout  any  hurtful  conse- 
quence or  violent  revolution.  The  most  stupid  and 
most  inveterate  prejudices,  and  blind  adherence  to 
customs,  will  see  themselves  defeated  without  combat ; 
the  change  will  gradually  be  from  good  to  better.  The 
poor  class,  the  mechanic,  and  all  others  depending 
now  on  their  labour,  will  sec  the  plain  road  to  the  in- 
crease of  their  happiness  without  trouble.  They  have 
only  to  pay  a  small  share  in  money  or  work,  and  then 
be  members  of  the  association,  and  sharers  in  all  the 
benefits  resulting  from  the  application  of  the  new 
means.  They  may  emigrate  to  the  west  of  our  coun- 
try, if  they  choose ;  and  enjoy,  after  a  period  of  two  to 
five  years,  a  paradise  without  labour.  The  wealthy 
may  take  at  once  a  large  share  in  the  application  of 
the  new  means,  and  satisfy  his  desires  for  wealth  to 
their  utmost. 

The  contracts  with  Congress  may  be  made  in  the 
following  way,  for  deriving  from  the  new  means  the 
greatest  benefits  for  both  parties. 

The  association  may  select  lands  wherever  they 
choose  beyond  the  Mississippi,  among  Congress  lands, 
within  a  certain  period,  say  within  ten  years,  which  is 
then  to  be  their  property,  provided  they  pay  a  certain 
price,  stipulated  by  Congress,  within  the  same  time. 
The  payment  may  be  made  by  preparing  a  certain 
tract  of  land  for  Congress ;  for  example,  one-fourth  of 
the  land  so  bought  by  the  association  for  the  recep- 
tion of  new  settlers;  such  land,  with  all  the  improve- 
ments the  new  means  afford  thereon,  is  to  be  the  pro- 
perty of  the  Congress :  these  improvements  will  chiefly 
consist  in  the  finest  gardens,  edifices  of  the  described 

o 


146 

kind,  &c. ;  or  an  equivalent  may  be  effected,  by 
making  rail-roads  of  a  superior  kind,  for  large  loco- 
motive engines,  large  floats  with  engines  for  transport 
on  sea,  canals,  draining  swamps,,  making  dams  along 
rivers,  or  other  improvements  or  establishments  for  the 
general  benefit  of  the  nation. 

Thus  the  nation  will  have  acquired,  in  less  than  ten 
years,  improvements  which  could  not  have  been  ef- 
fected in  10,000  years  with  all  the  money  in  the 
world.  For  there  will  be  level  roads,  consisting  of 
large  tables,  many  feet  thick,  and  hard  as  flint,  in 
every  direction,  from  one  extremity  of  the  United 
States  to  the  other,  with  vehicles  for  transporting 
many  thousand  tons  at  once,  and  travelling  1000 
miles  per  day ;  to  cross  the  ocean,  at  the  same  rate,  on 
beautiful  floating  islands,  with  perfect  security  and  in 
all  imaginable  enjoyments  and  comforts.  The  im- 
mense wildernesses  beyond  the  Mississippi  will  be 
changed  into  gardens  with  produces  of  incalculable 
value,  and  filled  with  establishments  for  producing 
things  in  far  greater  quantity  and  of  greater  value 
than  all  the  world  can  produce  now  :  and  all  such 
improvements  will  be  at  the  disposal  of  the  govern- 
ment. 

The  increase  of  the  funds  and  members  of  the 
association  are  to  be  applied  to  increase  the  settle- 
ments. 

Third  period.  It  will  then  be  time  to  make  proper 
arrangements  for  settling  the  territories  beyond  the 
Mississippi  in  the  most  beneficial  mode. 

It  is  evident,  from  what  has  been  stated  of  the  new 
means,  that  the  inhabitants  of  the  new  country  need 


147 

not  to  dwell  in  separate  houses  by  families,  as  hitherto 
has  been  the  case.  The  half  of  the  advantages  of  the 
new  means  would  thus  be  lost,  besides  the  induce- 
ments to  a  more  refined  social  life. 

Although  it  is  not  necessary  that  the  new  means  be 
applied  in  their  full  extent  at  once,  yet  preparations 
ought  to  be  made,  so  that  they  can  come  to  full 
application  as  soon  as  desired,  or  as  practicable.  When 
I  say  here  practicable^  it  is  not  to  be  understood  with 
respect  to  the  means  themselves,  for  these  are  practi- 
cable at  the  beginning  as  well  as  at  any  later  time  ; 
but  the  expression  is  made  in  regard  to  the  prejudices 
of  men.  I  am  aware,  as  well  as  any  person  in  the 
uorld  can  be,  that  prejudices  are  the  great  stumbling- 
block,  which  by  far  the  majority  of  men  cannot  get 
over,  except,  perhaps,  gradually  by  length  of  time. 
The  most  evident  truths  cannot  find  easily  access  into 
the  mind  where  prejudices  of  customs  are  lodged; 
for  to  substitute  old  errors  by  new  truths  requires  re- 
flection, and  believing  in  old  notions  is  more  commo- 
dious to  weak  or  lazy  minds.  Therefore,  I  am  willing 
to  be  accommodating,  as  much  as  it  be  in  any  way 
compatible  with  the  ultimate  attainment  of  the  great 
purposes  in  view,  that  is,  to  aff'ord  as  much  happiness 
to  men  as  possible.  I  hope  I  shall  have  accommo- 
dated the  proposals  to  the  most  common  notions,  in 
beginning  with  the  simplest  contrivance. 

The  new  settlements  are  to  be  laid  out  so  as  to 
admit  of  forming  communities  at  any  time  desired 
These  communities  ought  not  to  be  smaller,  nor  larger, 
than,  for  the  greatest  conveniences  and  the  best  pur- 
poses, is  stated  in  the  first  part ;  that  is,  than  a  building 


148 

of  one-sixteeutli  of  one  square  mile  can  contahi  in 
the  utmost  convenience,  with  the  greatest  saving  of 
trouble,  and  the  greatest  sum  of  enjoyments  and  plea- 
sures. The  number  of  individuals  ought,  therefore, 
to  be  not  less  than  1000,  and  never  more  than  3000 
for  one  community.  This  number  might,  by  the 
most  superior  culture  of  soil,  require  not  nlore  than 
from  one  to  three  square  miles  of  surface.  But  as 
land  is  now  cheap,  a  square  of  five  miles,  or  tsventy- 
five  square  miles,  may  be  allowed  for-  every  such 
community,  without  causing  too /great  and  inconve- 
nient a  distance  between  the  first  establishments.  In 
this  way  100  communities  might  form  a  state,  whose 
area  would  then  be  2500  square  miles,  or  equal  to  a 
square  of  fifty  miles.  Such  a  state  might  afford  su- 
perabundance of  every  thing  for  human  happiness  for 
a  population  of  2,500,000  individuals,  calculating 
1000  for  every  square  mile.  And  how  many  states 
could  not  be  formed  in  this  way  within  the  territory 
of  the  United  States  ! 

The  tracts  along  the  coasts  of  the  ocean  will  be 
always  the  most  advantageous,  for  reasons  that  have 
been  stated  in  the  part :  these  reasons  are;  viz. — 
-.  1.  Because  there  the  four  different  powers  of  wind, 
tide,  waves,  and  sun-shine,  are  at  the  disposal  of  the 
inhabitants,  and  therefore  so  much  the  greater  things 
to  be  effected. 

2.  Because  the  productions  of  sea  and  land  may  be 
enjoyed  there  at  once. 

3.  Because  the  transport  on  floating  islands,  and 
their  cultivation  of  soil,  afford  peculiarly  immediate 
great  advantages. 


149 

4.  Because  the  atmosphere  is  there  generally  milder 
and  more  saluhrious. 

Hence  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  might  be 
eligible  in  the  west  at  first. 

These  general  principles  are  to  regulate  all  general 
cases  concerning  the  settling  of  emigrants  in  the  new 
country.  . 

The  next  object  is  the  government.  Its  nature  is 
to  be  far  superior  to  what  it  can  now  be.  It  will  no 
more  be  a  mere  compulsive  tax-gathering  and  tax- 
expending  power :  "the  well-being  of  the  society  in 
general,  aid  of  every' individual  in  particular,  will  be 
no  more  a  mere  pious  wish,  praised  in  poetical  songs 
and  declamation,  but  it  will  then  be  the  sole  business 
of  governing ;  and  the  government  will  be  no  more 
confined  in  physical  means,  but  their  intellectual 
capacities  will  only  come  into  question.  There  will  be 
leisure  for  reflection,  and  divesting  themselves  by 
degrees  of  the  remaining  old  narrow  conceptions  and 
prejudices,  and  for  maturing  good  regulations.  The 
business  of  governing,  though  of  great  extent,  will  be 
very  simple,  every  thing  being  regulated  and  provided 
for  in  a  general  way.  Every  community  takes  care  of 
its  members  ;  and  the  state's  government  is  composed 
of  deputies  or  representatives  of  the  communities. 
There  are  then  but  two  governments, — the  special  go- 
vernment of  each  community,  and  the  general  govern- 
ment of  the  state. 

The  government  of  the  community  may  be  consti- 
tuted in  the  following  manner  : — 

1.  A  committee  of  provisions. 

2.  A  committee  of  health. 

02 


150 

3.  A  committee  of  instruction. 

4.  A  committee  of  pleasures. 
6.  A  committee  of  police. 

The  function  of  each  committee  is  equally  impor- 
tant, and  each  requires  peculiar  talents  and  disposi- 
tions. 

The  committee  of  provisions  is  to  have  the  manage- 
ment of  all  husbandry,  the  cultivation  of  soil,  the 
gathering  and  the  preparations  of  its  produces  for 
food  and  use ;  the  kitchen  department,  the  exchange 
of  surplus  against  things  from  foreign  parts,  and  the 
inspection  of  the  stores. 

The  committee  of  health  has  under  its  cave  the 
medical  department,  the  provision  of  all  medicaments, 
physicians,  the  removal  of  all  things  injurious  to 
health,  excessive  use  of  spirits,  intemperance  of  any 
hind,  iilth,  stagnant  waters,  decaying  substances,  bad 
food,  unwholesome  practices,  the  care  of  meliorating 
and  purifying  the  air  and  water,  washing,  cleaning, 
selecting  the  diet  for  tliose  whose  state  of  health  wants 
a  particular  care,  &c.;  in  short,  providing  for  every 
thing  that  may  promote  health,  and  preventing  and 
discarding  whatever  may  be  injurious  to  health. 

The  committee  of  instruction  provides  for  every 
thing  relative  to  education  and  instruction  for  children 
and  adults.  They  furnish  all  materials  and  teachers 
for  instruction,  and  have  the  superintendence  of  all  the 
business  concerning  the  same.  Libraries,  laboratories, 
museums,  botanical  gardens,  schools,  proper  attendance 
to  infants  and  children,  are  objects  of  their  function. 

The  committee  of  pleasures  takes  care  of  all  matters 
of  amusements  and  enjoyments.     The  arrangements 


151 

for  public  pleasures,  theatre,  music,  balls,  bodily  exer- 
cises of  diversion,  all  arrangements  for  social  conver- 
sation and  amusements  are  of  their  resort;  also  the  in- 
spection over  all  the  festivities  and  public  amusements, 
preventing  and  removing  all  indecencies  and  inter- 
ruptions of  public  pleasures,  and  furnishing  all  requi- 
site materials  and  persons  for  such  purposes. 

The  committee  of  police  has  to  watch  on  good  order 
and  public  security,  also  to  guard  against  infractions 
of  regulations  made  for  the  prevention  of  any  wrong. 
It  is  lo  be  the  first  juridical  instance  in  all  complaints 
brought  before  them ;  it  has  to  provide  for  travellers 
passing  through  the  community,  and  visitants  ;  and  has 
under  its  care  every  thing  that  concerns  personal  safety 
against  accident  or  malice. 

Every  committee  is  to  have  a  president,  who  has  to 
make  a  report,  at  every  certain  period  and  extraordi- 
nary occasion,  to  the  community,  in  their  meetings,  of 
all  the  intermediate  transactions,  also  of  all  proposals 
of  the  committees,  and  to  receive  instruction  from  the 
community. 

The  community  is  to  hold  public  meetings  at  certain 
periods,  for  instance,  every  week;  every  adult  member 
is  to  have  a  vote  in  it  at  a  certain  age,  for  instance, 
at  eighteen  years.  The  communal  meetings  are  the 
second  instances  in  all  controversial  matters,  where 
the  committee  in  its  respective  department  is  the  first 
instance.  Majority  decides  in  all  cases,  after  every 
member  of  the  meeting  has  fully  expressed  his  opinion. 
There  is  no  other  authority  in  the  community  be- 
sides these  five  committees,  who  are  the  special  oificers 
in  all  the  individual  and  communal  concerns. 


152 

Every  community  sends  one  or  more  deputies  to 
every  assembly  of  the  state,  with  proper  instructions  of 
their  wishes,  decided  by  the  majority  of  the  same,  to 
be  discussed  in  the  general  assembly.  The  state's  as- 
sembly is  the  last  instance  of  appeal,  which  the  re^ 
spective  deputy  has  to  bring  before  them. 

The  communication  between  the  state's  assembly 
and  the  community  is  to  be  made  through  the  com- 
munal president  to  the  state's  president  or  governor. 

The  general  assembly  appoints  five  state's  commit- 
tees, in  the  way  as  every  community  does  for  the  five 
respective  communal  departments,  to  execute  the  or- 
ders of  the  state's  assembly,  to  be  received  through  the 
state's  president,  for  their  respective  department  of  the 
state.  These  five  state's  committees  bear  the  same  re- 
lation to  the  state  as  the  communal  committees  do  to 
the  community. 

All  adult  female  persons  may  organize  themselves 
in  the  same  manner,  as  separate  councils, but  depend- 
ing in  matters  concerning  both  sexes  on  the  final  de- 
cision of  the  male  assemblies.  Why  should  the  female 
part  of  men  be  excluded  from  all  public  councils  ? — 
Have  they  less  sense,  less  feeling,  or  less  interests  in 
the  human  concerns  than  the  male  sex  ? — In  a  state  of 
society  where  only  physical  strength  is  to  govern,  and 
mental  culture  is  esteemed  to  be  of  inferior  merit,  and 
where  generally  the  female  sex  receives  an  inferior 
education,  and  where  equality  of  right  is  not  under- 
stood, there  may  be  some  apology  for  this  despotism  ; 
but  in  a  better  enlightened  and  happier  state,  such  bar- 
barities will,  of  course,  subside. 


153 

All  authorities  of  the  state  are  to  be  included  in  the 
general  assembly  and  the  five  state's  committees. 

The  general  assembly  and  the  state's  committees  are 
to  have  no  riglit  to  interfere  with  communal  concerns, 
but  they  have  to  aid  such  arrangements  by  their  gene- 
ral functions. 

The  state's  committee  of  provisions  has  the  special 
care  of  all  the  stores  of  provisions  of  the  state,  to  sup- 
ply them  by  general  establishments,  be  it  from  the  in- 
land or  from  foreign  countries ;  to  manage  all  concerns 
of  exchange  of  the  communal  surpluses  delivered  into 
the  general  stores  against  the  foreign  articles  wanted  ; 
to  balance  the  mutual  exchanges  between  different 
communities  of  the  state;  to  provide  for  means  of  trans- 
port on  land  and  sea,  large  vehicles  on  artificial  roads, 
and  large  floats  on  sea ;  to  establish  factorships  iu 
foreign  countries  for  effecting  exchanges  of  whatever 
be  wanted  in  the  state.  Every  community  has  to  apply 
to  the  state's  president  for  any  desired  exchange,  and 
he  has  to  correspond  with  the  state's  committee. 

The  state's  committee  of  health  has  to  provide  for 
every  thing  wanted  by  the  communal  committees  of 
health  ;  to  investigate  every  thing  that  may  improve 
•the  state  of  health  in  general ;  to  receive  the  reports 
and  proposals  from  physicians,  in  order  to  effect  what 
is  of  its  function;  to  meliorate  the  climate  of  the  country 
or  any  part  of  it,  wherever  it  can  be  done,  as  by  drain- 
ing swamps,  confining  rivers,  clearing  the  ground  from 
noxious  evaporations  of  decaying  vegetables,  (Sec. 

The  state's  committee  of  instruction  has  to  provide 
for  every  thing  relative  to  education,  arts  and  sciences, 
schools,  universities,  libraries,  collections  of  instructive 


•   154 

things  ;  to  teachers,  their  studies,  examen,  productions, 
and  effects,  for  the  correspondence  with  foreign  men 
of  learning,  printing  establishments,  &c. 

The  state's  committee  of  pleasures  has  to  provide  for 
every  thing  wanted  of  the  communities  for  such  pur- 
poses, for  general  festivities,  general  establishments  for 
forming  artists  of  all  kinds,  for  social  amusements  and 
instruction,  such  as  musicians,  actors,  dancers,  &c., 
and  all  materials  for  innocent  amusements,  and  to  take 
care  that  none  of  bad  consequences  be  introduced. 

The  state's  committee  of  police  has  under  its  care 
all  roads,  canals,  rivers,  lakes,  &c.,  the  vehicles  to  be 
used  on  them,  the  post,  the  telegraphical  institutions, 
and  every  thing  relative  to  the  general  public  order 
and  security,  the  provision  for  emigrants  and  immi- 
grants, travellers  in  the  state,  all  state's  buildings  and 
establishments  for  the  use  of  the  staters  government, 
all  publications  and  correspondence  of  state's  transac- 
tions, for  newspapers,  and  public  information  of  any 
kind,  also  the  special  examinations  of  all  juridical  mat- 
ters for  report  lo  the  general  assembly. 

Every  state's  committee  is  subject  to  the  general  as- 
sembly, and  has  to  give  account  of  all  their  transac- 
tions to  the  same  at  fixed  periods,  and  receive  their  in- 
structions from  the  same,  to  report  of  all  the  results  of 
inquiries  made  by  them,  and  make  their  proposals  on 
all  subjects  concerning  its  respective  department. 

Every  communal  committee  has,  through  its  com- 
munal president,  to  make  its  application  to  the  state's 
president  on  any  subject  of  its  respective  department. 

Every  adult  member  has  to  give  a  list  of  the  articles 
wanted  for  his  special  use,  at  fixed  periods,  to  the  com^ 


155 

murial  president;  for  which  articles  the  respective  eom- 
munal  committees  have  to  provide  through  the  state's 
president,  provided  the  desired  articles  do  not  exceed 
the  individual's  share  in  the  gommunal  stores,  in  which 
case  the  list  is  to  he  returned,  with  instruction  how 
much  its  value  is  to  be  lowered. 

Thus  every  individual's  want  of  any  kind  may  be 
supplied  throughout  the  state,  without  any  traffic, 
without  money,  without  labour  or  trouble  ;  and  all  the 
most  excellent  arrangements  and  establishments  that 
the  new  means  afford,  may  be  speedily  made  in  a  most 
regular  way,  which  prevents  all  collisions  and  injus- 
tices. 

The  business  of  the  communal  and  state's  commit- 
tees is  simple,  and  will  require  but  a  few  hours'  time 
every  week  ;  for  the  wants  are  not  individually,  but  in 
a  general  way,  supplied.  The  communal  stores  are  to 
be  filled  in  consequence  of  the  various  desires  of  every 
individual,  which  are  to  be  notified  at  fixed  periods ;  for 
instance,  every  three  months,  previous  to  the  commu- 
nal purchase  or  exchange  of  surplus  :  in  consequence 
of  these  individual  lists,  the  communal  committees 
have  to  make  their  periodical  reports  to  the  respective 
state's  committees,  through  the  communal  and  state's 
president,  and  vice  versa. 

The  whole  business  consists  then  only  in  making  a 
list  of  the  articles  dcvsired  by  every  member;  then  in 
making  a  list  for  the  community  out  of  individual 
ones,  and  according  to  communal  resolutions  by  the 
communal  committees  ;  then  in  making  a  list  for  the 
whole  state  by  the  state's  committees  out  of  the  com~ 
munal  lists,  and  in  conformity  with  the  resolutions  of 


156 

the  general  assembly.  These  individual,  comnumal, 
and  state's  lists  are  not  oflener  to  be  made  than  every 
three  months,  but  once.  All  this  will  consequently  be 
but  a  pleasant  occupation,  because  there  is  no  compli- 
cated tedious  money  and  book-keeping  affairs.  The 
wants  of  individuals,  communities,  and  state,  are  ex- 
hibited at  one  glance,  and  provided  for  in  the  most 
general  ways.  Large  vehicles  for  carrying  thousands 
of  tons  by  land  and  water,  under  the  direction  of  two 
or  four  men,  transport  the  things  of  exchange  in  the 
most  rapid  and  regular  way  for  the  whole  state,  and 
distribute  the  same,  according  to  the  directions  of  the 
respective  authorities  of  the  state,  among  the  commu- 
nities, from  whence  they  receive  in  return  the  surplus 
productions  for  gathering  and  exporting  them.  What 
now  would  require  the  attendance  and  industry  of 
many  thousands  and  myriads  of  men,  will  thus  be  the 
slight  task  of  a  few  men. 

Thus  the  individual,  communal,  and  state's  concerns 
are  regulated  without  opposite  interests ;  the  strictest 
justice  is  done  to  every  one,  not  by  punishments  for 
offences,  but  by  preventing  all  disputes  and  supplying 
all  wants ;  humanity  and  love  is  fostered,  not  by 
empty  words,  but  in  deed  ;  the  sense  and  taste  for  in- 
struction and  refined  pleasure  will  be  awakened  and 
satisfied  in  turns ;  the  intemperance  of  all  kinds  be 
prevented,  and  finer  innocent  enjoyments  and  plea- 
sures fill  up  the  time.  A  paradise  will  be  accom- 
plished then  in  a 

Fourth  period. 

After  the  state  is  constituted  and  organized,  and 
there  is  cultivated  land  sufficient  to  the  wants  of  the 


157 

inhabitants,  they  may  then  avail  themselves  of  the  full 
benefits  to  he  derived  from  the  new  means. 

The  means  of  transport  are  then  to  he  the  first  ob- 
jects. Artificial  roads  of  vitrified  substance  and  iron 
rails,  with  establishments  and  vehicles  for  moving 
large  buildings,  with  weights  of  many  thousand  tons 
for  the  inland  communication ;  and  floating  islands  of 
trees  and  light  stuff,  that  is  prepared  of  any  kind  of 
wood,  and  cast  and  baked  in  large  masses,  for  transport 
over  sea,  are  to  be  made. 

Next  to  the  means  of  transport,  one  establishment, 
suflicient  for  the  whole  state,  for  forming  and  vitrifying, 
out  of  the  most  ]>roper  materials  to  be  found,  parts  of 
the  edifices,  such  as  columns,  pillars,  entire  walls, 
tables,  vaultings,  and  all  other  requisites  for  the 
buildings,  colonnades,  walks,  canals,  aqueducts,  ar- 
chitectural ornaments,  vessels,  utensils,  pipes,  pieces 
for  machineries,  for  burning  mirrors,  &c.,  as  de- 
scribed in  the  first  part,  by  means  of  burning  mirrors 
and  moulds.  These  articles  are  to  be  transported  to 
their  respective  places,  for  to  erect  there  the  edifices  as 
described. 

The  ohjects  of  fancy  and  pleasures,  of  the  same  or 
similar  substance,  are  to  be  made:  in  short,  all  things 
of  hard,  vitrified  substance,  as  mentioned  in  the  first 
part,  are  then  to  be  made  in  succession  of  the  de- 
mauds,  so  that  the  less  necessary  articles  follow  after 
the  more  necessary  ones. 

With  this  establishment  a  foundry  of  iron  and  other 
metals,  by  means  of  the  same  burning  mirrors,  may  be 
united  ;  one  for  the  whole  state  is  more  than  sufiScient, 

p 


158 

considering  the  manner  of  its  use,  described  in  the 
first  part. 

In  onei)r  two  years  all  possible  wants  of  that  kind 
of  the  whole  state  may  he  supplied,  and  the  most  mag- 
nificent paradise  be  accomplished,  such  as  is.pointed  out 
in  the  first  part. 

Next  to  this  grand  object,  or  simultaneously,  an- 
other establishment  is  to  be  made  for  making  all 
articles  of  pliable  or  soft  stuff",  for  dress  and  soft  furni- 
nitures  of  all  kinds,  as  mentioned  in  the  first  part.  ■■ 

Thus  there  will  be  but  one  establishment  in  every 
community  for  cultivating  all  the  circumjacent  land ; 
and  for  the  whole  state  are  but  two  establish- 
ments required  for  supplying  all  other  wants  for 
architecture,  machineries,  garments,  dress,  ornaments, 
furnitures,  and  every  thing  wanted.  Besides  these 
establishments  there  is  nothing  more  required  than 
the  roads  and  vehicles  for  transport,  which  both  are  but 
produces  of  the  single  establishment  of  the  whole  state. 

All  the  vehicles  in  the  whole  state  may  consist  in 
but  a  single  one  ;  and  yet  this  will  be  sufficient  for 
moving  any  number  of  persons,  or  any  freight  within 
the  state  to  any  or  every  community  of  the  stale  every 
day.  To  understand  this,  an  example  may  be  here 
specified  for  illustration. 

Suppose  the  state  to  be  a  s-  viare  of  fifty  miles,  con- 
taining 100  communities,  five  miles  distant  from  each 
other,  so  as  to  form  ten  rows,  each  of  ten  communities, 
the  road  passing  through  every  community  will  then 
be  ten  times  forty-five  (as  the  length  of  each  row  from 
one  centre  of  each  communal  square  to  the  other), 


159 

that  is,  450  miles  long ;  one  vehicle  will  then  have 
time  enough  for  passing  through  all  communities,  and 
loading  and  unloading,  when  it  may  run  at  the  rate 
of  forty  miles  per  hour.  It  would  make  no  difference 
as  to  the  distance,  if  the  state  were  of  any  other  figure 
with  the  same  number  and  distances  of  the  communi-- 
ties.  One  vehicle  being  large  and  commodious  enough 
for  many  thousands  of  persons  and  tons  at  once,  it  is 
consequently  sufficient  for  doing  all  locomotive  busi- 
ness for  the  whole  state. 

This  fourth  and  last  period  is  the  state  of  a  com- 
plete paradise,  having  all  the  mighty  powers  and 
means  proposed  in  practice. 

This  ultimate  happy  state  can  and  will  be  attained 
within  five  to  ten  years  from  that  time  hence  when  the 
first  union  is  formed  for  the  proposed  purposes. 

Great  are  the  power'^,  simple  the  means  for  their 
application,  simple  tl;  proceedings,  and  simple  the 
system  of  society,  the  whole  state  a  paradise,  filled 
with  vast,  most  convenient,  and  most  magnificent  pa- 
laces, and  gardens,  full  of  enjoyments,  delights,  plea- 
sures, enrapturing  sceneries,  rapid  communicative 
and  locomotive  means  throughout  the  state,  without 
slavery  of  work,  without  opposite  interests,  without 
traffic,  and  consequently  without  rational  cause  for 
enmities  between  man  and  man.  None  is  molested, 
every  one  may  live  as  he  please,  enjoy  the  pleasures 
for  which  his  life  is  made,  and  exercise  freely  all  his 
mental  and  corporeal  faculties,  with  a  sphere  of  action, 
more  powerful,  more  extensive,  more  multifarious 
than  the  mightiest  monarch  on  earth  was  ever  known 
to  have 


160 

The  produce  of  ihc  country  \\\\\  rapidly  increase; 
the  exchange  of  surplus  may  buy  every  thing  that  can 
be  bought  in  the  world  ;  and  the  wealth,  influence, 
and  power,  be  spread  over  all  the  globe. 

New  ideas,  new  desires,  new  objects  of  action,  new 
sciences  and  arts,  infinitely  superior  to  what  is  now  in 
existence,  will  arise.  A  new  life  with  superior  enjoy- 
ments, incomparable  to  the  present,  will  ensue.  The 
now  hidden  mysteries  of  nature  will  be  more  and  more 
searched  after,  and  unveiled  and  applied  to  the  im- 
provement of  human  life.  With  horror  and  disgust 
we  shall  then  look  back  on  our  past  life,  on  our  past 
ignorance,  errors,  superstition,  poverty,  helplessness, 
and  miseries ;  and  what  we  call  now  civilisation  will 
be  stigmatized  with  the  names  of  folly,  barbarity,  and 
only  be  looked  upon  as  a  necessary  transitory  or  inter- 
mediate state  between  the  helpless  state  of  savages 
and  the  state  of  perfection,  of  which  thehuman  life  be 
capable  in  this  world. 

When  one  such  a  state  is  formed,  a  total  revolution 
of  mankind  is  then  the  inevitable  consequence.  Next 
to  the  realization  of  such  a  state,  the  rest  of  the  United 
States  will,  of  course,  follow  the  example  ;  then  suc- 
cessively the  other  parts  of  this  continent;  and  finally, 
by  degrees,  the  other  parts  of  the  world:  for  no 
people  on  earth  can,  nor  will,  resist  to  the  overwhelm- 
ing afiiuence  of  all  necessaries  and  commodities  of 
life. 

But  while  this  revolution  is  going  on,  the  first  slate, 
or  states,  of  the  new  system  of  means  and  society,  will 
have  the  advantage  of  buying  and  gathering  all  de- 
sirable  and  saleable  things  of  the  world  for  them- 


1()1 

selves;  for  they  can  create  as  much  surplus  of  their 
productions  as  they  please,  and  huy  with  all  things 
they  want  from  other  parts  of  the  world. 


Ameiicans  I  have  you  read  what  is  stated  here,  with 
allentiou  and  reflection  ;  and  will  you  hesitate  to  in- 
vestigate the  suhject  a  little  further? 

The  chance  of  associating  is  placed  in  every  one's 
power.  The  way  of  proceeding  is  shown  from  the  he- 
ginning  to  the  end,  step  by  step,  for  attaining  all  the 
infinite  blessings  promised.  And  if  this  way  should 
not  he  found  plain  enough,  every  further  explanation 
required  is  offered. 

You  are  now  before  two  roads — the  only  two  you 
can  possibly  take — one  is  to  examine  what  is  offered 
to  you;  the  other,  to  neglect  it,  and  leave  it  to  other 
peoples.  One  way  is  leading  you  to  conviction,  to  a 
paradise,  to  imperishable  glory  and  power,  and  national 
independence — the  other  one  may  lead  to  your  na- 
tional annihilation,  to  your  eternal  disgrace,  to  your 
suljection.  Tiie  one  is  the  road  of  intelligence  ;  the 
other  of  imbecility.  The  one  will  be  eagerly  pursued 
by  men  of  active  minds  ;  the  other  will  be  loitered  on 
by  iriflers.  The  one  is  the  road  dictated  by  the  spirit 
of  our  :ige;  the  other  by  blind  adherence  to  customs 
inherited  from  ancient  barbarity  and  ignorance. 

If  you  want  to  choose  the  good  and  glorious  road 
you  have  to  do  it  now,  or  your  chance  may  be  soon 
lost  for  ever. 

In  the  contrary  case  ther  nations  or  governments 
will  use  the  offered  nn.  ..is  for  the  dominion  over  you. 

r2 


162 

It  will  then  depend  from  your  masters,  uhal  blessings, 
or  what  curse  the  new  means  arc  to  hring  on  you. 

What  is  stated  before  you,  is  a  combination  of  all 
what  is  the  most  valuable  of  the  human  knowledges  of 
our  present  ridvaiiced  time,,  and  cannot  be  disproved. 
It  is  a  most  serious  appeal  to  the  intelligent,  self-re- 
flecting part  of  all  the  civilized  nations  of  the  world  ; 
not  for  amusing  Iriflers.  The  truths  exposed  will  soon 
be  diffused  throughout  Europe,  and  generally  acknow- 
ledged, like  so  many  other  mathematical  and  physical 
truths  of  late  are  now  acknowledged,  in  spite  of  what 
ignorance  and  old  prejudices  would  say  against  them. 
The  truths  now  before  you  are  infinitely  more  important 
and  useful  than  any  hitherto  discovered.  Their  conse- 
quences will  end  in  a  total  revolution  of  mankind  as 
soon  as  they  are  understood.  Whether  your  nation  is 
to  act  a  superior,  or  an  inferior  part,  is  depending  on 
your  present  choice. 

Americans!  it  is  now  in  your  power  to  become 
within  ten  years  a  nation  to  rule  the  world.  Your 
territory  can  contain,  in  all  affluence  imaginable,  from 
200  to  300  millions  of  human  individnals,  as  many  as 
the  Chinese  empire  contains  now.  It  will  be  filled  to 
such  a  number  from  various  parts  of  the  world,  if  you 
make  proper  arrangements  for  their  reception,  which 
the  new  means  afford.  You  have  it  in  your  power  to 
receive  the  most  intelligent  part  out  of  all  nations: 
this  will  be  your  greatest  conquest;  for  intelligence, 
not  mere  physical  wealth,  is  henceforth  to  be  your 
only  power  and  glory.  You  may  cause  a  migration 
of  nations,  unparalleled  in  history.  You  may  receive 
them  without  fear ;  for  you   will  have  the  power  on 


16S 

yovir  side.  Mighty  engines  are  to  be  your  future 
arras  by  land  and  sea.  The  government  of  the  Union 
is  to  have  the  exclusive  possession  of  them.  Your 
regulations  may  preserve  all  public  safety. 

.  It  might  be  objected  that  such  a  system  of  popula- 
ting our  country  with  foreign  peoples  at  so  rapid  a  rate, 
would  deprive  our  own  increasing  posterity  of  the 
room  to  live  in  our  country  to  their  case  and  comfort, 
that  would  thus  perhaps  be  in  part  compelled  to  emi- 
grate and  colonize  themselves  somewhere  else. 

This  appears  to  be  a  very  rational  objection,  and 
ought  to  be  well  considered  ;  for  it  is  just  as  sound  a 
policy  for  any  nation  to  care  first  for  their  own  people 
before  they  provide  for  foreigners,  as  it  is  to  be  for 
individuals  to  provide  for  their  own  families  in  prefer- 
ence to  strangers,  whatever  humanity  might  say 
against  it. 

It  is  true,  such  apprehensions  may  be  once  realised. 
However,  care  for  posterity  can  humanly  be  extended 
only  to  a  certain  limit,  beyond  which  human  foresight 
cannot  reach.  The  very  measures  of  care  for  a  re- 
mote posterity,  by  barring  our  country  against  emi- 
gration, would  keep  our  posterity  comparatively  weak ; 
while  other  countries,  especially  on  our  continent, 
would,  by  emigrations  from  over-populated  Europe, 
soon  acquire  a  gigantic  population  and  power,  that 
might,  in  the  course  of  unforeseen  events,  overwhelm 
our  nation. 

Besides  this,  who  knows,  whether  a  remote  posterity 
may  not,  for  the  greatest  part,  care  very  little  for  their 
country,  and  choose,  under  circumstances  and  views 
of  the  world  very  different  from  ours  ? 


164 

But  at  all  events,  the  world  is  large  and  productive 
enough,  to  afford  all  the  means  for  human  happiness 
for  many  generations  to  come  of  the  whole  human 
race,  so  that  within  the  next  1000  years  there  is  no 
universal  over-population  to  be  feared ;  and  to  care 
for  limes  beyond  1000  years  would  be  folly  in  man. 


The  acquisitions  attainable*  by  the  proposed  new 
means  are  of  so  new  a  kind,  so  superior  to  all  what  is 
in  existence  at  present,  they  lead  directly  to  a  state  of 
life  so  vastly  different  from  our  present,  and  to  views 
of  human  life  and  the  world  in  general  so  infinitely 
superior  to  those  now  extant,  that  there  is  great  rea- 
son to  fear  of  their  not  being  fully  understood.  The 
world  will  be  quite  new  to  men,  and  produce  quite  new 
conceptions  of  the  world  and  human  life.  The  world 
will  no  longer  appear  to  be  the  abodes  of  misery  to 
man,  mixed  with  but  a  small  portion  of  imperfect 
happiness.  Human  life  will  no  longer  be  what  igno- 
rance will  have  it  to  be,  a  probationary  state  of 
misery,  torments,  and  affliction ;  a  curse,  a  prey 
about  which  Satan  disputes  with  the  Creator;  but  a 
paradise,  in  which  man  is  reconciled  with  this  present 
state  of  life,  where  his  feelings  and  desires  are  in 
harmony  with  nature,  with  the  universe,  of  which 
man  sees  himself  and  his  whole  race  a  part,  and  not 
in  perpetual  conflict  with  it,  and  with  his  fellow-man. 
Let  his  expectations  about  a  future  state  after  his 
deatli  be  whatever  they  may,  he  will  see  there  is  no 
reason  to  exclude  him  from  the  full  enjoyments  of  his 
life  in  this  present  world,  for  which  his  nature  is  made. 


And  he  will  easily  conceive  that  a  life  of  happiness 
and  harmony  with  his  fellow-men  ;  a  life  in  which  he 
fulfils  the  destiny  of  his  nature,  can  make  him  hetter 
prepared  for  a  paradise  hereafter,  than  a  life  of  torment 
and  hell. 

A  comparative  view  of  the  common  life  at  present 
and  of  that  altainahle  hy  the  new  means  will  show  the 
contrast  between  both  more  plainly. 


166 

I.    IN  PHYSICAL  RESPECTS  : 

»4t  present  : 

Man  hc'is  to  pay  for  every  thing  he  wants  for  his  life, 
comfort,  or  pleasure  ;  because  every  thing  he  wants  is 
the  product  of  human  labour.  So  if  he  has  nothing  to 
pay  with,  the  world,  with  all  its  delights  for  man,  is  a 
strange  place  to  him,  of  which  he  has  no  part. 

The  world  is  a  penitentiary  to  man,  in  which  he  is 
condemned  to  work  for  life. 

Man  is  a  poor,  helpless,  trifling  being,  with  all  his 
drudgery;  for  he  spends  his  whole  life  in  handling 
some  little  tool  or  other  ten  thousand  times,  ever  again 
and  again  in  the  same  way,  until  his  death,  for  pro- 
ducing some  little  things,  for  little  use,  or  none  at  all. 


Man  lives  in  a  very  narrow  world  ;  for  it  is  gene- 
rally not  much  larger  to  him  than  his  workshop  or  field  : 
the  rest  of  the  world  is  very  little  or  nothing  to  him, 
except  what  he  can  buy  with  his  money  out  of  it. 


I«7 


By  the  new  means  : 

Man  is  at  liberty  to  enjoy  whatever  the  world  pro- 
duces for  human  life;  there  is  no  labour,  no  pay,  but 
superabundance  of  every  thing  that  is  good  for  man. 
He  sees  there  the  whole  world  as  his  property  and 
friendly  home. 

The  \\orld  is  a  paradise  to  man,  free  of  all  labours, 
full  of  endless  delights  and  pleasures. 

Man  is  powerful  like  a  god ;  at  his  command  he 
may  change  the  face  of  the  world ;  he  is  lord  of  the 
gigantic  powers  of  nature,  by  which  he  may  produce, 
without  labour,  in  one  year,  more  than  before  could  be 
done  in  ten  thousand  years.  He  has  objects  of  activity 
of  a  never-ending  variety,  and  of  ten  thousand  times 
greater  importance  and  utility  than  before. 

INIan  lives  continually  with  thousands  of  his  fellow- 
men  together,  in  all  enjoyments  of  life ;  he  roves 
about  among  an  endless  variety  of  amusing,  delight- 
ing, and  instructive  objects;  in  his  brilliant,  beautiful 
palace  ;  in  his  magnificent  gardens  ;  in  foreign  places, 
countries,  and  quarters  of  the  globe;  in  all  climates  ; 
in  beautiful  paradisaical  floating  islands ;  he  may  see 
every  other  day  a  new  country ;  he  may  be  to-day  in 
America,  to-morrow  in  the  West  Indies,  the  next 
week  in  Europe,  or  Africa,  or  Asia,  or  in  some  island 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean ;  receive  and  impart  every  day 
some  new  intelligence.  He  sees  the  world  million  times 
greater  and  more  beautiful  than  it  was  before  to  him; 
every  where  he  is  at  home,  among  friends;  no  pay  is 
asked,  no  charge  is  made;  he  is  a  welcome  guest 
everywhere;  for  he  deprives  nobody  of  any  thing  for 


168 

At  present  : 


The  world  is  a  very  indiflferent  place  to  him;  for, 
except  what  he  can  eat,  drink,  or  use — and  that  costs 
mohey,  and  is  rather  scarce,  it  is  to  him  but  a  mass  of 
dirt,  with  some  vermins  and  weeds  on  it. 


Man  is  taught,  and  he  feels  the  truth  of  it,  that 
this  world  is  a  vale  of  misery,  which  is  to  give  him  a 
foretaste  of  hell ;  to  save  himself  from  it,  he  has  to 
suffer  a  great  deal  in  the  present  wicked  world. 

If  man  had  equal  chances  with  brutes  for  life,  he 
would  attain  a  proportionate  older  age.  Quadrupeds 
live  generally  six  or  seven  times  as  long  as  their  time 
of  full  maturity  is,  before  they  become  decrepid.  Man 
would  have  to  live,  accordingly,  in  an  average,  six  or 
seven  times  eighteen  to  twenty-four  years,  thats,  1 10  to 
170  years.  The  patriarchs,  it  seems,  lived  to  such  an 
age  generally.  Among  those  savage  peoples  which 
are  not  refrained  from  obeying  the  impulses  of  their 
nature,  the  sextuple  period  of  their  maturity,  and  up- 
wards, seems  to  be  no  extraordinary  age.  Among  us, 
man  hardly  attains  half  that  age.  It  is  most  rational 
to  inquire  into  the  causes  of  this  unnatural  general 
abbreviation  of  human  life  ;  they  are,  perhaps,  not 
so  very  occult  as  might  be  imagined;  and  may  be 


169 

By  the  new  means  : 

his  enjoymenl  or  use,  as  there  is  superabundance  of 
every  thing- ;  but  the  guest  can  only  be  interesting 
for  what  he  has  to  communicate  or  to  exhibit.  Novelty 
can  never  get  exhausted  as  long  as  he  lives. 

Man  sees  there  the  whole  world  full  of  varying 
sceneries,  to  his  delight  and  substantial  benefit ;  for 
land  and  water,  wherever  he  treads,  is  covered  with 
useful  and  beautiful  growth  of  vegetables,  and  arti- 
ficial objects  ;  all  arranged  in  beautiful  symmetry, 
and  prospects,  to  the  delight  of  the  eye,  taste,  feeling, 
smell,  and  fancy,  in  endless  variety. 

Man  sees  the  world  to  be  a  paradise,  and  may  get  a 
foretaste  of  heaven  in  it,  and  so  much  the  better  pre- 
pared for  another  paradise  hereafter;  for  nothing  will 
impel  there  him  to  forfeit  it. 

If  man,  by  equal  chances  with  brutes  for  life,  may 
live  to  an  age  of  110  to  170  years,  how  much  may 
his  life  still  further  be  prolonged  by  superior  chances 
for  life  ! 

Let  us  take  a  glance  of  the  improvements  to  be 
made  by  the  proposed  means. 

There  is  no  cause  for  compelling  man  to  live  worse 
than  brutes,  for  doing  any  thing  against  his  inclina- 
tion, or  living  in  more  dirt  and  impurities  than  brutes. 

He  has  not  only  equal  chances  for  life,  in  every 
respect,  with  brutes ;  but  all  are  superior  to  those  of 
any  brute's  life. 

The  food  is  most  cautiously,  as  far  as  science  teaches, 
to  be  selected,  prepared,  and  purified,  before  it  comes 
to  his  enjoyment.    His  beverage,  water,  or  any  liquor, 

Q 


m 


At  present : 

discovered  without  great  learning,  and  then  be  found 
remediable. 

The  chances  for  life,  in  which  man  stands  yet  equal 
with  the  brutes,  are  these : — 

Man  satisfies  the  cravings  of  his  appetites  pretty 
nearly  as  well,  or  as  ill,  as  the  brutes  do.  He  imbibes 
air  and  water,  such  as  nature  or  chance  present  to  him, 
with  all  the  accidental  impurities  and  admixtures  of 
stufis  injurious  to  health  and  life,  as  brutes  do:  he 
never  knows  how  to  purify  them,  nor  cares  for  it,  nor 
would  his  poor  circumstances  allow  him  to  do  any  such 
thing  that  requires  some  combination  of  means  arid 
situation.  He  swallows  a  good  deal  of  impurities  into 
his  stomach,  from  whence  many  injurious  parts  of  his 
food  are  carried  into  his  blood,  &c.  He  swallows  a 
great  quantity  of  still  more  injurious  stuffs,  invisibly 
with  his  breathing  air,  into  his  lungs ;  from  thence  they 
are  carried  immediately  into  the  innermost  recesses  of 
his  vitality  throughout  his  body,  by  ti'ansformation  into 
blood,  &c.  He  imbibes  the  same  through  billions  of 
pores,  with  which  the  exterior  of  his  body  is  perforated. 
He  swallows  a  great  deal  of  dust.  So  far  man  shares 
the  ignorance,  helplessness,  and  the  fate  of  the  brutes. 

It  maybe  objected,  that  we  have  physicians  to  apply 
to  in  case  of  sickness;  and  so  we  may,  if  we  need 
not  to  be  afraid  of  large  bills,  nauseous  stuifs,  &c.; 
but  experiences  teach,  that  among  peoples  who  have 
no  physicians,  diseases,  bad  health,  and  mortality  are 
at  least  not  more  frequent  than  among  those  who  are 
amply  provided  with  physicians.     Still  the  patients 


171 


'  By  the  new  means  : 

is  also  raost  cautiously  to  be  selected,  prepared,  and 
purified  for  him  :  water,  &c.  is  filtrated  or  distilled,  so 
that  all  admixture  of  any  injurious  stuff  is  made  im- 
possible. The  air  he  inhales  is  not  the  common  at- 
mospheric air,  with  all  its  injurious  admixtures,  but 
chemically  purified  and  improved  by  wholesome  in- 
vigorating admixtures,  throughout  his  stupendous  pa- 
laces ;  and  this  might  be  effected,  even  in  the  open 
atmosphere,  by  peculiar  contrivances.  The  tempera- 
ture is  always  such  as  agrees  best  with  his  feeling  and 
constitution.  He  is  never  exposed  to  any  unwhole- 
some moisture,  cold,  or  disagreeable  heat  and  trans- 
piration. His  clothes  are  of  a  make  so  as  to  obstruct 
never  in  any  way  his  perspiration  and  absorption  of 
his  skin.  He  never  swallows  dust,  because  there  is 
none,  neither  within  his  palace,  nor  in  the  walks, 
&c.,  of  the  surrounding  gardens,  being  both  of  vitri- 
fied substances,  and  guarded  against  dust  from  with- 
out by  proper  contrivances,  and  no  filth  being  ever 
brought  in  or  tolerated  there.  He  never  inhales  the 
impurities,  exhaled  out  of  the  lungs  of  men  or  ani- 
mals, they  being  absorbed,  by  adapted  contrivances 
of  substances,  by  their  chemical  affinition.  His  trans- 
piration is  never  kept  between  his  skin  and  clothes ; 
but  the  change  and  cleaning  of  clothes  may  be  done 
hourly  without  trouble ;  they  are  there  more  objects 
of  ornament  than  of  necessaries.  He  may  bathe 
himself  at  any  moment  in  cold  or  warm  water,  in 
steam,  or  in  some  other  invigorating  and  cleaning 
liquors,  without  trouble. 


172 


■     :At  present  .• 

cannot  do  without  physicians,  and  ihe  physicians  not 
without  patients  :  all  this  is  very  natural  in  our  pre- 
sent slate  of  means  and  society.  But  what  is  lacking, 
is  a  far  greater  extent  of  means  for  multiplying  expe- 
riments and  ohservations,  and  enlarging  the  study  of 
nature,  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledges  of  their 
results, so  as  to  enable  every  one  to  be  his  own  physi- 
cian in  the  best  way,  a  situation,  preventative  against 
bad  health.  All  this  is  unfeasible  in  the  present  state 
of  general  poverty  and  opposite  individual  interests, 
though  most  essential  to  life  and  health. 

The  chances  for  life,  in  which  man  fares  a  great 
deal  worse  than  brutes,  are  these  : — 

He  has  to  work,  when  he  would  fain  'rest.     He  has 

to  watch,  when  he  would  fain  sleep.     He  has  to  sit  or 

stand  still,  when  he  would  like  to  move  about.     He 

has  to  over-exert  himself  against  his  utmost  desire. 

He  has  a  great  many  bad  habits,  injurious  to  health, 

such  as  intemperance,  in  consequence  of  preceding 

wants  or  over-excited   desires,  grown  into  habits  at 

length,  in  eating  and   drinking,  unchastity,  Sec.     He 

has  to   expose  himself  to  wet,  heat,  and  cold,  while 

brutes  will  take  shelter.     He  is  confined  to  rooms  or 

to  workshops,  where  he  has  to  inhale  the  bad  smells 

and  unwholesome  effluvia  of  stuffs  he  is  working  at, 

and  of  men   and  beasts,    which   they    transpire  and 

exhale  out  of  their  lungs.     He  wears  clothes,  which, 

though  they  protect  him  but  poorly  against  heat  and 

wet,  obstruct  his  transpiration,  and  the  absorption  of 

gas,  necessary  to  his  life,  through  the  pores,  which 


173 

By  the  new  means : 

Physicians  may  be  had  without  pay:  every  adult 
will  be  a  physician,  with  more  physical  knowledges 
than  any  physician  could  have  acquired  hitherto.  The 
remedies  will  there  consist  more  in  preventative  cir- 
cumstances in  diet,  in  making  the  best  arrangements 
of  all  what  affects  and  surround  man,  than  in  mere 
swallowing  some  nauseous  stuff  after  the  disease  has 
taken  place.  Such  are  to  be  the  chief  objects  of  study 
and  observation,  not  of  a  particular  class  of  a  few  in- 
dividuals, but  of  erery  human  being  througli  life,  in 
union  with  all  his  fellow-creatures. 

So  man  will  no  more  be  as  ignorant  as  brutes  in 
things  that  concern  his  health  and  life,  but  as  much 
superior  in  knowledges  as  his  intellect  is  to  theirs. 

The  necessary  consequences  are,  that  man  enjoys 
there  constantly  a  vigorous  health,  with  the  bloom  of 
youth  and  prime  of  life  at  an  age,  when  now  man  is 
decrepid,  and  tottering  towards  his  grave. 

Man  is  then  from  his  infancy,  and  already  in  the 
womb,  formed  with  a  vigorous  constitution  and  happy 
disposition  for  a  long  and  happy  life. 

That  human  life  can  be  prolonged  by  known  phy- 
sical means,  is  no  matter  of  doubt  to  any  man  who 
ever  troubled  himself  with  thinking  about  it.  But 
to  point  out  the  limit  of  prolongation,  is  not  for  our 
age  yet. 

The  truly  useful  sciences,  the  knowledges  of  nature, 
are  yet  in  their  infancy ;  they  have  gained  general 
credit  only  since  the  last  century ;  but  what  little  is  there 
q2 


174 


At  present  .- 

keep  always  more  or  less  disai^reeable  smell  of  injuri- 
ous dirt  between  his  clothes  and  skin.  The  micros- 
cope shows,  that  the  skin  is  perforated  with  billions 
of  pores,  as  outlets  or  inlets  of  his  body  ;  that  these 
pores  are  continually  ejecting  watery  liquors,  like 
fountains ;  and  that  these  pores  or  canals  are  con- 
tracted or  widened  according  as  the  surrounding  tern  - 
perature  is  cooler  or  warmer  ;  observations  teach,  that 
they  absorb  from  the  next  atmosphere,  and  that  the 
whole  state  of  vital  functions  is  chiefly  depending  from 
these  operations.  He  is  too  frequently  bound  to  tillhy 
lodgings  for  years.  His  clothes  are  generally  of  a 
fashion,  that  they  keep  some  parts  of  the  body  warm, 
while  they  leave  others  uncovered,  which  but  serves  to 
increase  the  sensibility  and  evil  consequences :  the 
clothes  keep  him  warm  in  the  dry  stale,  but  keep  him 
wet  in  rain  and  great  perspirations,  and  cause  thereby 
violent  obstructions  of  the  operations  of  his  pores,  that 
are  necessary  to  health  and  life,  till  they  cause  fevers, 
rheumatism,  or  other  diseases,  which  often  enough  end 
in  premature  death. 

The  brutes  are  exempt  from  such  evils,  except  the 
domestic  ones,  which  man  has  enslaved  like  himself. 

There  are  yet  other  causes  to  shorten  the  human 
life,  to  \^hich  the  brutes  are  not  subject.  JVian  is  kept 
in  troubles  and  cares,  in  anxiety,  in  imaginary  fears, 
in  angry  passions  or  grief,  from  infancy  to  old  age. 
He  has  to  exert  his  mind  against  his  will,  in  learning 
many  things,  that  necessity  or  customs  peremptorily 


175 


By  the  new  means  : 

discovered  of  them  is  already  enough  for  effecting 
what  is  stated. 

There  is  no  cause  for  intemperance  of  any  kind ; 
for  taere  is  never  any  over-excitement  for  it,  the  sa- 
tisfaction of  appetites  being  never  opposed  or  ob- 
structed, and  whatever  may  injure  health  being  re- 
moved, so  that  there  be  no  temptation  for  mischievous 
enjoyments. 


There  is  no  cause  nor  object  of  fear  and  quarrels, 
no  onipulsion  to  any  disagreeable  occupation  and  si- 
tuation, no  oppressive  cares,  nor  disgusting  mental 
exertions  to  mean  and  litlle  purposes.  Man  may  live, 
move,  play,  rest,  eat,  drink,  bathc,sleep,  study,  observe 
and  do  v\hatever  he  please,  except  what  is  hurtful. 

That  serenity  of  mind,  happy  temper,  is  the  result 


176 

At  present: 

claim  of  him.  His  sensibility  is  thereby  often  over- 
excited, or  his  mind  and  feelings  oppressed  :  the  state 
of  the  vital  functions  is  intimately  connected  with  the 
mental  operations  ;  the  feelings,  and,  in  consequence, 
life  and  health,  are  affected  thereby.  Who  knows 
not,  that  fear,  fright,  anger,  grief,  disappointments  in 
love,  &c.,  may  cause  fevers,  and  other  diseases,  and 
death,  or  premature  old  age  ;  in  children,  obstruction 
in  their  growth  and  development  of  their  nature,  &c.  ? 
The  brutes  are  subject  to  some  of  these  evils,  but  in  a 
very  inferior  degree,  and,  to  many  others  of  them,  not 
at  all. 

Man  is  superior  to  brutes  in  chances  for  life  in  no 
respect.  For — whatever  he  may  boast  of  his  superi- 
ority in  knowledges  and  understanding — he  knows  ge- 
nerally but  very  little  of  his  own  nature,  and  nature  in 
general,  that  may  be  useful  for  preservation  of  health 
and  life.  What  we  call,  among  us,  sciences  and  arts, 
is  generally  but  for  amusement,  for  vain  show,  or  for 
getting  money  from  our  fellow-man,  the  paramount 
object  of  all  human  endeavours  iu  our  present  state  of 
general  ignorance  and  trivialness.  We  amuse  and  are 
amused  with  imaginary  notions;  grasp  after  shadows, 
and  lose  sight  of  what  really  could  be  useful  for  hu- 
man life.  For  what  avail  all  our  speculations,  all 
k  nowledges  of  useless  or  imaginary  things,  all  posses- 
sions of  money  and  relative  wealth,  if  they  Ciinnotsave 
us  from  suffering,  sickne5^F,  melancholy,  or  anger,  and 
premature  death 


»  177 

By  the  new  means  : 

of  good  health,  of  pleasant  objects  that  affect  the 
mind  and  feelings,  aannot  be  denied,  unless  defying 
every  day's  experiences. 

A  combination  of  all  the  stated  means  must  then 
produce  a  condition  of  men  so  much  superior  to  the 
present  of  any  man  on  earth,  that  our  language  wants 
words  to  describe,  or  to  give  some  faint  idea  of  it :  it  is 
but  by  reflection  on  the  means  presented,  that  the 
new  sphere  of  life  may  b©  conceived. 


-.^ 


178 

At  present : 

Nearly  one-half  of  men  die  in  their  infancy  and 
childhood,  and  hardly  one-tenth  attain  the  age  of  fifty 
years,  of  which  nearly  all  have  then  lost  the  prime  of 
life. 

The  inherent  affection  of  man  for  his  family  and 
friends  causes  the  greatest  distress  to  him.  For  he 
never  is  able  to  make  them  as  happy  as  he  would  w  ish 
to  see  them  ;  but  feels  only  multiplied  his  own  suffer- 
ings by  the  suflferings  of  the  objects  of  his  love  and 
affection.  This  faculty  of  man,  so  essential  for  his 
happiness  and  the  preservation  of  his  species,  is  gene- 
rally a  continualsource  of  cares,  grief,  and  vexations 
to  him. 

Conjugal  love  is  lessened  and  destroyed  at  last,  by 
disappointments,  reciprocal  claims  and  inability  to  sa- 
tisfy them,  avarice  or  dissipations  on  one  or  the  other 
side,  or  other  different  propensities  and  desires  in  eco- 
nomical respects,  vexations,  disagreeable  temper,  neg- 
ligence of  personal  appearance,  want,  cares,  perplex- 
ities, disagreeable  situation,  weariness  of  each  other 
by  being  compelled  to  live  constantly  together  under 
various  disagreeable  circumstances  and  impressions. 
Matrimony  is  often  but  a  partnership  for  pecuniary 
self-interest,  where  love  has  little  or  no  share  in  it 
from  the  beginning.  How  many  indifferent  or  unfor- 
tunate matrimonies  are  not  to  be  found  ?  Not  one- 
tenth  proves  to  be  happy.  Yet  the  love  of  the  sexes 
is  the  strongest  passion,  and  destined  for  the  greatest 
happiness. 


179 


By  the  neio  means  : 

By  the  systematical  arrangements,  as  pointed  out, 
very  few  men  will  die  a  premature  death ;  and  the 
prime  of  life  will  have  generally  a  far  greater  extent 
than  fifty  years. 

Affection  and  love  are  fostered  and  heightened. 
They  are  the  source  of  the  greatest  happiness  of  life. 
They  are  of  the  happiest  effects  upon  the  human  cha- 
racter and  social  life,  without  producing  any  of  the 
evil  consequences  now  existing.  The  hostile  feelings 
will  be  suppressed,  and  make  room  for  sympathy  with 
all  fellow-creatures.  Man's  enjoyments  and  pleasures 
are  multiplied  by  those  of  the  objects  of  his  affection 
and  love. 

Conjugal  love  is  there  the  natural  impulse.  No 
pecuniary  interest  opposes  nor  prostitutes  there  the 
love.  No  compulsion  is  there  to  live  and  have  inter- 
course together  against  their  inclination.  Nothing 
but  love  is  left  for  cause  to  visit  and  to  admit  each 
other,  every  male  and  female  adult  having  an  apart- 
ment by  itself.  Most  elegantly  and  brilliantly 
dressed  and  lodged,  in  the  bloom  of  health,  with  a 
cheerful  temper,  without  cares  or  troubles,  living  in 
the  utmost  cleanliness,  surrounded  but  by  pleasant 
objects,  no  disgust  is  ever  occasioned,  and  love  is 
ever  new  aud  pure.  Independent  in  their  respec- 
tive situations,  no  dispute,  or  disorder,  or  despotism, 
can  ensue.  They  come  together  but  for  pleasant  con- 
versation and  mutual  pleasure.  Decency,  fine  be- 
haviour, self-respect,  need  not  there  to  be  recom- 
mended— they  are  a  matter  of  course ;  because  every 


180 
At  present 


Father  and  mother  will  do  every  thing  in  their  power 
to  make  their  offspring  happy.  They  would  sacrifice 
even  their  lives  to  save  that  of  their  children.  They 
drudge  and  toil,  not  so  much  for  their  own  benefit 
as  for  that  of  their  children.  They  grieve  at  their 
sufferings,  hut  too  often  in  vain.  They  see  them  ripen 
to  maturity,  towards  a  life  of  disgrace,  of  poverty,  of 
slavery,  of  drudgery  and  perils,  of  ignorance,  &c. ; 
hut  they  cannot  help  it,  or  are  not  aware  of  it :  they 
would  die  of  grief,  did  they  know  the  future  misery 
of  their  beloved  children  ;  hut  the  glimmering  of  de- 
lusive, flattering  hopes,  always  for  the  best,  cheers 
their  minds  only  till  sad  disappointment.  I  every 
man's  fate  was  faithfully  recorded,  what  melancholy 
aspect  of  human  life  in  general  would  we  then  have  ? 
Out  of  one  hundred  human  lives  not  one  would  ex- 
hibit some  cheerful  picture.  Every  one  may  ask  the 
histories  of  his  own  family  and  acquaintances,  and 
see  what  heart-rending  scenes,  and  mournings,  and 
sufferings  stept  into  the  places  of  fond  hopes.  Poverty, 
want,  fear  of  want,  and  their  consequence,  self-inter- 
est, stifle  or  diminish  too  frequently  the  affection  even 
between  parents  and  children. 

Parents  have  to  train  up  their  children  in  dirt  and 
rags,  to  toil  and  hardships,  to  sufferings  and  woes,  and 
foresee  them  in  part.  Their  children,  in  return  for 
their  affection, grow  cold  and  indifferent  towards  them. 
They  grow  up  in  bad  habits,  sour,  angry,  and  malig 


181 


By  the  new  means : 

tiling"  that  disg-usts,  gives  no  pleasure ;  and  no  plea- 
sure, no  intercourse. 

The  children  grow  np  without  trouble  in  all  the  in- 
nocence, intelligence,  cheerful  and  playful  temper, 
natural  to  their  age,  with  blooming  health  and  coun- 
tenance, most  cleanly  and  beautifully  dressed,  and  ex- 
hibiting thus  to  the  eyes  of  their  parents  the  lovely 
attributes  of  angels.  This  is  no  more  than  what  the 
arrangements  stated  warrant. 

Whatever  is  to  be  known  of  man,  children  may  have 
learned  at  the  age  of  eight  to  ten  years,  by  mere  be- 
holding, handling,-  and  examining  the  things  exhi- 
bited to  them  in  the  palace  and  gardens,  just  with  no 
more  trouble,  neither  to  the  teacher  nor  to  the  chil- 
dren, than  they  learn  now  their  mother-tongue. 

Thus  will  love  of  the  sexes  and  of  parents  be  made 
a  perpetual  source  of  the  greatest  happiness,  as  it  is 
destined  to  be. 


182 


^t  present : 

nant -dispositions,  in  consequence  of  their  situation, 
and  compulsory  exertions  against  their  inclination. 

Thus  the  human  mind,  for  want  of  agreeable  ob- 
jects about  him,  in  consequence  of  an  indifferent  and 
miserable  life,  becomes  peevish,  angry,  dissatisfied, 
malignant,  quarrelsome,  &c.  These  dispositions  are 
not  lessened  by  his  intercourse  with  his  fellow-men  out 
of  his  family.  Whoever  has  to  deal  with  him,  seeks 
his  disadvantage,  to  gain  by  it:  for  the  gain  of  one 
man  must  always  be  the  loss  of  others.  Man  sees  thus 
in  his  fellow-man  a  natural  and  necessary  enemy  to 
him.  He  is  cheated  and  deceived  by  false  appear- 
ances, and  endeavours  to  cheat  and  deceive  in  his 
turn.  He  knows  it  is  but  fear  that  keeps  his  fellow- 
man  from  robbing  him. 

The  poorer  man  is,  the  more  he  is  neglected  and 
slighted,  as  a  being  of  little  use  or  worth.  The  richer 
man  is,  the  more  he  has  to  watch  his  possessions 
against  cheat  and  robbery. 


183 

By  the  new  means 


Friendship  and  socialness  are  not  stifled  by  sordid 
avarice  and  covetousness.  No  mean  self-interest  is 
there  the  spring  of  human  intercourse.  There  is  no 
cause  for  quarrels  and  malignant  dispositions,  or  vexa- 
tion. The  persons  who  please  are  courted  ;  those  who 
do  not  please,  are  not  sought  for  society.  Every  one 
may  partake  of  any  social  pleasure,  without  interfer- 
ing with  that  of  any  other  person.  Desire  for  pleasant 
intercourse  is  there  the  only  motive  that  attracts  man 
to  man ;  and  without  this  desire  there  is  no  occasion 
for  intrusion. 


Men  are  all  equally  rich,  and  independent  from 
each  other  ;  for  every  one  shares  in  all  what  he  sees 
to  superabundance.  They  are  worth  to  each  other 
as  much  as  they  give  pleasure  to  each  other  by  their 
dispositions  and  talents. 


184 


2.  IN  MORAL  RESPECTS. 
At  present  .- 

If  morality  is  to  have  any  utility  and  defined  mean- 
ing, it  must  be  justice  and  benevolence  towards  our 
fellow-men;  without  them  the  social  state  is  worse 
than  dreary  solitude.  For  what  is  society  good  for, 
if  it  has  not  these  ingredients  ? — To  live  among  an 
aggregate  of  enemies  or  indifferent  men,  is  the  greatest 
misery  of  life. 

There  is  but  one  criterion  of  justice  and  benevo- 
lence ;  this  is,  to  do  to  others  as  we  wish  to  be  done 
to  by  others.  This  appeal  to  our  feelings  and  desires 
is  ea  silyunderstood  by  every  one  ;  but  how  is  it  with 
the  practice  ? — Why,  every  one  delights  the  most  when 
he  buys  as  cheap  as  possible,  if  possible  for  nothing 
at  all,  and  to  sell  as  dear  as  possible,  if  possible,  no- 
thing at  all,  without  caring  about  what  his  fellow -man 
may  suffer  by  it. 

The  reason  why  man  acts  so  against  his  fellow-man 
is  again  plain  enough  to  every  one ;  it  is  because 
every  one  acts  so  against  him ;  because  this  is  the 
easiest  way  to  get  through  the  difficulties  of  living, 
because  none  has  ever  enough  for  himself  and  his 
family  ;  and  because  he  cannot  get  any  thing  for  his 
living  or  pleasure,  except  by  his  labour,  or  by  the  la- 
bour of  his  fellow-men. 

That  every  one  claims  such  a  beneficial  morality 
from  others  is  natural ;  and  that  none  does  practise 
it  is  again  natural. 


185 

By  the  new  means  : 


Man  has  there  nothing  to  give  to,  and  nothing  to 
take  from  his  fellow-man,  except  love  and  pleasure, 
and  this  will  require  neither  labour  nor  money,  nor 
any  sacrifice.  To  give  and  to  receive  love  and  plea" 
sure,  without  sacrifice,  is  the  finest  pleasure  of  life, 
and  need  not  to  he  taught  by  speeches ;  but  inherent 
feelings  are  far  more  powerful  agents  than  all  teachers 
and  preachers  in  the  world.  All  objects  around  man 
are  agreeable,  and  cause  by  the  impressions  but  agree- 
able feelings.  No  fear  of  want,  nor  of  man,  no  object 
of  fraud  and  deception,  no  traffic,  no  buying  and 
selling,  no  opposite  interest,  no  distinction  of  poor  and 
rich,  or  of  high  and  low,  is  there.  Man  has  every 
thing  he  wants,  or  knows  to  exist  in  the  world,  with- 
out trouble,  in  superabundance,  and  secured  for  life. 
So  there  can  be  no  grudge.  So  the  happiness  of  one 
interferes  there  not  with  the  happiness  of  others. 


R  2 


186 


At  present : 

The  wealthy  lives  upon  the  misery  of  the  poor.  The 
fortune  of  one  is  always  to  be  built  upon  the  losses  and 
miseries  of  others. 

The  more  wealth,  the  more  means  for  happiness 
man  thinks  to  possess.  But  as  he  cannot  get  wealth, 
except  from  his  fellow-man,  there  is  no  satisfaction  for 
him,  except  they  become  poor,  while  he  gets  rich  ;  but 
as  wealth  without  servants  would  do  him  but  little 
good,  they  must  needs  be  his  servants  or  slaves  too. 
He  would  fain  wish  the  rich  would  leave  this  world, 
and  leave  him  heir  to  their  possessions.  But  as  still 
there  would  be  no  limit  in  his  desires,  as  he  could 
never  think  himself  quite  secure  against  the  rapacious 
desires  of  others  against  him,  the  greatest  satisfaction 
in  the  world  could  only  be  for  him,  if  some  universal 
mortality  of  wars,  pestilence,  famine,  &c.,  would 
depopulate  the  world,  and  leave  him  and  his  family 
sole  heirs  to  all  the  wealth  in  the  world. 

Is  this,  perhaps,  an  exaggeration  ? — Ask  the  history 
of  our  times,  of  the  most  civilized  nations,  of  our  own 
continent.  By  the  unsatiable  desire  for  wealth,  the 
innocent  inhabitants  of  one  continent  were  exteimi- 
nated,  and  the  same  populated  again  with  slaves  from 
another  continent,  for  work;  yet  there  was  never  a 
want  of  teachers  and  preachers  of  morality  and  reli- 
gion. Do  we  act  now  on  better  principles? — Are  our 
desires  and  endeavours  for  wealth  more  moderate  ? — 
Was  there  ever  a  man  known  whose  desire  for  more 
wealth  and  power  was  at  a  stop  ?  The  causes  of  this 
unsatiable  desire  and  feelings  of  every  one  in  opposi- 


187 


By  the  new  means  : 

Man  sees  there  the  world  is  large  enough,  and  rich 
enough,  to  afford  superabundance  of  all  things  de- 
sirable for  human  life,  for  himself  and  all  his  fellow- 
men,  for  the  present  generation,  and  for  many  gene- 
rations to  come.  He  sees  there,  that  nothing  but 
ignorance  kept  man  hitherto  in  misery,  and  in  conflict 
t\ith  his  fellow-man  and  with  nature ;  that  it  is  but 
the  height  of  barbarous  ignorance,  to  think  that  man 
must  kill,  rob,  cheat,  and  oppress  his  fellow-man,  for 
want  of  means  to  live  happy  in  this  world.  His  long- 
ing after  happiness  is  there  not  in  vain,  and  his  satis- 
faction not  derived  from  the  sufferings  of  his  fellow- 
man,  whose  happiness  is  essential  to  his  own.  His 
feelings  are  in  harmony  with  those  of  his  fellow-man, 
because  his  desires  and  interests  are  in  union,  and  not 
in  opposition,  with  those  of  others.  His  morality  is 
in  union  with  his  interest  and  actual  happiness.  His 
natural  desire  is,  there,  to  live  in  peace  and  har- 
mony with  his  fellow-men.  For  it  is  there,  not  man's 
possessions  of  things,  but  man's  social  virtues  and 
talents,  that  may  be  sought  after. 


188 


At  present  : 

tion  to  those  of  others  exist  as  they  ever  have  existed, 
and  in  consequence  the  evils  also. 

Man  fears  his  fellow-man  more  than  a  beast  of 
prey.  Hence  laws  and  institutions  to  restrain  him. 
But  these  compulsive  means  seem  to  him  not  suffi- 
cient yet.  He  calls  the  hopes  and  fears  of  religion 
to  his  aid,  and  pays  willingly  his  share  for  teaching 
doctrines  to  his  fellow-men,  that  may  keep  them  still 
more  in  awe  against  doing  him  wrong.  But  again 
man  finds  his  fellow-men  act  the  hypocrites,  like 
himself,  pay  also  their  shares  to  the  same  purpose, 
profess  one  thing  and  do  another,  act  altogether 
contrary  to  their  professed  doctrines,  and  are  as  cun- 
ning as  himself.  He  gets  highly  alarmed,  and  wishes 
to  keep,  at  least,  religious  fears  and  hopes,  for  the 
sake  of  his  own  security,  in  credit  as  long  as  possible. 
So  we  have  many  elaborate  speeches  of  morality  and 
religion,  and  they  are  often  well  paid  too.  Is  any 
man  so  ignorant  or  so  simple  as  not  to  know,  that  all 
the  fine  moral  speeches  do  not  affect  the  actions  of 
man?  —  Man  cheats  and  deceives  his  fellow-man, 
where  he  dares  not  rob  him,  and  is  deceived  and 
cheated  in  his  turn.  What  we  call  honesty,  is 
generally  but  a  prudent  conduct,  to  gain  belief  in 
one's  words. 

Mean  self-interest,  poverty,  fear  of  poverty,  and  of 
all  its  appending  miseries,  destroys  aff'ection,  and  sa- 
crifices it  to  money.  Parents  and  children,  sisters 
and  brothers,  and  friends,  quarrel  and  prosecute 
each  other  to  ruin,  when   their   self-interest,   their 


189 

By  the  new  means 


Man  sees  in  his  fellow-man  a  helpmate  for  social 
pleasures  ;  there  is  no  object  of  fear,  nor  cheat,  be- 
tween man  and  man.  So  there  is  no  occasion  for 
hiring  men  to  teach  others  what  they  ought  to  do 
against  their  actual  interest.  All  causes  for  enmities 
are  annihilated,  by  the  annihilation  of  opposite  in- 
terests. There  is  no  cause  of  crimes.  A  man  of  a 
sound  mind  can  have  no  wish  to  hurt  his  fellow- 
creature,  when  it  cannot  do  him  any  good;  and  if 
somebody  should  show  then  still  some  malignant  dis- 
position, in  spite  of  all  delights  and  friendly  society, 
he  must  be  insane  ;  and  as  such  cases  can  be  but  sel- 
dom, they  may  be  treated  as  diseases  ;  man  will  sym- 
pathise with  the  less  fortunate,  and  not  make  it  his 
business  to  increase  the  sufferings  of  the  unfortunate. 


Affection  and  love  exercise  their  blissful  influence 
on  life  without  any  hindrance.  Friendship,  affection, 
love,  come  never  in  opposition  with  self-interest. 
Accumulation  of  individual  property  would  be  there 
as  ridiculous  as  accumulation  of  water  now.     Love 


190 


At  presents 

want,  or  fear  of  want,  come  into  collision.  The  ob- 
ject of  love  is  prostituted,  forsaken  for  money,  and 
rendered  miserable  for  life.  As  every  thing,  out  of 
want  or  fear  of  want,  becomes  venal,  it  becomes  also 
an  object  of  cheat  and  deception.  So  love  is  feigned 
and  sold  for  money.  He,  or  she,  who  marries  more 
for  the  possession  of  things,  than  for  the  love  of  the 
person,  prostitutes  love,  cheats  his  or  her  partner  out 
of  the  greatest  happiness  for  life,  and  is  cheated  so 
in  turn.  Those  who  would  love  and  make  each  other 
happy,  cannot  or  dare  not  marry  each  other,  for  want 
or  fear  of  want ;  and  those  who  cannot  love  each 
other,  have  to  unite  themselves  for  life.  How  few 
happy  matrimonies  are  to  be  found  is  known.  All 
the  miseries  of  matrimonies  and  prostitutions,  are  the 
consequences  of  poverty  and  its  appending  labour 
and  sufferings,  and  fear  of  poverty.  Poverty  is  con- 
sidered as  the  greatest  misfortune,  for  the  poor  is 
neglected  and  slighted ;  he  is  but  tantalized  by  the 
exhibition  of  wealth,  enjoyments,  and  pleasures  of 
others,  and  he  knows  the  good  things  of  this  world 
are  not  for  him,  but  only  the  labours,  thorns,  and 
thistles  of  it. 

Want,  and  fear  of  want,  chills  all  fellow-feelings, 
all  sense  of  justice  and  benevolence.  We  see  this 
best  where  man  is  free  to  act,  in  war.  Man  kills  and 
cripples  his  fellow-man  for  sport  or  glory,  with  the 
same  indifference  as  he  would  do  with  a  deer  or  a 
dog,  and  is  treated  so  in  return,  without  caring  for 
right  or  reason. 

This  is  about  the  eflfective  amount  of  morality. 


191 


By  the  new  means : 

cannot  there  be  venal  and  prostituted ;  but  love  is 
only  given  out  of  love  and  for  love,  as  nature  dictates 
for  the  happiness  of  man.  No  depotism,  no  misery 
is  there  the  consequence  of  this  passion,  so  sweet,  so 
self-sacrificing,  and  so  necessary  to  life.  There  is  no 
cause  for  compulsion  or  violent  restraint  against  na- 
ture. Every  adult  male  or  female  person  lives  inde- 
pendent, in  a  separate  apartment ;  and — no  love,  no 
intercourse — respect  and  love  are  there  the  only  wea- 
pons to  gain  love.  Love  is  there  not  soiled  by  drud- 
gery and  cares,  and  fears  and  disgust.  Only  the 
pleasures  of  tender  love  in  matrimony  may  be  fully 
enjoyed,  without  its  disagreements,  now  so  common. 
Love  is  then,  what  it  ought  to  be,  a  source  of  the 
greatest  happiness. 

Parents  need  not  to  compel  their  children  to  do  any 
thing  against  their  inclination.  A  system  of  education 
may  and  will  be  introduced,  to]  prevent  bad  customs, 
and  to  cultivate  good  amiable  feelings.  Children  will 
see  themselves  only  among  tender  friends,  and  never 
under  masters  or  sour-tempered  monitors.  So  they 
will  love  their  parents  and  guides  by  natural  impulse. 

Peace  and  harmony,  and  but  friendly  intercourse 
will  be  among  individuals  and  nations  ;  for  every 
people,  as  well  as  every  individual,  will  have  more 
means  for  enjoying  life  than  they  want.  The  more 
intelligent  nation  will  have  means  to  keep  the  less 
intelligent  peoples  in  awe.  On  both  sides  they  will 
find  it  their  advantage  to  keep  peace  and  friendly 
intercourse. 


192 

3.  IN  INTELLECTUAL  RESPECTS. 

At  present : 

Whatever  man  knows,  he  had  to  learn  either  by  his 
own  observations,  or  by  instructions  from  others. 

If  man  knew  no  more  than  what  he  had  learned  by 
his  own  observations  in  nature,  he  would  know  not 
one-thousandth  part  of  what  he  knows.  But  he 
derives  his  ideas,  language,  and  arts,  from  the  ex- 
periences and  practices  of  many  millions  of  his  con- 
temporary fellow-beings,  and  of  many  antecedent 
generations  of  times  immemorial. 

Men  have  now  a  very  unequal  chance  for  learning. 
One  may  rove  in  all  the  historical  and  scientifical 
knowledges  all  over  the  world,  and  pass  his  life  in 
study  of  books,  and  records  of  all  known  ages,  and 
of  nature,  while  his  neighbour  has  no  more  chance 
for  learning  any  thing  of  what  is  beyond  his  horizon, 
than  a  brute. 

The  mere  knowing,  however,  makes  not  happy,  as 
little  as  the  mere  possession  of  wealth  ;  but  both  are 
but  means,  of  which  only  a  wise  application  may  in- 
crease happiness 

Wealth  of  intellect  is,  however,  far  more  valuable 
than  physical  wealth  or  money ;  and  wealth  of  intel- 
lect may  procure  physical  wealth,  but  all  the  money 
in  the  world  cannot  procure  intellectual  wealth  :  the 
latter  requires  time,  favourable  circumstances,  and 
study.  Besides,  a  man  of  intellectual  wealth  may 
live  happy  without  physical  wealth ;  while  a  man  of 


193 
By  the  new  means . 


VVhatevev  man  learns  there,  lie  learns  by  Ins  own 
observations;  the  objects  of  human  knowledges  being 
placed  before  him,  so  that  he  cannot  be  deceived. 

The  instructions  of  others  are  to  be  documented  by 
visible  things.  So  there  can  be  no  delusion.  The 
safe  criterion  of  truth  is  always  ocular  demonstration 
by  analogy:  this  again  requires  comparisons;  and  (he 
more  knowledges  of  things,  the  more  extensive  com- 
parisons can  be  made,  and  the  more  truths  ascertained. 

Men  have  tliere  an  equal  chance  for  learning.  They 
^vill  learn  there  in  one  year  more  than  the  most  learned 
could  learn  in  all  his  life.  And  there  will  be  as  much 
difference  between  the  intellect  of  man  in  the  new  stale 
and  that  of  the  present,  as  there  is  now  between  the 
most  learned  and  the  most  ignorant. 

Tlie  knowledges  are  made  beneficial  to  the  highest 
possible  degree  for  every  human  being  at  once. 


It  is  by  this  increase  of  intellectual  wealth,  by  its 
equal  distribution  among  all  members  of  the  human 
family,  that  peace  and  good-will  among  all,  and 
general  happiness  is  chiefly  effected.  Man's  own 
self-satisfaction,  a  never-failing  source  of  the  fines' 
pleasures  and  delights,  and  highly  useful  instruction 
is  produced  by  an  inliuite  intellectual  wealth.     This 

s 


194 


At  present : 

physical  wealth  and  intellectual  poverty,  will  gene- 
rally enjoy  a  very  inferior  degree  of  happiness. 

Though  want  of  intelligence  is  either  not  at  all  or 
but  little  felt  of  the  individual  who  is  ignorant  of  his 
defect,  yet  it  is  far  more  grievous  than  want  of  phy- 
sical wealth.  The  man  who  is  born  blind  knows  not 
his  misery ;  so  the  man  who  is  trained  up  in  igno- 
rance, knows  not  the  difference  between  ignorance 
and  superior  intelligence.  There  is  as  much  differ- 
ence in  that  respect  between  man  and  man,  as  there 
is  between  man  and  brute. 


Therefore,  it  is  the  greatest  tyranny  and  injustice, 
when  men  are  put  under  so  unequal  chances  for  learn- 
ing as  the  case  is  now.  These  injustices  are  carried 
to  the  height  of  barbarity,  if,  in  spite  of  these  unequal 
circumstances  in  which  men  live,  the  laws  and  insti- 
tutions are  made  as  if  all  men  had  equally  acquired 
full  knowledge  of  all  the  things  to  be  known. 

It  is  owing  to  these  unequal  chances  for  intellec- 
tual culture,  that  there  is  so  great  a  variety  and  con- 
tradiction of  opinions  among  men.  Every  family, 
and  every  individual,  has  its  own  sphere  of  impres- 
sions and  ideas;  and  again,  every  sect,  party,  or  na- 
tion.    They  reciprocally  recriminate  each  other  of 


195 


By  the  new  means : 

wealth  is  acquired  without  trouhle,  but  with  ever  in- 
creasing pleasure.  Man  needs  but  to  observe  the 
objects  placed  before  him.  He  has  means  to  accu- 
mulate all  things  of  the  world,  and  to  combine  them 
for  his  instruction.  Whatever  combination  of  cir- 
cumstances man  may  think  of  for  investigation, 
he  is  enabled  there  to  realise  them  without^  exertion. 
The  more  man  learns,  the  more  he  becomes  aware  of 
his  preceding  ignorance  and  errors,  and  the  more  he 
discovers  means  for  increasing  his  knowledges.  It 
will  be  with  intellectual  wealth,  as  it  is  now  with  phy- 
sical wealth, — the  more  man  has,  the  more  he  will  and 
can  acquire  ;  with  this  difference,  however,  that  intel- 
lectual wealth  can  never  get  lost.  Man  will  there  be 
under  no  limit  of  means  for  increasing  his  knowledges. 
Physical  wealth  will  there  be  no  object  of  human  en- 
deavours any  more. 

There  is  a  surety,  that  all  men  know  all  things  of 
a  general  nature  to  be  possibly  known  by  man  ;  and 
therefore  a  surety  that  all  men  are  equally  convinced 
of  what  is  or  is  not ;  so  there  is  nothing  in  contra- 
diction with  the  minds  of  men  in  all  laws  and 
institutions,  which  are  but  originated  in  the  gene- 
ral conviction  and  will  of  the  people.  There  will,  in 
consequence,  be  no  more  dispute  about  any  demon- 
strated truth,  than  there  is  now  about  colours  or 
shapes,  as  little  as  there  is  now  about  what  is  square, 
round,  black,  or  white.  So  it  will  be  there  with  every 
reality  within  the  perception  of  human  senses.  And 
whatever  is  out  of  the  reach  of  human  senses,  and 


196 


At  present : 

folly  and  perverseiiess  about  differences  of  ideas, 
which  they  do  not  fully  or  not  all  understand  of 
each  other.  Those  who  suppose  themselves  to  be 
belter  informed  than  others,  pride  themselves  of  it, 
and  despise  the  supposed  less  intelligent ;  these  again 
feel  the  injustice,  and  recriminate  others  in  their  turn. 

Thus  the  injustices  are  reciprocally  heightened  by 
superciliousness  of  real  or  gratuitously  supposed  su- 
periority of  knowledges  and  intelligence. 

In  addition  to  these  injustices  and  irrational  feel- 
ings, the  better  informed  is  more  respected,  and  en- 
joys greater  pecuniary  advantages  than  those  of  less 
information,  though  they  had  very  unequal  chances 
for  it. 

Despotism  of  governments  and  priesthood  have  in- 
troduced, in  times  of  gross  ignorance  and  childish 
superstition,  ideas  and  customs,  by  enforcing  them 
upon  the  minds  of  children  before  they  could  reason, 
instead  of  useful  knowledges  of  realities,  which  no- 
tions have  been  handed  down  from  one  generation  to 
another,  until  our  time.  Ignorant  and  weak  minds 
are  the  least  capable  to  examine  them,  and  to  discern 
truth  from  error.  Such  miserable  beings  imagine  now 
to  know  a  great  many  things,  while  in  fact  they  are 
but  poor  dupes  of  superstition,  and  are  in  a  degree 
rendered  insane  by  delusive  notions. 

Thus  we  receive  generally  a  great  deal  of  instruc- 
tion in  various  ways  from  others.  But  these  instruc- 
tions are  either  lies  or  truths.  If  they  are  lies,  they 
must  lead  to  endless  errors,  and  dangers,  and  mis- 


197 


By  the  new  means : 

consequently  not  demonstrable,  will  soon    be    dis- 
covered to  be  no  object  of  rational  dispute. 


There  is  no  occasion  either  for  imposing  lies  or  for 
enforcing  truths  upon  the  minds.  Let  every  one,  child 
or  adult,  first  acquire  all  the  knowledges  of  things 
that  be  in  existence,  by  showing  the  things  them- 
selves ;  let  the  useful  application  be  made,  let  him 
then  compare  his  old  notions,  whatever  they  be,  with 
those  new  knowledges ;  let  him  see  the  contradiction, 
and  choose  for  himself  what  he  pleases.  There  will 
be  no  compulsion,  no  dispute  about  opinions,  as  soon 
as  men  will  have  acquired  full  knowledge  of  all  what 
is  to  be  known  of  the  visible  world  ;  and  till  that  pe- 
riod arrives,  let  there  be  a  suspense  of  all  animation 
about  different  notion.  Jt  is  not  by  contradicting 
assertions,  that  man  forsakes  his  notions ;  it  is  by  sub- 
stantial proof,  evidence  of  his  senses,  that  he  may 
correct  his  error.    And  even  in  these  cases,  the  de- 

s  2 


198 


At  present  : 

chiefs.  For  all  conclusions  drawn  from  false  premises 
must  always  be  erroneous.  Men  who  are  thinking 
and  acting  from  false  suppositions,  will  always  ima- 
gine, see,  and  expect  things  that  have  no  existence, 
and  are  thus  as  unfortunate  and  dangerous  as 
lunatics. 


If  men  had  ever  lived  in  a  state  of  innocence  and 
sincerity — if  at  least  the  majority  had  always  been 
wise,  well -informed  men,  free  of  our  common  frail- 
ties, and  incapable  of  being  deceived — if  there  had 
never  been  causes  for  individual  self-interest — if  there 
had  never  been  opposite  interests  among  men,  and 
consequently  no  inducements  to  cheating  and  lying — 
then  we  might  yet  continue  to  do  like  little  children, 
faithfully  believe  all  the  stories  handed  to  us  from  our 
progenitors  for  our  instruction  and  guides,  and  never 
trouble  our  understanding  with  examining  thera  and 
the  circumstances  under  which  they  originated,  and 
comparing  them  to  what  our  present  experiences  may 
teach. 

But  we  see,  to  our  grief,  this  will  not  do.  The 
world  is  full  of  lies,  frauds,  and  contradictions ;  for 
every  one  wants  to  gain  advantage  on  his  fellow-man, 
which  is  impossible,  without  insincerity.     We  see  the 


199 


By  the  new  means : 

monstration  ought  never  to  be  begun  with  assertions 
that  contradict  any  old  notion :  but  conviction  of  the 
things  that  exist  must  first  be  established ;  then  let 
him  his  old  errors  compare  with  it.  Old,  inveterate 
prejudices,  must  be  treated,  like  diseases,  with  cau- 
tion, not,  like  faults,  with  irritation.  A  madman  and 
a  man  of  prejudices  are  alike  in  imagining  things  as 
realities,  though  they  do  not  exist ;  both  are  but  irri- 
tated at  contradictions  to  their  notions,  and  can  only 
get  cured  after  they  have  discovered  themselves  their 
fancies  to  be  errors. 

A  general  state  of  sincerity,  innocence,  and  true 
intelligence  will  then  come  into  existence ;  because 
there  is  but  one  general  interest, — to  be  and  to  see  all 
fellow-men  intelligent,  well-informed,  and  happy,  in 
order  to  increase  thereby  the  general  happiness.  It 
will  there  be  as  disagreeable  to  see  an  ignorant,  su- 
perstitious, or  misinformed,  unhappy,  human  being, 
as  it  is  now  to  see  a  poor,  insane,  or  a  deformed  man, 
for  whom  we  can  but  feel  pity.  Every  thing  can  there 
but  contribute  to  promote  innocence,  good-natured 
dispositions,  and  intelligence.  They  will  soon  cease 
to  be  dupes  of  ancient  ignorance  and  barbarity,  and 
look  upon  the  past  errors  and  ignorance  with  disgust 
and  horror. 

The  causes  for  lying  and  cheating  are  removed. 
If  any  man  should  lie  or  cheat,  still  it  would  be  of  no 
great  consequence,  and  always  prove  to  his  own  dis- 
advantage ;  for  he  would  not  be  believed  again.  There 


200 


At  present : 

practice  of  deception  every  day  before  us,  in  small  and 
and  great  affairs,  by  individuals  and  nations. 

Every  one  is  impelled  by  his  own  wants  to  act  like 
others  do ;  and  that  man  would  be  considered  as  a 
fool,  who  would  act  with  perfect  sincerity  and  im- 
plicit belief  in  every  man's  words. 

The  criterion  and  way  of  examining  for  discerning 
truth  from  lie  is  hence  become  problematic. 


To  resolve  this  problem  is  often  very  ill  paid.  It 
is  known  that  such  endeavours  have  been  punished 
by  fire,  sword,  dungeon,  defamation,  &c.,  while  lies 
were  honoured  and  well  paid. 

Such  have  been  generally  the  inducements  for  tell- 
ing truths  on  important  subjects  ! 

Such  is  our  present  miserable  state  of  general  in- 
telligence, and  nothing  is  done  to  improve  it,  except 
some  degree  of  toleration  for  those  who  venture  to 
speak  against  general  eiTors  and  deceptions. 

We  are  trained  up  in  filling  our  memoiy  with 
words  and  confused  notions  ;  and  learn  some  insipid 
mechanical  occupation  for  gaining  our  livelihood  from 
others. 

All  our  aim  is  to  be,  to  gain  advantage  on  our  fel- 
low-man ;  but  to  gain  advantage  on  nature  for  gene- 
ral improvement  of  thehuman  condition  is  not  thought 
of  yet. 


201 


By  the  new  means  : 

would  be,  at  all  events,  but  little  gain  on  one  side,  and 
little  damage  on  the  other. 

Fraud  and  lies  can  have  no  field  for  practice,  and 
the  natural  sincerity  of  one  will  produce  sincerity  of 
the  other  in  return  ;  for  insincerity  never  pleases,  and 
never  interests. 

The  criterion  of  general  truths  will  as  plainly  be 
understood  by  every  one,  without  teachers,  as  a  child 
knows  how  to  discern  cold  from  warm,  wet  from  dry, 
sharp  from  blunt. 

By  degrees  all  causes  for  apprehensions  for  telling 
truth  will  subside ;  and  then  will  men  become  rational. 


It  is  not  for  men  brought  up  in  prejudices  and 
errors  to  judge  of  superiority  of  intelligence.  It  is 
only  for  self-reflecting  men,  that  now  may  soundly 
j  udge  of  what  the  state  of  better  general  intelligence 
must  then  be. 

Man  sees  and  examines  there  the  things  themselves. 


There  is  no  inducement,  no  interest,  to  hurt  any 
man's  feelings  or  happiness  ;  and  the  discovery  of  one 
is  equally  beneficial  for  all,  to  the  highest  possible 
degree,  without  prejudice  to  any  individual. 


202 
At  present : 

Nature  is  productive,  beyond  all  calculation,  under 
the  lead  of  rational  man  :  she  displays  continually  her 
activity  in  endless  mysterious  productions.  All  is  riddle 
to  us.  However,  we  see  means  and  powers  infinitely 
superior  to  all  human  wants,  if  we  hut  open  our  eyes 
and  understanding. 

But  such  is  man's  folly  and  ignorance,  that  he  cares 
little  for  all  the  substantial  things  for  human  life  and 
happiness;  if  he  could  only  turn  every  thing  into  gold 
or  money,  to  buy  the  labours  and  dangers  of  his  fellow- 
man,  then  he  would  conceive  himself  happy.  What 
a  trifling  creature  ! — with  all  his  boast  of  being  the 
sublimest  thing  in  the  universe.  Such  is  but  one 
consequence,  among  many  equally  deplorable,  of  our 
present  intellectual  condition. 


We  know  not  one  ten-thousandth  part  of  what  the 
most  ignorant  among  us  thinks  to  know ;  and  we  know 
not  one-thousandth  part  of  what  every  man  could  and 
ought  to  know,  for  his  own  happiness.  For  all  our  pro- 
genitors, for  thousands  of  years,  passed  their  lives  like 
we,  if  not  worse,  in  a  general  state  of  ignorance,  and 
erroneous,  superstitious  notions  about  every  thing  in 
the  visible  world.  The  reason  is  plain:  there  was 
never  any  united  co-operation  for  great  and  useful 
purposes :  a  few  had  to  domineer  over  the  many,  by 
craft :  single  individuals'  reasonings  and  discoveries, 


203 

By  the  new  means  : 

Gold,  or  any  thiug  of  high  price  and  of  no  intrinsic 
value,  will  be  looked  upon  as  a  childish  trifle  of  no 
value :  for  they  can,  even  for  ornament,  their  only 
use,  be  substituted  by  other  things,  that  answer 
equally  or  better  the  same  purposes,  in  any  desired 
quantity.  But  the  really  beneficial  produces  of  nature 
will  be  created  in  superabundance  for  every  man ; 
and  all  the  study  and  delight  will  be  directed  towards 
such  objects,  that  may  meliorate  human  life,  not  for 
some  certain  individuals,  but  for  all  men. 


It  is  not  but  till  then  that  man  will  become  a  ra- 
tional creature,  consistent  with  himself,  and  with  na- 
ture, and  in  harmony  with  his  own  race,  with  gigantic 
powers,  means,  and  objects  of  activity.  He  will  see 
then  that  men  lived  hitherto,  through  ignorance  and 
errors,  like  wolves,  fighting  for  prey  among  them- 
selves, when  they  could  live  in  harmony,  and  super- 
abundance, and  felicity,  like  gods. 

Men  will  then  have  ideas  of  their  own  nature,  and 
the  world  in  general,  very  different  from  what  they 
are  now ;  for  they  can  and  will  explore  ten  thousand 


204 


At  present : 

contrary  to  vulgar  notions,  were  disregarded,  or  even 
punished  in  wsome  way  or  another,  or  they  had  to  hide 
their  knov\ledges. 

What  there  is  now  of  sciences  is  taught  but  to  a 
few,  in  fragments,  and  in  a  very  imperfect  and  labo- 
rious manner,  both  to  the  teachers  and  learners.  There 
are  but  poor  provisions  for  materials  of  instruction,  ex- 
cept books.  The  study  of  human  nature,  and  of  uni- 
versal nature,  and  the  application  of  the  acquired  know- 
ledges, are  to  be  derived  from  experiments  and  obser- 
vations, in  generalising  the  conclusions  drawn  there- 
from ;  but  this  is  done  but  in  a  very  limited  extent,  to 
very  limited  purposes,  with  very  limited  means,  and 
not  one  ten -thousandth  part  of  men  in  the  most  civi- 
lized nations  is  acquainted  with  the  results  thereof. 

We  have  a  great  many  Greek  and  Latin  names  for 
the  various  branches  of  the  science  of  nature,  which 
do  not  add  any  thing  to  the  clearness  of  conception. 
An  universal  study  of  nature  is  hardly  ever  attempted 
by  any  individual;  but  it  is  done  in  fragments  for  but 
petty  purposes. 

This  state  of  mental  culture  is  owing  to  but  general 
circumstances,  and  chiefly  to  our  preceding  ages. 

To  describe  the  errors  and  defects  of  our  present 
education  and  studies  would  fill  volumes. 

The  well-informed  and  reflecting  minds  know  them, 
and  the  rest  would  not  understand  them.  Therefore 
these  hints  may  suffice. 


205 

By  the  new  means : 

times  more  of  it,  than  we  know  now,  within  one  gene- 
ration, and  will  have  removed  all  the  childisli  erro- 
neous notions  of  nature,  and  man  himself  that  now 
exist. 

Men  will  have  their  mighty  means  in  operation  for 
exploring  whatever  be  an  object  of  human  knowledges 
over  all  the  world ;  and  the  results  will  be  known  to 
every  one  by  new  means  of  rapid  communication. 

Though  we  have,  by  the  art  of  printing,  a  great  ad- 
vantage over  the  ancients,  yet  the  means  of  commu- 
nication will  be  immensely  more  rapid  and  general 
than  now  ;  so  that  any  important  event  or  discovery 
may  be  diffused  and  known  to  every  man  throughout 
the  world  in  a  few  weeks,  without  pay  or  labour  of  any 
individual :  and  no  individual  interest  will  hinder  the 
universal  diffusion  of  new  valuable  discoveries  or  ideas. 

There  will  be  but  one  science, — but  one  way  to  learn  ; 
and  no  laborious  study  and  teaching.  This  science 
will  be  the  science  of  nature,  where  every  thing  is 
connected  with  every  thing  ;  and  no  part  can  be  well 
understood  by  itself,  unless  its  relation  to  the  whole  is 
taken  into  view.  It  is  there  not  the  names,  that  puzzle 
the  mind,  but  the  thing  themselves  are  to  be  seen,  ob- 
served, and  examined,  before  their  names,  classifica- 
tion, &c.,  be  noticed.  The  chances  for  seeing,  hearing, 
feeling,  smelling,  tasting,  and  reasoning,  will  be  open 
to  every  one  through  life.  All  the  valuable  know- 
ledges of  the  human  race  may  thus  be  learned  by  every 
child,  with  no  more  trouble  than  it  learns  now,  what 
is  a  house,  tree,  apple,  horse,  &c,,  with  their  uses. 

T 


206 

The  glaring  difference  between  the  present  and 
future  condition  of  man  is  justified  by  the  preceding 
stat^ments ;  but  those  who  do  not  pay  attention  to 
accumte  reasoning  will  not  understand  them ;  and 
I  deqlare,  I  do  not  possess  the  talent  to  express 
myself  intelligibly  to  those  who  do  not  pay  attention 
to  mo. 

I  am  an  human,  and  as  conscious  as  any  man  can  be 
of  being  liable  to  error.  But  I  hare  stated  the  reasons 
of  all  my  assertions  before  the  public.  The  attentive 
reader  will  perceive  that  I  took  a  great  deal  of  care  to 
guard  against  error  in  this  untried  matter.  I  have 
offered  any  further  explanation  desired  on  the  subject. 
What  could  I  do  more  ? 

The  objects  stated  are  manifestly  of  paramount  in- 
terest to  every  human  being.  I  have  a  right  now  to 
declare,  and  every  man  of  good  sense  will  join  in  it, 
that  whoever  looks  on  these  objects  with  indifference, 
and  does  not  bestow  his  full  attention  and  most  se- 
rious reflection  on  it,  has  no  rational  claim  to  be  ranked 
with  man.  I  shall  retract  this  declaration,  and  submit 
to  any  atonement  required  for  it,  as  soon  as  the  stated 
fundament  of  the  proposals  be  proved  to  be  absurd. 

It  would  be  inexcusable  in  me  not  to  apply  to  our 
Government  in  this  case  so  important  for  the  nation. 
I  think,  therefore,  I  owe  it  to  the  public  and  to  myself, 
to  inform  the  reader,  that  I  have  made  application,  si- 
multaneously with  the  publication  of  this  book,  to  the 
Congress  and  to  the  Chief  Magistrate  of  the  nation  ; 
and  as  it  may  be  material  to  know  the  manner  of  my 
application,  I  annex  the  copies  of  both  applications, 
of  which  the  results  will  be  published. 


207 


To  the  Honourable  the  Senate^ 
and  to  the  Honourable  the  House  of  Representatives  of 
the  United  States,  in  Congress  assembled. 

The  petition  of  the  undersigned  to  your  Honourable 
body  most  respectfully  shows, 

The  petitioner  brings  before  your  Honourable  body 
a  subject  that  appears  to  him  of  the  utmost  importance 
to  the  nation  and  to  the  whole  humankind  at  large. 

The  subject  is  explained  in  a  book  just  published, 
entitled : — 

The  Paradise  within  the  reach  of  all  men,  without 
labour,  by  powers  of  nature  and  machinery;  an 
address  to  all  intelligent  men,  &c. 
Of  which  a  copy  is  adjoined  hereby. 

This  book  shows  means  to  exalt  the  American  nation 
to  power,  wealth,  and  a  general  happiness  superior  to 
all  what  was  ever  conceived  by  man,  within  a  period 
of  less  than  ten  years. 

The  book  is  published  for  the  purpose  of  forming  an 
association  for  the  execution  of  the  proposals  explained 
in  it,  in  case  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
should  not  take  the  exclusive  direction  of  this  new 
great  cause. 

The  substance  of  this  book  is— 
1.  It  is  proved  that  there  are  powers  at  the  disposal 
of  man,  million  times  greater  than  all  human  exer- 
tions could  effect  hitherto. 
These  powers  are  derived — 


208 

a.  From  wind. 

b.  From  the  tide. 

c.  From  the  waves  of  the  sea,  caused  by  wind. 

d.  From  steam,  generated  by  heat  of  the  sun,  by 
means  of  concentrating  reflectors,  or  burning  mir- 
rors of  a  simple  contrivance 

2.  It  is  shown  how  these  powers  are  to  be  rendered 
re-active,  so  that,  notwithstanding  all  irregularities 
and  intermissions  of  them,  perpetual  motions  of  uni- 
form powers  to  any  desired  extent  and  magnitude 
may  be  produced  by  them. 

3.  A  system  of  application  of  these  powers  for  su- 
perseding all  human  labour. 

4.  The  objects  attainable  by  the  system  of  appli- 
cation. 

5.  A  constitution  for  au  association,  and  the  condi- 
tions for  communicating  the  remaining  details  of  the 
inventions. 

6.  In  the  second  part,  the  course  to  be  taken  in  the 
United  States  for  attaining  all  objects  explained  in 
the  first  part. 

7.  A  view  of  the  condition  of  man,  arising  from  the 
application  of  the  proposed  means,  in  comparison  to 
the  present  general  condition  of  man. 

Every  thing  necessary  for  the  conviction  of  the 
stated  truths  is  contained  in  this  book,  except  one 
simple  mechanism  of  a  machine  for  doing  all  works 
in  hard  materials,  in  earth,  wood,  or  rocks,  and  some 
details  of  establishments,  which  shall  be  communicated 
as  soon  as  the  fundamental  truths,  proved  in  this 
book,  are  examined,  and  acknowledged  as  far  as  essen- 
tial to  the  purposes  in  view,  and  a  way  be  shown  and 


209 

guaranteed  to  the  author,  to  patronise  his  interest,  be 
it  from  an  association,  or  from  the  Government. 

Your  petitioner  humbly  proposes  to  your  Honour- 
able body 

To  appoint^  for  examining  the  subject  of  the  book,  a 
committee,  whose  objections,  questions,  or  doubts  on 
the  subject,  it  is,  however,  most  essential  to  commu- 
nicate to  your  petitioner,  who  will  join  his  replies  to 
their  report,  for  your  further  decision. 

In  submitting  this  subject  for  your  consideration, 
your  petitioner  has  not  so  much  his  own  personal  in- 
terest in  view,  as  the  interest  of  the  nation,  and  human 
kind  at  large. 

The  new  truths  of  the  book  will  soon  be  promul- 
gated throughout  America  and  Europe ;  and  they  will 
find  a  ready  reception  in  the  congenial  spirit  and 
knowledges  of  the  present  days. 

Your  petitioner  deems  it  of  the  greatest  importance 
to  offer  humbly,  of  these  truths,  the  first  cognizance  to 
the  Great  Council  of  the  freest  and  happiest  nation  on 
earth  ;  this  country  being  the  most  favourable  for  the 
introduction  of  these  new  means  into  practice.  But 
in  doing  so.,  he  apprehends  nothing  so  mucTi  as  that 
his  proposals  might  be  mistaken  for  extravagance,  and 
therefore  be  slighted  before  examination :  he  fears  it, 
not  so  much  for  his  own  individual  interest,  as  for  your 
honour  and  glory,  and  for  the  glory  and  happiness  of 
the  nation.  For  if  the  American  nation  should  not 
be  the  first  to  make  use  of  the  proposed  means — 
some  other  nation  must  be  it,  and  may  then,  with 
them,  rule  over  the  rest  of  the  world. 

t2 


210 

Your  petitioner  is  convinced,  as  well  as  any  man  in 
the  nation  can  be,  that,  had  he  proposed  an  object 
which  would  bring  some  millions  of  dollars  into  the 
national  treasury,  your  sense  of  your  exalted  duties, 
your  patriotism  and  wisdom,  would  prompt  you  to 
bestow  your  most  serious  attention  upon  the  subject. 
But  when  a  subject  appears  before  you  that  promises 
ten  thousand  times  more — will  it  not  be  taxed  an 
extravagance,  unworthy  your  consideration  ? 

Your  Honours,  this  is  my  case;  but  it  is  not  my 
fault — it  is  the  fault  of  past  ages — of  their  having  paid 
no  attention  to  the  subject  proposed. 

I  ask  humbly  your  wisdom — what  shall  I  do  in 
such  a  case  ?  Shall  I  consign  with  me  the  greatest 
discovery  ever  made  to  the  grave,  for  fear  of  being- 
taken  for  insane  and  derided  ? — or,  shall  I  not  rather 
apply  all  the  means  in  my  power  to  invite  the  atten- 
tion of  the  governments  of  the  civilized  nations  to  the 
subject  ?  Or,  if  I  cannot  succeed  in  such  endeavours, 
shall  I  not,  as  my  last  resource,  solicit  the  attention  of 
the  most  intelligent  part  of  the  public  on  the  subject, 
when  I  can  show  plainly  the  ways  and  means  for  de- 
riving incalculably  great  benefits  from  it  ? 

I  have  chosen  both  latter  ways :  I  have  offered  the 
discoveries,  first,  at  once  to  the  Government  and  to 
the  Public  of  the  first  American  nation.  If  I  am 
wrong,  the  book  shows  it ;  if  I  am  right,  nothing  ma- 
terial can  be  disproved ;  and  in  this  case,  I  must  pur- 
sue my  course  towards  realizing  my  great  objects, 
wherever  I  find  the  first  chance  for  it. 

I  am  aware  that  other  discoverers  of  great,  valuable 
things,  were  taken  for  insane,  even  by  governments — 


211 

but  I  know  also,  that  some  of  t?em  found  favourable 
reception  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States. 

One  simple  truth  will  often  lead  to  an  endless  con- 
catenation of  other  most  important  truths,  never 
thought  of  before.  So  it  is  with  mathematical  truths 
— those  who  see  then  but  the  final  results,  without 
studying  the  fundamental  truths,  cannot  believe  them, 
and  very  readily  deem  them  to  be  fables.  The  dis- 
coveries of  the  system  of  the  universe,  the  new  con- 
tinent, the  law  of  the  lever,  the  art  of  printing,  the 
power  of  steam,  and  a  hundred  others,  which  all  pro- 
ceeded from  simple  truths,  and  led  to  infinite  results, 
are  examples.  But  when  the  discoverers  had  no 
authorities  of  men  yet  for  their  support,  but  only  sober 
reason  and  arithmetic,  like  I  have  now,  to  appeal  to, 
they  were  disbelieved ;  and  it  was  thought  even  a 
disgrace  to  condescend  so  far  as  to  inquire  into  their 
reasons.  Whether  my  exhibited  truths  shall  have  a 
better  fate  in  this  country,  is  now  depending  from 
your  decision. 

The  fundamental  truths,  in  the  present  case,  are  so 
simple,  that  a  child  of  ten  years  may  easily  compre  - 
hend  them.     They  are  only  these  : — 

That  the  wind,  the  periodical  rise  and  fall,  and  the 
motions  of  the  ocean,  and  the  transformation  of 
water  into  steam,  aff'ord  ten  thousand  times  more 
power  than  the  whole  human  race  may  ever  want 
for  all  imaginable  purposes ;  that  these  powers  can 
be  rendered  operative  uninterruptedly;  that  by  re- 
flectors the  heat  of  the  sun  can  be  concentrated,  and 
any  desired  heat  produced  ;  that  by  this  heat  steam 
can  be  generated ;  and  sand,  clay,  and  other  vitres- 


212 

cible  substances  can  be  vitrified ;  that  the  finest  cul- 
tivation of  soil,  and  all  works  in  the  ground,  can  be 
efi*ected  by  one  simple  contrivance  ;  and  that  very 
large  vehicles  can  be  moved  by  such  great  powers  ; 
and  that  pliable  stufi"  can  be  composed  and  formed 
into  any  desired  form. 

There  is  nothing  absurd  or  confutable  in  all  these 
fundamental  truths  ;  and  they  will  appear  quite 
common  things.  Yet  they  are  more  than  sufiicient  to 
produce  a  total  revolution  of  the  human  race,  as  soon 
as  understood ;  for  they  can  eflfect  in  one  year  more 
than  hitherto  could  be  done  in  10,000  years,  and 
things  unheard  of.  The  world  will  take  a  quite  dif- 
ferent appearance  than  it  has  had  hitherto  to  man  ; 
productive  of  thousand  times  more  means  for  human 
happiness,  than  the  human  race  may  be  wanting ;  a 
paradise  beyond  the  common  conceptions. 

A  brief  statement  of  the  attainable  objects  may  not 
be  improper  here,  which  the  book  shows  more  plainly. 
The  whole  country  changed  into  one  garden,  supe- 
rior to  whatever  human  hands  could  efiect  hitherto ; 
the  ground  covered  every  where  with  the  most  fertile 
soil,  with  all  desirable  vegetables  of  the  climate,  in 
any  desired  arrangement ;  the  swamps  and  lakes  filled 
up,  and  dmined;  the  rivers,  creeks,  &c.,  narrowed 
into  channels  of  vitrified  substance,  bordered  with 
dams  against  inundation ;  elevations  or  excavations 
of  ground  for  any  desired  purpose;  canals  and  aque- 
ducts for  irrigating  the  soil,  at  any  time,  any  where  ; 
ponds  for  fishes,  on  bottoms  and  with  borders  of 
vitrified  substance  ;  the  water  of  canals,  rivers,  ponds, 
&c.,  in  its  utmost  purity,  distilled  or  filtrated.    Roads 


213 

of  large  tables,  many  feet  thick,  all  as  in  one  solid 
piece  of  vitrified  substance,  hard  as  flint;  with  iron 
rails;  with  establishments  for  propelling  vehicles, 
carrying  many  thousand  tons  and  men  at  once,  running 
at  the  rate  of  1000  miles  per  day,  in  every  direction, 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Mines  of  any 
extent  and  depth.  Palaces,  superior  in  magnificence, 
grandeur,  and  commodities,  to  any  thing  known ;  of 
crystal-like  appearance,  inside  and  outside ;  and  in- 
destructible for  thousands  of  years ;  constructed  as  if 
of  one  entire  piece,  for  the  common  habitations  of  men 
every  where;  floating  islands  of  light  wooden  stuff" 
impervious  to  water,  made  of  any  kind  of  wood, 
covered  with  fertile  soil,  bearing  trees,  and  all  kinds 
of  desirable  vegetables,  with  palaces  and  gardens,  and 
thousands  of  families  for  tlieir  inhabitants,  exempt 
from  all  dangers  and  incommodities  ;  which  may 
move  by  powerful  engines  at  the  rate  of  1000  miles 
per  day  through  the  ocean.  Man  may  travel  over 
land,  and  see  from  pole  to  pole  in  a  fortnight ;  from 
America  to  Europe  in  three  to  four  days  with  a  cer- 
tainty. All  things  desirable  for  human  life,  when 
once  known,  may  be  rapidly  multiplied,  without  la- 
bour or  expense,  to  superabundance  for  every  one ; 
and  wealth  become  as  cheap  as  water.  The  establish- 
ments and  machineries  multiply  themselves,  being  of 
a  quite  simple  construction.  Soft  furnitures,  for  com- 
modities, or  ornament  and  dress,  are  produced  withou 
labour,  in  the  form,  fashion,  or  quality  wanted,  ready 
made;  being  cast  in  a  similar  manner  as  paper,  of 
cohesive  and  fibrous  substances,  fitly  prepared  ;  with- 
out any  carding,  spinning,  weaving,  sewing,  Sec.  In 
applying  the  present  sciences  of  physics,  superior  food 


214 

and  beverage,  scientifically  prepared,  and  purified 
from  all  admixtures  injurious  to  healthy  superior  air 
for  breathing  ;  and  a  superior  life  in  every  respect  to 
what  was  ever  in  practice,  may  prolong  life  to  an  ex- 
tent not  to  be  foretold.  Man  sees,  by  these  new  means, 
himself  exalted  to  a  superior  kind  of  beings.  He  may 
not  only  enjoy  his  life  in  a  far  superior  manner,  but 
means  are  afforded  to  learn  in  one  year  more  highly 
useful  things  to  be  known,  than  the  most  learned  could 
not  learn  in  all  his  life  hitherto,  and  without  laborious 
study. 

All  such  things  may  be  efi'ected  within  less  than 
ten  years,  beginning  with  a  principal  not  larger  than 
a  turnpike,  or  a  canal  of  twenty  miles  costs  now,  which 
may  be  collected  by  shares  of  twenty  to  fifty  dollars ; 
but  for  the  Government  it  would  be  a  trifle.  No  risk, 
no  confidence,  is  asked,  except  the  trouble  of  exami- 
nation. 

The  same  powers  may  also  be  used  as  weapons  for 
conquering  and  subjecting  nations:  because  they 
aff'ord  means  to  which  neither  gunpowder  nor  armies 
of  any  number  of  men  can  resist.  Europe  will  be  ap- 
proached to  America  within  three  or  four  days'  jour- 
ney, by  means  of  impregnable  fortresses.  The  question 
will  hence  be,  whether  America  or  Europe  is  to  be  the 
ruling  power  ?  And  this  question  is  now  brought  be- 
fore your  Honourable  body.  The  fate  of  the  world  is 
thus  depending  from  your  decision. 

Your  petitioner  will,  as  in  duty  bound,   for  ever 

pray,  &c. 

Your  most  obedient  humble  servant, 

J.A.ETZLER, 

Pittsburgh,  February  21 ,  1833. 


21d 


To  his  Excellency f  Andrew  Jackson,  President  of 
the  United  States. 

Sir, 

In  sending  a  book  to  your  Excellency,  entitled  *'  The 
Paradise,"  &c.,  and  copies  of  petitions  to  Congress,  I 
think  I  fulfil  a  most  important  duty  towards  the 
nation,  whose  glory,  power,  and  general  happiness,  is 
trusted  to  your  care. 

I  promise  to  show  what  no  man  ever  did,  and  oflfer 
mathematical  proof  for  it.  I  desire  nothing  so  much 
as  a  suspension  of  judgment  on  the  subject  proposed, 
until  an  examination  and  fair  undei-standing  of  it  be 
effected. 

The  book  is  addressed  at  once  to  the  Government 
of  the  United  States,  to  the  American  nation,  and  to 
all  civilized  nations  and  governments,  and  will  soon 
find  its  way  through  America  and  Europe.  I  have  no 
hesitation  to  confess,  that  I  shall  seize  upon  the  first 
opportunity  for  application  offered  to  me  any  where. 

For  I  know  that  other  discoverers  of  great,  valuable 
things  had  to  labour  with  difficulties,  for  gaining  a 
fair  hearing,  and  examination,  and  execution,  ten  or 
twenty  years;  and  some  died  of  grief  in  poverty, 
though  their  discoveries  enriched  nations  after  their 
death.  Human  life  is  too  short  and  uncertain,  as  to 
submit  patiently  to  such  a  fate. 

It  would  be  of  the  happiest  consequences  for  the 
whole  human  race,  if  the  unavoidable  revolution  of  the 
human  condition  that  must  take  place,  in  consequence 
of  the  progress  of  human  intelligence  (knowledges  of 


.216 

*  ■  ,' 

new  pjowers  and  means),  tliroijghout  the  world,  would 

originate  in  the  United  States  %  where  situation  and 

national  constitution  are  eminently  jinore  favourable 

to  the  free  development   of    the  human  powers  for 

general  happiness,  than  any  where  on  the  globe. 

Every  friend  to'hurnanity  would  therefore  rejoice, 
if  the  Government  of  the  United  States  could  be  pre- 
vailed to  bestow  attention  uponi'such  subjects  as  pro- 
posed; and  it  will  certainly  behove  tOsthe  dignity  of 
an  enlightened  people,  not  to  send  new  proposals 
home  without  inquiry  into  the  reasons,  because  they 
may  seem  extravagant. 

If  any  thing  material  can  be  disproved  in  my  state- 
ments, I  am  silenced  for  ever ;  and  the  Government 
will  be  justified  in  the  eyes  of  the  nation,  and  of  other 
enlightened  peoples,  for  not  taking  any  further  notice 
of  the  subject.  But  in  the  contrary  case,  your  Excel- 
lency may  judge  what  the  consequences  would  be. 

I  humbly  leave  it  to  your  Excellency  whether,  and  in 
what  manner,  you  will  please  to  favour  the  proposals. 

I  am,  most  respectfully, 
Your  most  obedient  humble  servant, 

J.  A.  ETZLER. 

Pittsburgh,  February  21,  1833. 


John  Brooks,  Printer,  421,  Oxford  Street.